Statement of Problem and Substantiation for Public ......Public Comment No. 71-NFPA 99-2016 [ New Section after 3.3.129 ] Oxygen 93 USP Oxygen complying with Oxygen 93 USP Monograph

Public Comment No. 29-NFPA 99-2016 [ Global Input ]

The Correlating Committee is directing HEA-MED and HEA-ELS to evaluate references to 60601 anddetermine if AAMI or the international version should be referenced. Consistency should be maintainedthroughout the code.

Additional Proposed Changes

File Name Description Approved

CCN_19.pdf 99_CC Note 19

Statement of Problem and Substantiation for Public Comment

This Public Comment appeared as CC Note No. 19 in the First Draft Report.

Related Item

Correlating Committee Note No. 19-NFPA 99-2015 [Section No. 10.5.2.2]

Submitter Information Verification

Submitter Full Name: Tc On Hea-Aac

Organization: CC on Health Care Facilities

Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:

Submittal Date: Wed Mar 16 08:38:01 EDT 2016

Committee Statement

CommitteeAction:

Rejected but see related SR

Resolution: SR-3-NFPA 99-2016. The direction from the correlating committee is taken and the reference inA.7.3.3.1.2.3 has been deleted to prevent inconsistencies. The committee is in agreement thatconsistency should be achieved. It is also acknowledged that the document is internationally usedand has national differences that apply and make a difference in how this is used from location tolocation. Section A.7.3.3.5.2 still includes references. The topic of medical equipment belongs underthe purview of HEA-MED and their action should be followed and the Correlating Committee canmake those changes once HEA-MED decides the appropriate reference. HEA-MED: See the actionon SR 501. The committee suggestion to the Correlating Committee is for the annex material to bestfit with Section 2.3. Chapter 2 needs to be revised to change the standard reference as shown in theannex here. The committee still supports the AAMI version as the standard reference with the annexnote added for clarity.

Statement: Different versions of 60601 are used in different countries. Additionally the reference was incorrectas listed.

National Fire Protection Association Report http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentPara...

1 of 202 8/18/2016 1:04 PM

Public Comment No. 83-NFPA 99-2016 [ Section No. 2.3.5 ]


2 of 202 8/18/2016 1:04 PM

2.3.5 ASTM Publications.

ASTM International, 100 Barr Harbor Drive, P.O. Box C700, West Conshohocken, PA 19428-2959.

ASTM A240/A240M, Standard Specification for Chromium and Chromium-Nickel Stainless Steel Plate,Sheet, and Strip for Pressure Vessels and for General Applications, 2015 2015b .

ASTM A269/A269M, Standard Specification for Seamless and Welded Austenitic Stainless Steel Tubing forGeneral Service, 2014 e1 2015a .

ASTM A312/A312M, Standard Specification for Seamless, Welded, and Heavily Cold Worked AusteniticStainless Steel Pipes, 2015 2016 .

ASTM B32, Standard Specification for Solder Metal, 2008, reapproved 2014.

ASTM B88, Standard Specification for Seamless Copper Water Tube, 2014.

ASTM B280, Standard Specification for Seamless Copper Tubing for Air Conditioning and RefrigerationField Service, 2013 2016 .

ASTM B819, Standard Specification for Seamless Copper Tube for Medical Gas Systems,2000,reapproved 2011.

ASTM B828, Standard Practice for Making Capillary Joints by Soldering of Copper and Copper Alloy Tubeand Fittings, 2002,reapproved 2010.

ASTM D5/D5M,, Standard Test Method for Penetration of Bituminous Materials, 2013.

ASTM D1785,, Standard Specification for Poly(Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Plastic Pipe, Schedules 40, 80, and120, 2012 2015 .

ASTM D2466, Standard Specification for Poly(Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Plastic Pipe Fittings, Schedule 40,2013 2015 .

ASTM D2467, Standard Specification for Poly(Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Plastic Pipe Fittings, Schedule 80,2015.

ASTM D2672, Standard Specification for Joints for IPS PVC Pipe Using Solvent Cement, 2014.

ASTM D2846/D2846M, Standard Specification for Chlorinated Poly(Vinyl Chloride) (CPVC) Plastic Hot- andCold-Water Distribution Systems,2014.

ASTM D4359, Standard Test Method for Determining Whether a Material Is a Liquid or a Solid, 1990,reapproved 2012.

ASTM E84, Standard Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials, 2015a 2015b .

ASTM E136, Standard Test Method for Behavior of Materials in a Vertical Tube Furnace at 750°C,2012 2016 .

ASTM E1352, Standard Test Method for Cigarette Ignition Resistance of Mock-Up Upholstered FurnitureAssemblies , 2008a.

ASTM E1353, Standard Test Methods for Cigarette Ignition Resistance of Components of UpholsteredFurniture , 2008a e1.

ASTM E1537, Standard Test Method for Fire Testing of Upholstered Furniture , 2013 2015 .

ASTM E1590, Standard Test Method for the Fire Testing of Mattresses, 2013.

ASTM E2652, Standard Test Method for Behavior of Materials in a Tube Furnace with a Cone-shapedAirflow Stabilizer at 750°C, 2012 2016 .

ASTM F438, Standard Specification for Socket-Type Chlorinated Poly (Vinyl Chlorinated) (CPVC) PlasticPipe Fittings, Schedule 40, 2015.

ASTM F439, Standard Specification for Chlorinated Poly (Vinyl Chlorinated) (CPVC) Plastic Pipe Fittings,Schedule 80,2013.

ASTM F441/F441M, Standard Specification for Chlorinated Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (CPVC) Plastic Pipe,Schedules 40 and 80,2013 e1 2015 .

ASTM F493, Solvent Cements for CPVC Pipe and Fittings,2014.



3 of 202 8/18/2016 1:04 PM

date updates

Related Item

First Revision No. 101-NFPA 99-2015 [Chapter 2]


Submitter Full Name: Marcelo Hirschler

Organization: GBH International

Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:

Submittal Date: Wed May 04 21:43:40 EDT 2016

Committee Statement

Committee Action: Accepted

Resolution: SR-101-NFPA 99-2016

Statement: date updates


4 of 202 8/18/2016 1:04 PM


2.3.17 UL Publications.

Underwriters Laboratories Inc., 333 Pfingsten Road, Northbrook, IL 60062-2096.

ANSI/UL 723, Standard for Test for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials, 2008, 2013.

ANSI/UL 1069, Safety Standard for Hospital Signaling and Nurse Call Equipment, 2007, revised 2015.

UL 1363A, Outline of Investigation for Special Purpose Relocatable Power Taps , 2010

UL 1685, Standard for Vertical-Tray Fire-Propagation and Smoke-Release Test for Electrical andOptical-Fiber Cables, 2015.


Section 11.1.4.1 of NFPA 1 requires relocatable power taps to be listed. Requiring the relocatable power taps used in healthcare facilities to be listed in accordance with UL 1363A will address the requirements currently in NFPA 99 and address additional safety requirements, such as use of hospital-grade receptacle outlets and plugs, integrity of the enclosures, and testing for grounding and leakage current.

Related Item

First Revision No. 501-NFPA 99-2015 [Section No. 10.2.3.6]


Submitter Full Name: Kelly Nicolello

Organization: UL LLC

Affilliation: UL LLC

Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:

Submittal Date: Sun May 15 11:47:08 EDT 2016

Committee Statement

CommitteeAction:

Accepted


Statement: Section 11.1.4.1 of NFPA 1 requires relocatable power taps to be listed. Requiring the relocatablepower taps used in healthcare facilities to be listed in accordance with UL 1363A will address therequirements currently in NFPA 99 and address additional safety requirements, such as use ofhospital-grade receptacle outlets and plugs, integrity of the enclosures, and testing for groundingand leakage current.


5 of 202 8/18/2016 1:04 PM


3.3.22* Central Supply System.

The complete source of supply for a medical gas or vacuum system or a medical support gas system. Acentral supply system includes two or more supply sources (see 3.1.167)


This will clarify the relationship between these two overlapping and potentially confusing definitions.

Related Item

First Revision No. 601-NFPA 99-2015 [Global Input]


Submitter Full Name: Mark Allen

Organization: Beacon Medaes

Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:

Submittal Date: Mon Mar 28 14:39:19 EDT 2016

Committee Statement

CommitteeAction:


Resolution: SR-601-NFPA 99-2016 . The second sentence was not added because it could be read as arequirement. Definitions cannot include requirements. Additionally, there are not two source in aCat 2 supply system.

Statement: Central supply system includes more components other than just the supply source. "Complete"has been added to clarify this. It is requested that this definition be assigned to HEA-PIP by theCorrelating Committee.


6 of 202 8/18/2016 1:04 PM


3.3.124 Oxygen Concentrator Unit.

An engineered assembly of components that operate A United States Food and Drug Administration(FDA) approved and registered device used to separate air into constituent gases, typically providingoxygen 93 USP 93% as a drug product.


Oxygen concentrators, when used to supply oxygen 93% for drug applications, are medical devices as defined in the Federal Food Drug and Cosmetic Act and must meet specific requirements. A medical device is “an” instrument, apparatus, implement, machine, contrivance, implant, in vito reagent, or similar or related article, including a component part or accessory which is intended for use in the diagnosis of disease or other conditions, or in the cure, mitigation, treatment, or prevention of disease, in man or other animals.

Related Item

First Revision No. 106-NFPA 99-2015 [New Section after 3.3.119]


Submitter Full Name: Karen Koenig

Organization: CGA

Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:

Submittal Date: Mon Apr 11 08:33:42 EDT 2016

Committee Statement

CommitteeAction:

Rejected

Resolution: Specifying FDA approval and registration as well as oxygen 93% would include requirements inthe definition which is not permitted per NFPA's Manual of Style.


7 of 202 8/18/2016 1:04 PM

Public Comment No. 71-NFPA 99-2016 [ New Section after 3.3.129 ]

Oxygen 93 USP

Oxygen complying with Oxygen 93 USP Monograph


A separate definition is needed as there are two different USP Monographs. Oxygen, USP has an assay specification of “not less than 99.0% Oxygen” where Oxygen 93%, USP has an assay specification of “93% ± 3% Oxygen. Although they are both contained in the USP they are not the same but are two distinctly different drugs with different “strengths” and must be separate.

Related Item

First Revision No. 107-NFPA 99-2015 [Section No. 3.3.124]



Organization: CGA

Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:


Committee Statement

CommitteeAction:

Accepted


Statement: Oxygen USP and Oxygen 93 USP are two different USP Monographs. Oxygen, USP has an assayspecification of “not less than 99.0% Oxygen” where Oxygen 93%, USP has an assay specificationof “93% ± 3% Oxygen. Although they are both contained in the USP they are not the same but aretwo distinctly different drugs with different “strengths” and must be separate. It is requested that thisdefinition be assigned to HEA-PIP by the Correlating Committee.


8 of 202 8/18/2016 1:04 PM


3.3.129 Oxygen USP.

Oxygen complying with oxygen USP or oxygen 93 USP monograph .


First Revision 107 as currently written and noted in 99:3.3.129 will result in the gas being mislabeled as a drug and that there are two different monographs that are not interchangeable. Oxygen, USP has an assay specification of “not less than 99.0% Oxygen” where Oxygen 93%, USP has an assay specification of “93% ± 3% Oxygen. Although they are both contained in the USP they are not the same but are two distinctly different drugs with different “strengths” and must be separate.

Related Item




Organization: CGA

Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:


Committee Statement

CommitteeAction:

Accepted

Resolution: SR 503.

Statement: Oxygen USP and Oxygen 93 USP are two different monographs that are not interchangeable.Oxygen, USP has an assay specification of “not less than 99.0% Oxygen” where Oxygen 93%, USPhas an assay specification of “93% ± 3% Oxygen. Although they are both contained in the USP theyare not the same but are two distinctly different drugs with different “strengths” and must beseparate. It is requested that this definition be assigned to HEA-PIP by the Correlating Committee.


9 of 202 8/18/2016 1:04 PM


3.3.141 Relocatable Power Tap (RPT).

Multiple-outlet power cord that can be used to channel electricity from a single outlet. (MED)


I suggest deleting this definition from Chapter 3. The definition used conflicts with first several words of 10.2.3.6 "Two or more power receptacles supplied by a flexible cord ...." In addition, to my knowledge, the First Revision title of 10.2.3.6 is the only place where the term "Relocatable Power Tap" is used in the document. The purpose of the Chapter 3 definitions

"Multiple Outlet Connection" was the title of 10.2.3.6 in the 2015 edition, and was never defined in Chapter 3 previously. Assuming that the only instance of "Relocatable Power Tap" is the title of 10.2.3.6, the existing wording of 10.2.3.6 adequately defines the term "Relocatable Power Tap." Section 3.1 allows for a term to be defined within another chapter (not Chapter 3).

Related Item



Submitter Full Name: Alan Lipschultz

Organization: HealthCare Technology Consulti

Affilliation: Association for the Advancement of Medical Instrumentation

Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:

Submittal Date: Thu Mar 17 20:43:05 EDT 2016

Committee Statement

CommitteeAction:



Statement: The definition has been revised to be consistent with the lead in language to the related codesection in Chapter 10 and includes a reference to the appropriate section that includes all therequirements.


10 of 202 8/18/2016 1:04 PM


4.2.1

The health care facility's governing body is responsible for conducting facility’s governing body shallestablish the processes and operations which are planned for the healthcare facility. This governing bodyshall conduct risk assessments and shall have the authority to determine risk based on the character ofthe processes and operations conducted in the healthcare facility .


We want to eliminate the extreme interpretations about hazard categories – whether it be from the facility or from the AHJ.

Related Item

First Revision No. 108-NFPA 99-2015 [Section No. 4.2]


Submitter Full Name: Kevin Scarlett

Organization: Washington State Department of Health

Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:

Submittal Date: Fri May 13 11:03:45 EDT 2016

Committee Statement

CommitteeAction:



Statement: This revision is meant to eliminate the possibility of extreme interpretations about risk categories –whether it be from the facility or from the AHJ. An appropriate risk assessment must include theestablishment of the processes and operations that are planned for a facility an no entity shouldhave a better understanding of that than the health care faciity's governing body. With thatinformation, it is the responsibility of that governing body to then determine risk categories. Also seeSR-106.


11 of 202 8/18/2016 1:04 PM


4.2.2

Categories Hazard categories shall be determined classified by the health care facility's governing bodyby following and documenting a defined risk assessment procedure. Hazard categories shall be submittedto the authority having jurisdiction for review and approval based on the basis of the character of theprocess and operations conducted in the healthcare facility.

Annex note: Classification of hazards require a collaborative effort between the health care facility'sgoverning body and the AHJ.


We outline intent and give direction concurrently in this text. The Facility always has the responsibility and the AHJ always has the oversight. While we cannot 'make' the two parties collaborate to the right end, we can certainly set them up for a successful risk assessment submittal and the two parties better understanding of the Facility's operations.

Related Item



Submitter Full Name: Kevin Scarlett

Organization: Washington State Department of Health

Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:


Committee Statement

CommitteeAction:



Statement: This revision is meant to clarify the requirement and give direction as to what is expected. Thefacility always has the responsibility for determining the risk categories and the AHJ always has theoversight to require that risk assessments be submitted for review. While code language cannotforce the two parties collaborate to the right end, the requirement and associated annex languagecan certainly set them up for a successful risk assessment review and the two parties betterunderstanding of the facility's operations.


12 of 202 8/18/2016 1:04 PM

Public Comment No. 37-NFPA 99-2016 [ Section No. 5.1.3.3.1.11 ]

5.1.3.3.1.11

If indoors, and containing gases other than medical air or oxygen, the central supply location shall beequipped with an oxygen monitor that shall indicate when the oxygen level in the room is below 19.5percent. The monitor shall have the following:

The oxygen sensor mounted on or near the central supply system

A visual

a

visual and audible annunciator outside the main entrance to the room .


Instructions to place the oxygen monitor on the manifold will most likely result in nuisance alarms. Placement of the sensor should be such that the room ventilation does not allow false alarms.

Related Item

First Revision No. 901-NFPA 99-2015 [New Section after 5.1.3.3.1.10]

Public Input No. 59-NFPA 99-2015 [Section No. 5.1.3.1.8]




Organization: CGA

Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:


Committee Statement

CommitteeAction:

Rejected

Resolution: Section 5.1.3.3.1.11 and 5.1.3.3.1.12 have both been deleted. See the committee action on SR605 and 606.


13 of 202 8/18/2016 1:04 PM


5.1.3.3.1.11

If indoors, and containing gases other than medical air or oxygen, the central supply location shall beequipped with an oxygen monitor that shall indicate when the oxygen level in the room is below 19.5percent. The monitor shall have the following:

(1) The oxygen sensor mounted on or near the central supply system

(2) A visual and audible annunciator outside the main entrance to the room


The proposal is a good safety precaution; however, the storage locations for medical gas cylinders should not be considered a permit-required confined spaces (29 CFR 1910.146). Also, a concern is whether the oxygen monitor will continuously activate an alarm (nuisance alarms) if the oxygen monitor sensor(s) are placed too close to any oxygen (or other medical gases/medical support gases) containers that may off gas as part of the standard design and operation of the container (ex. liquid containers – dewars) and not allowing the air exchanges from the ventilation system to dilute the vented gas as the ventilation system was designed to do.

Related Public Comments for This Document

Related Comment Relationship

Public Comment No. 52-NFPA 99-2016 [Section No. 5.1.3.3.1.12]

Related Item




Organization: CGA

Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:


Committee Statement

CommitteeAction:

Rejected



14 of 202 8/18/2016 1:04 PM


5.1.3.3.1.12

If indoors, and containing oxygen, the central supply location shall be equipped with an oxygen monitor thatindicates when the oxygen level in the room is above 23.5 percent. The oxygen monitor shall have thefollowing:

The oxygen sensor mounted on or near the central supply system,

A visual

a

visual and audible annunciator outside the main entrance to the room.


Instructions to place the oxygen monitor on the manifold will most likely result in nuisance alarms. Placement of the sensor should be such that the room ventilation does not allow false alarms.

Related Item






Organization: CGA

Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:


Committee Statement

CommitteeAction:

Rejected



15 of 202 8/18/2016 1:04 PM


5.1.3.3.1.12

If indoors, and containing oxygen, the central supply location shall be equipped with an oxygen monitor thatindicates when the oxygen level in the room is above 23.5 percent. The oxygen monitor shall have thefollowing:

(1) The oxygen sensor mounted on or near the central supply system,

(2) A visual and audible annunciator outside the main entrance to the room.


The proposal is a good safety precaution; however, the storage locations for medical gas cylinders should not be considered a permit-required confined spaces (29 CFR 1910.146). Also, a concern is whether the oxygen monitor will continuously activate an alarm (nuisance alarms) if the oxygen monitor sensor(s) are placed too close to any oxygen (or other medical gases/medical support gases) containers that may off gas as part of the standard design and operation of the container (ex. liquid containers – dewars) and not allowing the air exchanges from the ventilation system to dilute the vented gas as the ventilation system was designed to do.




Related Item




Organization: CGA

Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:


Committee Statement

CommitteeAction:

Rejected



16 of 202 8/18/2016 1:04 PM


5.1.3.3.1.12

If indoors, and containing oxygen, the central supply location shall be equipped with an oxygen monitorthat indicates when the oxygen level in the room is above 23.5 percent. The oxygen monitor shall have thefollowing:

(1) The oxygen sensor mounted on or near the central supply system,

(2) A visual and audible annunciator outside the main entrance to the room.


The NFPA Directory states that the NFPA standards content "...shall also base its recommendations on one or more of the following factors: fire experience, research data, engineering fundamentals, or other such information as may be available" There was no technical justification submitted for this change and there have been no known incidents where the absence of any monitor or alarm has led to any hazard. Without compelling evidence to support the change this should be removed from the draft.

Related Item



Submitter Full Name: Chad Beebe

Organization: ASHE - AHA

Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:

Submittal Date: Tue Apr 26 20:39:41 EDT 2016

Committee Statement

CommitteeAction:

Accepted


Statement: The NFPA Directory states that the NFPA standards content "...shall also base its recommendationson one or more of the following factors: fire experience, research data, engineering fundamentals, orother such information as may be available" There was no technical justification submitted for thischange and no specific incidents where the absence of any monitor or alarm has led to any hazard.Without compelling evidence to support the change it has removed from the draft.


17 of 202 8/18/2016 1:04 PM

Public Comment No. 50-NFPA 99-2016 [ Section No. 5.1.3.3.2 ]

5.1.3.3.2 * Design and Construction.

Locations for central supply systems and the storage of positive-pressure gases shall meet the followingrequirements:

(1) They shall be constructed with access to move cylinders, equipment, and so forth, in and out of thelocation on hand trucks complying with 11.4.3.1.1.

(2) They shall be provided with lockable doors or gates or otherwise able to be secured.

(3) If outdoors, they shall be provided with an enclosure (e.g., wall or fencing) constructed ofnoncombustible materials .

(4) If outdoors and greater than 200 ft2, they shall be provided with a minimum of two entry/exits.

(5) If outdoors, bulk cryogenic liquid systems shall be provided with a minimum of two entry/exits.

(6) If indoors, they shall have interior finishes of noncombustible or limited-combustible materials.

(7)

(8)

(9) They Fuel fired equipment shall be heated by indirect means if heat is required not be located in theroom.

(10)

(11) They shall be provided with racks, chains, or other fastenings to secure all cylinders from falling,whether connected, unconnected, full, or empty.

(12)

(13) They shall have racks, shelves, and supports, where provided, constructed of noncombustiblematerials or limited-combustible materials.

(14) They shall protect electrical devices from physical damage.

(15)

(16) They shall be designed to meet the operational requirements of 5.1.3.2 with regard to roomtemperature.


First I wish to thank the committee and express appreciation for the proposed clarification to "indirect" allowing electric.

I have seen med gas certifiers require design changes after equipment is installed due to different interpretations of what indirect means. For this reason I request the committee remove the "indirect" requirement or further clarify the intent of "indirect" because I believe the use of the word will still be confusing to users. Since the standard chooses to use the word "indirect" in lieu of alternative language stating "heating shall be by hot water, steam or electric" it implies that there are other design elements associated with "indirect" heating other than "hot water, steam or electric". As an example some med gas certifiers have interpreted that a unit heater would need to be located entirely outside of the room to count as "indirect". In addition, since the annex states "examples of indirect heating include..." the standard further implies there are other acceptable methods of heat that are indirect other than those listed; for example, a user could interpret that an "indirect gas fired heater" is an indirect form of heat and is acceptable while a "direct gas fired heater" would not be acceptable. I'm not certain that the previous

* If indoors, the room shall be separated from the rest of the building by walls and floors having aone-hour fire resistance rating with doors and other opening protectives having a 3⁄4 -hour fireprotection rating.

* They shall comply with NFPA 70 for ordinary locations.

*

. If heat is required the maximum allowable temperature of the in-room heating element shallbe 266 ° F.

* They shall be supplied with electrical power compliant with the requirements for essential electricalsystems as described in Chapter 6.

* They shall allow access by delivery vehicles and management of cylinders.


18 of 202 8/18/2016 1:04 PM

example's interpretation is the true intent of the committee when utilizing the word "indirect". My personal interpretation of this requirement and the intent of the "indirect" term is that the committee does not want a piece of heating equipment with an open flame to be located within the room, thus my suggestion to require that "fuel fired equipment shall not be located in the room" and remove the indirect requirement. If the intent of the standard is that there are other design elements associated with the use of the term "indirect" I request they be further clarified to assist the users of the standard in meeting the intent of the language.

I am also proposing language that addresses the proposed revision to the annex requirement limiting heating elements to 212 degrees F. I am unaware of how the committee arrived at this value but suggest that if a higher value is acceptable it be permitted. As explicitly stated in the annex the intent of the committee is to allow steam heating, however as I would interpret the standard a limit on the heater element to 212 degrees F would effectively remove steam as a viable heating source. 0 psi steam will be at 212 degrees and as a practical matter can not be used because not exceeding the maximum temperature cannot be assured from a design perspective. The suggested value of 266 degrees F. is based on the temperature of steam at 25 PSI, with the intent to allow 15 PSI steam with a safety relief valve setting of up to 25 PSI. Any higher value as deemed appropriate by the committee above 212 or 266 degrees F is appreciated.

Due to formatting errors while entering this comment the next requirement in the standard is shown as revised. I made no recommended changes to that requirement.

Related Item



Submitter Full Name: Matthew T Sciarretti

Organization: Heapy Engr

Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:


Committee Statement

CommitteeAction:

Accepted


Statement: This revision removes the "indirect" requirement or further clarify the previous intent of including"indirect" because the word could still be confusing to users. Since the standard previously used theword "indirect" in lieu of alternative language stating "heating shall be by hot water, steam or electric"it implied that there were other design elements associated with "indirect" heating other than "hotwater, steam or electric". As an example some med gas certifiers have interpreted that a unit heaterwould need to be located entirely outside of the room to count as "indirect". In addition, since theannex states "examples of indirect heating include..." the standard further implies there are otheracceptable methods of heat that are indirect other than those listed. The purpose of this section wasto prohibit a piece of heating equipment with an open flame to be located within the room, thereforethis revision requires that "fuel fired equipment shall not be located in the room" and removes theindirect requirement.

A higher temperature has been added as acceptable than was previously suggested for the annexbecause as explicitly stated in the annex the 212 degree reference in the annex could have beeninterpreted to limit the heater element to 212 degrees F which could effectively remove steam as aviable heating source. 0 psi steam will be at 212 degrees and as a practical matter can not be usedbecause not exceeding the maximum temperature cannot be assured from a design perspective.The suggested value of 266 degrees F. is based on the temperature of steam at 25 PSI, with theintent to allow 15 PSI steam with a safety relief valve setting of up to 25 PSI.


19 of 202 8/18/2016 1:04 PM

Public Comment No. 55-NFPA 99-2016 [ New Section after 5.1.3.5.11.1 ]

5.1.3.5.11.2

Oxygen concentrator supply units shall be installed by personnel meeting the requirements in CGA M-1section 6.2.


There are currently no requirements for the installers of oxygen concentrator units. CGA M-1 addresses those qualifications. An oxygen concentrator is considered a medical device and is subject to FDA regulatory requirements.

Related Item

First Revision No. 609-NFPA 99-2015 [New Section after 5.1.3.5.10]



Organization: CGA

Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:


Committee Statement

CommitteeAction:

Rejected

Resolution: Qualification for installers of oxygen concentrators should be treated the same as centralsupply systems.


21 of 202 8/18/2016 1:04 PM


5.1.3.5.11.1

Oxygen concentrator supply units for use with medical gas pipelines shall produce oxygen meeting therequirements of Oxygen 93 USP or Oxygen USP 93% .


The name in the official USPC monographs is Oxygen 93 Percent.

Related Item




Organization: CGA

Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:


Committee Statement

CommitteeAction:

Rejected

Resolution: Deleting the option for Oxygen USP could restrict technology by only permitting the use of unitsthat produce Oxygen 93 USP.


22 of 202 8/18/2016 1:04 PM


5.1.3.5.11.6

The supply air to the concentrators shall be of a quality to ensure the oxygen concentrator unit can produceoxygen complying with meet the requirements in 5.1.3. 5 6 . 11.1 and shall not be subject to normallyanticipated contamination (e.g., vehicle or other exhausts, gas leakage, discharge from vents, flooding, andso forth). 3.11.


This is the requirement for the medical air compressor intake. The same quality requirements apply to the feed for medical air and the oxygen concentrator. There is no need to have a second set of requirements.

Related Item




Organization: CGA

Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:


Committee Statement

CommitteeAction:

Rejected

Resolution: Oxygen concentrators filter the air by concentrating the oxygen as opposed to medical air systemswhich simply draw in the air and then clean it through filters, For this reason, the supply air toconcentrators does not need to meet the more stringent requirements for medical air.


23 of 202 8/18/2016 1:04 PM


5.1.3.5.11.12

An outlet valve shall be provided to isolate all components of the oxygen concentrator from the pipeline withthe following characteristics:

(1) The valve shall have both manual and automatic actuation with visual indication of open or closed,

(2) The valve shall close automatically whenever the oxygen concentrator unit is not producing oxygen ofa concentration equal to that in 5.1.3.5.11.1,

(3) Continuing operation of the oxygen concentrator supply unit through the vent mode shall be permittedwith the isolating valve closed.

(4) The isolating valve, when automatically closed due to low concentration product being producedoutside of the specification for Oxygen 93% , shall require manual reset to ensure the oxygenconcentrator supply unit is examined prior to return to service,

(5) Closing the isolating valve, whether automatically or manually, shall activate an alarm signal at themaster alarms (see 5.1.9.2) indicating that the oxygen concentrator supply unit is disconnected.


The specification for oxygen 93% is no less than (NLT) 90.0% and no greater than (NGT) 96% by volume of oxygen. The 1% difference between the USPC NLT and NGT spec is due to the ±0.5 percent accuracy of the monitor.

Related Item




Organization: CGA

Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:


Committee Statement

CommitteeAction:

Rejected

Resolution: Low concentration is sufficient to describe when/why the valve closes based on 5.1.3.5.11.12(2).High concentration will result from a sensor issue rather than actual concentration.


24 of 202 8/18/2016 1:04 PM


5.1.3.5.11.13

The oxygen concentrator supply unit shall be provided with an oxygen concentration monitor with thefollowing characteristics:

(1) The monitor shall be capable of monitoring 99 percent oxygen concentration with ±0.5 percentaccuracy,

(2) The monitor shall continuously display the oxygen concentration and shall activate local alarm andmaster alarms per 5.1.3.9.4 when a concentration lower than 91 percent, or greater than 95 percent isobserved.

(3) It shall be permitted to insert the monitor into the pipeline without a demand check.



Related Item




Organization: CGA

Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:


Committee Statement

CommitteeAction:


Resolution: High concentration is not a life safety issue that needs to be sent to the master alarm panel as acritical alarm but only displayed as a local alarm.

Statement: High concentration should be monitored with an understanding that typical operation of oxygenconcentrators can be in the 95-95.5% range. With current technology for oxygen concentrators formedical applications, it is not possible to achieve product purity greater than 96%. As such, any highoxygen concentration alarm would most likely signify that the analyzer needs to be recalibrated orotherwise serviced. With the accuracy of the current concentrator analyzers, raising the purity to97% will eliminate nuisance alarms and reserve supply to feed unnecessarily if the concentrator isworking properly (providing 95.5% product but the analyzer has drifted).

The monitor accuracy has been changed to 1% because the value is more representative of theaccuracy of analyzers used on concentrators.


25 of 202 8/18/2016 1:04 PM


5.1.3.8.1.2

If WAGD is produced by the medical–surgical vacuum source, the following shall apply:

(1) The medical–surgical vacuum source shall comply with 5.1.3.7.

(2) The total concentration of oxidizers (oxygen and nitrous oxide) of oxygen shall be maintained below23.6 percent, or the vacuum pump shall comply with 5.1.3.8.2.1.

(3) The medical–surgical vacuum source shall be sized to accommodate the additional volume.


The most common oxidizers that are present in combined use vacuum pump systems include gases such as nitrous oxide (N2O) and carbon dioxide (CO2). According to Wikipedia, N2O will decompose exothermically into nitrogen and oxygen, at a temperature of approximately 1070 °F, while CO2 requires much higher temperatures. If a system is exposed to such an environment, there are likely plenty of other problems to worry about. Not to mention, the cost of monitoring oxidizers is much more expensive than simply monitoring the oxygen concentration. So is dedicating an entire vacuum pump system that is required to be made from inert materials specifically WAGD purposes. The ability for health care facilities to monitor their vacuum pumps oxygen concentration would permit a similar standard for safety as well as offer a much more economical means for providing the same service. This could also more easily apply to existing systems, making them much safer for combined use scenarios. Any feedback would be appreciated. Thank you for your time.

Related Item

Public Input No. 4-NFPA 99-2015 [Chapter 5 [WAGD Source Requirements]]


Submitter Full Name: Kyle Jussel

Organization: Medical Air Systems Inc

Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:

Submittal Date: Wed Mar 02 11:35:50 EST 2016

Committee Statement

Committee Action: Rejected but held

Resolution: This is new material and is being held for next cycle.


26 of 202 8/18/2016 1:04 PM



27 of 202 8/18/2016 1:04 PM

5.1.3.9.2 Arrangement and Redundancies.


28 of 202 8/18/2016 1:04 PM

. Oxygen central supply systems using concentrator(s) shall be permitted to consist of two or three supplysources, as follows:If two supply sources are provided, one shall be an the following:

(1) An oxygen concentrator supply unit and the second shall be a cylinder cylinders containing Oxygen93% attached to a header complying with 5.1.3.5.10 with sufficient cylinder connections for anaverage day's supply. Container manifolds as per 5.1.3.5.13 shall not be used.

(2) If three supply sources are provided, each shall be capable of independently supplying the fullsystem demand in the event of the unavailability of one or both of the other sources.The threesources shall be permitted to be any of the following:

(3) An oxygen A second oxygen concentrator supply system complying with 5.1.3.5.11 .

(4) A cylinder header complying with 5.1.3.5.10 with containing Oxygen 93% with sufficientcylinder connections for an average day's supply. Container manifolds as per 5.1.3.5.10(9) shallnot be used.

(5) A cryogenic liquid supply system complying with 5.1.3.5.13 or 5.1.3.5.14 , where theconcentrator unit shall only operate as a secondary or reserve and never as the primary supply.

(6) Use of oxygen concentrator supply systems as all three sources shall without cylinder backup shallonly be permitted after a documented risk analysis by the governing authority of the healthcare facilityindicating understanding of the inherent risks and defining how those risks shall be mitigated.

(7) An isolation valve and automatic check valve shall be provided to isolate each of the three sourcesfrom the others and from the pipeline. The valves in 5.1.3.5.10(4) , 5.1.3.5.10(6) , 5.1.3.5.11.11 , and5.1.3.5.11.12 shall be permitted to be used for this purpose.

(8) Each of the three supply sources shall be provided with a pressure relief valve complying with5.1.3.5.6 on the source side of its respective isolating valve.

(9) The three supply sources shall join to the pipeline systems through control arrangements with at leastthe following characteristics:

(a) Able to maintain stable pressures within the limits of Table 5.1.11

(b) Able to flow 100 percent of the peak calculated demand

(c) Redundant, such that each component of the control mechanism can be isolated for service orreplacement while maintaining normal operation

(d) The cascade of sources described in 5.1.3.9.3

(e) Protected against overpressure (see 5.1.3.5.6 )

(10) A pressure relief valve shall be provided in the common line between the sources and the linepressure controls.

(11) A source valve as required in 5.1.4.2 shall be provided on the patient side of the line pressurecontrols.

(12) A gauge and switch or sensor shall be located between the three sources and the line pressurecontrols to monitor the pressure feeding the line pressure controls.

(13) An oxygen concentration monitor, sampling the gas on the patient side of the line pressure controlsand on the source side of the source valve, shall be provided with the following characteristics:

(a) The monitor shall be capable of monitoring 99 percent oxygen concentration with ±0.5 percentaccuracy,

(b) The monitor shall be attached to the pipeline through a demand check complying with5.1.8.2.3 ,

(c) The monitor shall continuously display the oxygen concentration and shall activate local alarmand master alarms indicating low oxygen concentration NLT 91% concentration.

(d) The monitor shall continuously display the oxygen concentration and shall activate local alarmand master alarms indicating NGT 95% oxygen concentration .

(14) A DN8 (NPS 1/4) valved sample port shall be provided on the patient side of the line pressurecontrols and source side of the source valve for sampling the oxygen. .


29 of 202 8/18/2016 1:04 PM

(15) An auxiliary source connection shall be provided complying with 5.1.3.5.7

(16) Electrical installation and wiring shall conform to the requirements of NFPA 70

(17) Emergency electrical service for all components of the oxygen supply system shall conform to therequirements of the essential electrical system as described in Chapter 6.


1. A system supplying oxygen 93% cannot be backed up with product meeting the USPC requirements for oxygen (NLT 99.0% oxygen by volume). 2. A system supplying oxygen 99% cannot be backed up with product meeting the USPC requirements for 93% oxygen. 3. These are the limits for oxygen 93% and the specified monitor.

Related Item




Organization: CGA

Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:


Committee Statement

CommitteeAction:



Statement: Succinctly stating that liquid cylinders cannot be used as a reserve supply source is more clear thanstating that manifolds for cryogenic liquid containers (5.1.3.5.13 or 5.1.3.5.10(9)) are prohibited. 1%accuracy on the concentration analyzers is more consistent with analyzers on concentrators todayand provides sufficient accuracy to meet oxygen 93 USP purity requirements. Added low percentagesetpoint for alarm notification for clarity for reader rather than referencing elsewhere. Added highpercentage setpoint as a local alarm only to alert facility of potential analyzer calibration/operationissues.


30 of 202 8/18/2016 1:04 PM


5.1.3.9.4.1

For each oxygen concentrator supply source in the system, the supply source's concentration monitor (see5.1.3.5.11.10 ) shall be able to perform the following:

(1) Indicate low oxygen concentration when a concentration lower than 91 percent is observed

(2) Indicate high oxygen concentration when a concentration greater than 95 percent is observed

(3) Activate a local alarm (see 5.1.9.5 )

(4) Activate an alarm signal at the master alarm (see 5.1.9.2 ) indicating that the oxygen concentrationfrom that supply source is low

(5) Activate an alarm signal at the master alarm ( see 5.1.9.2 ) indicating that the oxygenconcentration from that supply source is high

(6) Activate the automatic isolating valve for that oxygen concentrator supply source (see 5.1.3.5.11.12 )to prevent supply from that oxygen concentrator supply source.

(7) Close the automatic isolating valve for that oxygen concentrator supply source (see 5.1.3.5.11.12 ),which shall activate an alarm signal at the master alarm (see 5.1.9.2 ) indicating that the oxygenconcentrator supply source is disconnected.


1. These are the limits for oxygen 93% and the specified monitor.2. The reserve supply should never be less than 24 hours as required elsewhere in NFPA 99.

Related Item




Organization: CGA

Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:


Committee Statement

CommitteeAction:


Resolution: SR-612-NFPA 99-2016. This is not a life safety issue that needs to be sent to the master alarmpanel as a critical alarm but only displayed as a local alarm.

Statement: Typical operation of oxygen concentrators can be in the 95-95.5% range. With current technology foroxygen concentrators for medical applications, it is not possible to achieve product purity greaterthan 96%. As such, any high oxygen concentration alarm would most likely signify that the analyzerneeds to be recalibrated or otherwise serviced. With the accuracy of the current concentratoranalyzers, raising the purity to 97% will eliminate nuisance alarms and reserve supply to feedunnecessarily if the concentrator is working properly (providing 95.5% product but the analyzer has


31 of 202 8/18/2016 1:04 PM

drifted). This is not a life safety issue that needs to be sent to the master alarm panel as a criticalalarm but only displayed as a local alarm.


32 of 202 8/18/2016 1:04 PM


5.1.3.9.4.2

For the entire oxygen central supply system, the system concentration monitor [see 5.1.3.9.2(10) ] shall beable to perform the following:

(1) Indicate low oxygen concentration when a concentration lower than 90 percent 91 percent isobserved

(2) Indicate high oxygen concentration when a concentration greater than 91 percent is observed

(3) Activate a local alarm (see 5.1.9.5 )

(4) Activate an alarm signal at the master alarm (see 5.1.9.2 ) indicating the oxygen concentration is low

(5) Activate an alarm signal at the master alarm ( see 5.1.9.2 ) indicating the oxygen concentration ishigh


The reserve supply should never be less than 24 hours as required elsewhere in NFPA 99.

Related Item




Organization: CGA

Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:


Committee Statement

CommitteeAction:


Resolution: SR-613-NFPA 99-2016. High concentration is not a life safety issue that needs to be sent to themaster alarm panel as a critical alarm but only displayed as a local alarm.

Statement: Typical operation of oxygen concentrators can be in the 95-95.5% range. With current technology foroxygen concentrators for medical applications, it is not possible to achieve product purity greaterthan 96%. As such, any high oxygen concentration alarm would most likely signify that the analyzerneeds to be recalibrated or otherwise serviced. With the accuracy of the current concentratoranalyzers, raising the purity to 97% will eliminate nuisance alarms and reserve supply to feedunnecessarily if the concentrator is working properly (providing 95.5% product but the analyzer hasdrifted).


33 of 202 8/18/2016 1:04 PM


5.1.3.9.4.3

For each header source (see 5.1.3.5.10 ) in the supply system, local signals and alarms shall be providedas follows:

(1) A pressure gauge for delivery pressure,

(2) A means to activate an alarm signal at the master alarm (see 5.1.9.2 ) indicating the oxygen cylindersare in use

(3) A means to activate an alarm signal at the master alarm (see 5.1.9.2 ) indicating the oxygen cylindercontents are low when the contents are at or below 12 24 hours average supply


The reserve supply should never be less than 24 hours as required elsewhere in NFPA 99.

Related Item




Organization: CGA

Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:


Committee Statement

CommitteeAction:


Resolution: SR-614-NFPA 99-2016. this is consistent with language for alarming a cylinder reserve fornon-concentrator source of supply

Statement: The reserve supply should never be less than 24 hours as required elsewhere in NFPA 99. this isconsistent with language for alarming a cylinder reserve for non-concentrator source of supply


34 of 202 8/18/2016 1:04 PM


5.1.4.1.6 Valve Types.

New or replacement valves shall be permitted to be of any type as long as they meet the followingconditions:

(1) They have a minimum Cv factor in accordance with either Table 5.1.4.1.6(a) or Table 5.1.4.1.6(b) .

Table 5.1.4.1.6(a) Positive Pressure Gases.

Valve Size (in.) Minimum Cv (full open)

½ 17

¾ 31

1 60

1¼ 110

1½ 169

2 357

2½ 390

3 912

4 1837

Table 5.1.4.1.6(b) Vacuum and WAGD.

Valve Size (in.) Minimum Cv (full open)

¾ 31

1 60

1¼ 110

1½ 169

2 357

2½ 196

3 302

4 600

5 1022

6 1579

8 3136

(2) They use a quarter turn to off.

(3) They are constructed of materials suitable for the service.

(4) They are provided with copper tube extensions by the manufacturer for brazing or with CorrugatedMedical Tubing (CMT) fittings .

(5) They indicate to the operator if the valve is open or closed.

(6) They permit in-line serviceability.

(7) They are cleaned for oxygen service by the manufacturer if used for any positive-pressure service.


This revision will allow valves used in Corrugated Medical Tubing system to be manufactured with the fittings appropriate for Corrugated Medical Gas Tubing.


35 of 202 8/18/2016 1:04 PM



Public Comment No. 94-NFPA 99-2016 [Section No. 5.1.10.3.1]

Public Comment No. 100-NFPA 99-2016 [New Section after A.5.1.11.4.2]


Public Comment No. 90-NFPA 99-2016 [New Section after 5.1.10.1.6]







Public Comment No. 105-NFPA 99-2016 [New Section after 5.1.10.11.4.3]

Related Item



Submitter Full Name: Theodore Lemoff

Organization: TLemoff Engineering

Affilliation: Omega Flex

Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:


Committee Statement

CommitteeAction:

Accepted


Statement: This revision will allow valves used in Corrugated Medical Tubing system to be manufacturedwith the fittings appropriate for Corrugated Medical Gas Tubing.


36 of 202 8/18/2016 1:04 PM

Public Comment No. 47-NFPA 99-2016 [ Section No. 5.1.4.6 ]

substitute all the text in 5.1.4.6

Zone Valves.

as follows:

5.1.4.6.1

All station outlets/inlets shall be supplied through a zone valve . Zone valves shall be placed as follows:

The zone valve shall be placed

5.1.4.6.2 *

Zone valves shall be

1. such that a wall intervenes between the valve and outlets/inlets that it controls.

The zone valve shall serve only outlets/inlets located on that same story.

The zone valve shall not be located in a room with station outlets/inlets that it controls.

2. readily operable from a standing position

.

5.1.4.6.

3

Zone valves shall be so arranged that shutting off the supply of medical gas or vacuum to one zone will notaffect the supply of medical gas or vacuum to another zone or the rest of the system

.

5.1.4.6.4

A pressure/vacuum indicator shall be provided on the station outlet/inlet side of each zone valve.

5.1.4.6.5

Zone valve boxes shall be

installed where they are visible and accessible at all times.

5.1.

4.

6.6 Zone valve boxes shall

not be installed where they can be hidden from plain view, such as behind normally open ornormally closed doors or

otherwise hidden from plain view

behind carts .

5.

1.4.6.7 Zone valve boxes shall

not be located in a room with station outlets/inlets that it controls.

6. not be located in

closed or locked


37 of 202 8/18/2016 1:04 PM

rooms, areas, or closets which can be closed or locked .

5.1.4.6.

8

2

A zone valve in each medical gas or vacuum line shall be

located immediately outside each vital life-support area,

provided for each Category 1 Space, and anesthetizing location

of

for moderate sedation, deep sedation, or general anesthesia

, in each medical gas or vacuum line, or both, and located

specific for the occupancy. These zone valves shall:

1. be located immediately outside the area controlled.

2. be located so as to be readily accessible in an emergency.

5.1.4.6.

9 All

3

Piping on the patient side of zone valves shall be arranged to provide:

1. that shutting off the supply of medical gas or vacuum to one zone will not affect thesupply of medical gas or vacuum to another zone or the rest of the system.

2. service only to outlets/inlets located on that same floor.

3. that all gas delivery columns, hose reels, ceiling tracks, control panels, pendants, booms, orother special installations

shall be

are located

downstream

patient side of the zone valve.

5.1.4.6.

10 Zone valves shall be so arranged that shutting off the supply of gas to any one operating room oranesthetizing location will not affect the others

4

A pressure/vacuum indicator shall be provided on the station outlet/inlet side of each zone valve .



5.1.4.6_text.docx Complete wording - Terraview did not accept this cleanly


In the First Draft wording there are redundant clauses (5.1.4.3.6 and 5.1.4.6.10) and there is an unnecessary requirement in 5.1.4.6.8 - "vital life support area" which is not defined and theoretically covered by "category 1 space" as added in the First Draft. The clauses have been reordered in the proposal to make them flow better and more cleanly.

Related Item


38 of 202 8/18/2016 1:04 PM

First Revision No. 649-NFPA 99-2015 [Section No. 5.1.4.6.2]

First Revision No. 111-NFPA 99-2015 [Global Input]




Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:


Committee Statement

CommitteeAction:



Statement: In the First Draft wording there are redundant clauses (5.1.4.3.6 and 5.1.4.6.10) and there is anunnecessary requirement in 5.1.4.6.8 - "vital life support area" which is not defined andtheoretically covered by "category 1 space" as added in the First Draft.

The clauses have been reordered in the proposal to make them flow better and more cleanly.


39 of 202 8/18/2016 1:04 PM

FR 649

FR 111

5.1.4.6.1

All station outlets/inlets shall be supplied through a zone valve. Zone valves shall be placed as follows:

1. such that a wall intervenes between the valve and outlets/inlets that it controls.

2. readily operable from a standing position 3. installed where they are visible and accessible at all times. 4. not be installed where they can be hidden from plain view, such as behind normally open or normally closed doors or behind carts. 5. not be located in a room with station outlets/inlets that it controls. 6. not be located in rooms, areas, or closets which can be closed or locked.

5.1.4.6.2

A zone valve in each medical gas or vacuum line shall be provided for each Category 1 Space, and anesthetizing location for moderate sedation, deep sedation, or general anesthesia specific for the occupancy. These zone valves shall: 1. be located immediately outside the area controlled. 2. be located so as to be readily accessible in an emergency. 5.1.4.6.3 Piping on the patient side of zone valves shall be arranged to provide:

1. that shutting off the supply of medical gas or vacuum to one zone will not affect the supply of medical gas or vacuum to another zone or the rest of the system.

2. service only to outlets/inlets located on that same floor.

3. that all gas delivery columns, hose reels, ceiling tracks, control panels, pendants, booms, or other special installations are located patient side of the zone valve.

5.1.4.6.4 A pressure/vacuum indicator shall be provided on the station outlet/inlet side of each zone valve.


5.1.6.1

Manufactured assemblies shall be pretested by the manufacturer prior to arrival at the installation site inaccordance with the following:

(1) Initial blowdown test per 5.1.12.2.2

(2) Initial pressure test per 5.1.12.2.3

(3) Piping purge test per 5.1.12.2.5

(4) Standing pressure test per 5.1.12.2.6 or 5.1.12.2.7, except as permitted under 5.1.6.2

(5) Operational pressure test per 5.1.12.4.10, except that the test gas is permitted to be in accordancewith the manufacturer's recommendations process requirements.


Wording better reflects the sense of the paragraph.

Related Item





Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:


Committee Statement



Statement: Wording better reflects the sense of the paragraph.


40 of 202 8/18/2016 1:04 PM


5.1.6.9

Hose or flexible connectors employed in manufactured assemblies shall be labeled by stenciling oradhesive markers that identify the patient medical gas, the support gas, or the vacuum system and includethe following:

(1) Name of the gas or vacuum system or the chemical symbol per Table 5.1.11

(2) Gas or vacuum system color code per Table 5.1.11

(3) Where positive-pressure piping systems operate at pressures other than the standard gauge pressurein Table 5.1.11, the operating pressure in addition to the name of the gas.

(4) The date of manufacture.


The requirement for checking and changing these hoses is now included in 5.1.14.2.3.1. Dating the hoses would make this easier.

Related Item

First Revision No. 645-NFPA 99-2015 [New Section after 5.1.6.7]




Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:


Committee Statement

CommitteeAction:



Statement: The requirement for checking and changing these hoses is now included in 5.1.14.2.3.1. Datingthe hoses would make this easier.


41 of 202 8/18/2016 1:04 PM


5.1.9.5.4

The following functions shall be monitored at each local alarm site:

(1) Low medical air reserve capacity, to indicate when the medical air source is operating under a demandthat could not be managed if one compressor ceased to operate

(2) High carbon monoxide level, to indicate when the carbon monoxide level in the medical air system is10 ppm or higher

(3) Medical air dew point high, to indicate when the line pressure dew point is greater than 2°C (35°F)

(4) Low medical vacuum reserve capacity, to indicate when the medical vacuum source is operatingunder a demand that could not be managed if one pump ceased to operate

(5) Low WAGD reserve capacity, to indicate when the WAGD source is operating under a demand thatcould not be managed if one producer ceased to operate

(6) Instrument air dew point high, to indicate when the line pressure dew point is greater than −30°C(−22°F)

(7) Low instrument air reserve capacity, if instrument air is provided by a source with more than onecompressor, to indicate when the instrument air source is operating under a demand that could not bemanaged if one compressor ceased to operate

(8) For compressor systems using liquid ring compressors or compressors with water-cooledcomponents, high water in the receiver tank, to indicate when the water level in the receiver tank hasreached a level determined to be detrimental to the operation of the system

(9) For compressor systems using liquid ring compressors, high water in the separator

(10) For compressor systems using other than liquid ring compressors, high discharge air temperature

(11) Proportioning systems high/low indicator when the oxygen concentration is outside the 19.5 percent to23.5 percent oxygen range

(12) Proportion systems reserve system in operation

(13) When oxygen is supplied from an oxygen central supply system using concentrators (see 5.1.3.9), thefollowing signals shall be provided at the system's local alarm site(s):

(a) For each cylinder header used as a source, an alarm indication that the header is in use

(b) For each cylinder header used as a source, an alarm indication that the cylinder contents arebelow an average day's supply

(c) If the source in use changes because of a failure to appropriately supply the system, an alarmindication indicating an unexpected oxygen supply change has occurred

(d) An alarm indication that the pressure in the common line on the source side of the line pressurecontrols is low

(e) An alarm indication that the that oxygen concentration from the supply system is below 90 percent

(f) An alarm indication that the that oxygen concentration from the supply system is above 95percent.



Related Item


42 of 202 8/18/2016 1:04 PM




Organization: CGA

Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:


Committee Statement

CommitteeAction:



Statement: The revised oxygen concentrator limits for high and low concentration in 5.1.3.9 have beenadded here.


43 of 202 8/18/2016 1:04 PM


5.1.10.1 Piping Materials for Field-Installed Positive Pressure Medical Gas Systems.

5.1.10.1.1

Tubes, valves, fittings, station outlets, and other piping components in medical gas systems shall havebeen cleaned for oxygen service by the manufacturer prior to installation in accordance with the mandatoryrequirements of CGA G-4.1, Cleaning Equipment for Oxygen Service, except that fittings shall bepermitted to be cleaned by a supplier or agency other than the manufacturer.

5.1.10.1.2

Each length of tube shall be delivered plugged or capped by the manufacturer and kept sealed untilprepared for installation.

5.1.10.1.3

Fittings, valves, and other components shall be delivered sealed and labeled and kept sealed untilprepared for installation.

5.1.10.1.4*

Tubes shall be hard-drawn seamless copper in accordance with ASTM B 819, Standard Specification forSeamless Copper Tube for Medical Gas Systems, medical gas tube, Type L, except Type K shall be usedwhere operating pressures are above a gauge pressure of 1275 kPa (185 psi) and the pipe sizes arelarger than DN80 [NPS 3 (3 1⁄8 in. O.D.)].

5.1.10.1.5

ASTM B 819, Standard Specification for Seamless Copper Tube for Medical Gas Systems, medical gastube shall be identified by the manufacturer's markings “OXY,” “MED,” “OXY/MED,” “OXY/ACR,” or“ACR/MED” in blue (Type L) or green (Type K).

5.1.10.1.6

The installer shall furnish documentation certifying that all installed piping materials comply with therequirements of 5.1.10.1.1.





This Public Comment appeared as CC Note No. 8 in the First Draft Report.The Correlating Committee is directing HEA-PIP that in regards to the addition of CSST, that if the material is determined to be allowed in medical gas or vacuum system, then the full set of safe installation requirements must be included. An incomplete set of requirements will create correlation issues in the second draft.

Related Item

Correlating Committee Note No. 8-NFPA 99-2015 [Section No. 5.1.10.1]




Street Address:

City:


44 of 202 8/18/2016 1:04 PM

State:

Zip:


Committee Statement

CommitteeAction:



Statement: This revision moves forward a similar proposed revision in the first draft stage to allow corrugatedstainless steel medical tubing, a new material for medical gas systems. The original proposal wasaccepted by the committee at the first draft meeting and subsequently failed the letter ballot. Many ofthe negative votes on the letter ballot stated reasons for rejection included concerns that theproposed material would not have the antibacterial properties of copper, and the possibility of waterand particles being trapped in the convolutions of the tubing and being retained during theproscribed cleaning. Several of the concerns listed have been addressed, including;

1. The tubing material has been changed to copper alloy with 95% copper.

2. Testing was conducted to determine if CMT could be cleaned by purging, along with a similar runof Type L copper tubing. These tests, submitted in a Test Report to the committee, showed that CMTcould be cleaned using an air purge as required by NFPA 99, and that the level of cleanliness wasequal to that of the copper tubing run tested.

The associated requirements for the use of CMT include the use of mechanical fittings which arealready allowed in many cases for copper tubing. Additionally, individuals voicing concern overmechanical joints being in sealed walls should note that this is not currently prohibited within NFPA99 for the mechanical joints already permitted. The committee has been made aware that testing hasnot shown any noise or harmonic vibration from flowing air through various lengths of CMT, up to350 ft.

The tubing is now referred to as Corrugated Medical Gas Tubing (CMT), to differentiate it from thepreviously proposed Corrugated Stainless Steel Medical Tubing, and is made from bronze ratherthan stainless steel. By constructing the tubing from bronze there is sufficient copper (95%) toprovide essentially identical antibacterial activity. ASTM B103, is specified for the strip form of thematerial from which the tubing is fabricated because there is no standard for the corrugated tubingshape. The alloy specified, copper alloy 51000, is 95% copper and 5% tin, with only traces of otherelements such as lead, tin zinc, iron, and phosphorus. Other alloys are allowed in ASTM B103 thatinclude lead, and lower amounts of copper that are not being recommended for CMT.


45 of 202 8/18/2016 1:04 PM

Public Comment No. 91-NFPA 99-2016 [ New Section after 5.1.10.1.4 ]

TITLE OF NEW CONTENT

5.1.10.1.5 Medical tubing with a non-metallic jacket shall have a flame spread index of 25 or less, andsmoke density rating of 50 or less as determined by the Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics ofBuilding Materials, ASTM E84.


This comment resubmits PI 270, which was rejected and recommends that it be applicable to all tubing coated with non-metallic materials. PI 270 included the following Substantiation:

“A new 5.1.10.1.5 is added to provide a minimum flame spread index and smoke developed index for the plastic jacket of medical tubing using ASTM E84, which is widely used for these measurements. The values are identical to those used for Corrugated Stainless Steel Tubing used for fuel gas service. These values are compliant with the flame and smoke indices for Class A interior finishes in NFPA 101, Life Safety Code®. Class A is the most stringent class of interior finish materials in the Life Safety Code®”

The text is revised to be applicable to any tubing coated with a non-metallic jacket. While the submitter of the comment is not aware of any such coated tubing in use now, it is reasonably that a manufacturer of copper tubing might offer such tubing with a colored coated that would be specific for each medical gas. The substantiation provided with PI 270 remains valid, and the committee is encouraged to establish this high level of fire safety for all tubing with a non-metallic jacket that might be used for medical gases.














Related Item

Public Input No. 270-NFPA 99-2015 [New Section after 5.1.10.1.5]





Street Address:

City:

State:


46 of 202 8/18/2016 1:04 PM

Zip:


Committee Statement

CommitteeAction:



Statement: A new 5.1.10.1.5 is added to provide a minimum flame spread index and smoke developed index forthe plastic jacket of medical tubing using ASTM E84, which is widely used for these measurements.The values are identical to those used for Corrugated Stainless Steel Tubing used for fuel gasservice. These values are compliant with the flame and smoke indices for Class A interior finishes inNFPA 101, Life Safety Code®. Class A is the most stringent class of interior finish materials in theLife Safety Code®. It is noted that based on the the specifications which CMT is permitted in5.1.10.1.4, that this applies to the tubing with the jacket applied.


47 of 202 8/18/2016 1:04 PM


5.1.10.1.4*

Tubes shall be one of the following:

(1) hard-drawn seamless copper in accordance with ASTM B 819, Standard Specification for SeamlessCopper Tube for Medical Gas Systems, medical gas tube, Type L, except Type K shall be used whereoperating pressures are above a gauge pressure of 1275 kPa (185 psi) and the pipe sizes are larger thanDN80 [NPS 3 (3 1⁄8 in. O.D.)].

(2) Listed Corrugated Medical Tubing (CMT) fabricated from copper alloy No. 51000 strip meeting ASTMB103, Standard Specification for Phospor Bronze Plate, Sheet, and Strip, and Rolled Bar, with a designmargin of 3.5, coated with a non-metallic sheath marked with the manufacturer's marking.



Particulate_Testing_of_Corrugated_Medical_Tubing_and_Copper_Type_L_Tubing.pdf


This comment follows up on a similar proposal to allow Corrugated Stainless Steel Medical Tubing, a new product for medical gas systems. The proposal was accepted by the committee at the first draft meeting and subsequently failed the letter ballot. Most of the committee members who voted negatively on the letter ballot stated reasons for rejection included concerns that the proposed material would not have the antibacterial properties of copper, and the possibility of water and particles being trapped in the convolutions of the tubing and being retained during the proscribed cleaning. These are valid concerns, and the comment addresses these. Specifically:


2. Testing was conducted at Omega Flex’s facilities to determine if CMT could be cleaned by purging, along with a similar run of Type L copper tubing. These tests showed that CMT could be cleaned using an air purge as required by NFPA 99, and that the level of cleanliness was equal to that of the copper tubing run tested. See the Test Report submitted with this comment.

Several committee members voted negatively because of concerns over using mechanical fittings as an option to brazing. This is confusing as the Code has allowed mechanical fittings for some time. Specifically, NFPA 99-2015, allows:• Axially swaged fittings to be used to join copper or stainless steel tubing without restriction in paragraph 5.1.10.7. • Threaded fittings in very limited locations in paragraph 5.1.10.8.• Special fittings, which include listed gas fittings that provide a permanent joint and sealing integrity of a brazed joint, and dielectric fittings which can be a union in paragraph 5.1.10.9.

Other technical reasons for rejection included a statement that mechanical joints should not be allowed in sealed walls, potential for noise or harmonic vibration, the longevity of the tubing as compared to copper tubing which has been in use for the past 100 years.• NFPA 99 contains no restriction on where fittings can be located. It is noted that at least one manufacturer of axially swaged fittings states that their fittings can be used anywhere as needed, which includes in sealed wall spaces, stating in their on-line catalog that the fittings can be used to add branches to a medical gas piping systems “as fast as you can drain the lines” citing NFPA 99-2005 paragraph 5.1.10.7 (4).• Testing by Omega Flex has not shown any noise or harmonic vibration from flowing air through various lengths of CMT, up to 350 ft. • Similar tubing made of stainless steel has been in use piping fuel gas into buildings in the U. S. for over 30 years. While there have been problems, none have been aging related.


48 of 202 8/18/2016 1:04 PM

The proposed tubing is now called Corrugated Medical Gas Tubing (CMT), to differentiate it from the previously proposed Corrugated Stainless Steel Medical Tubing, and is made from bronze rather than stainless steel. By constructing the tubing from bronze there is sufficient copper (95%) to provide essentially identical antibacterial activity. ASTM B103, is specified for the strip form of the material from which the tubing is fabricated because there is no standard for the corrugated tubing shape. The alloy specified, copper alloy 51000, is 95% copper and 5% tin, with only traces of other elements such as lead, tin zinc, iron, and phosphorus. Other alloys are allowed in ASTM B103 that include lead, and lower amounts of copper that are not being recommended for CMT.• Fittings. The fittings that will be listed are swaged fittings requiring special, readily available tools to install. • Fittings Requirements. The fittings will be brass and will be axially swaged to provide gas tightness and pull-out resistance. The listing requirements for the fittings will incorporate the current requirements of NFPA 99 in 5.1.10.7.1 for axially swaged fittings. • Fewer Fittings. A significant advantage of CMT over the hard copper tubing currently required by NFPA 99 is that CMT is shipped in 250 ft rolls, considerably longer than the 20 ft. lengths of hard copper tubing normally available. Longer lengths of the corrugated tubing result in fewer joints, with correspondingly less potential contamination. Longer lengths of CMT are also available also on special order.• Seismic Resistance. CMT, being semi-flexible is inherently seismic resistant, the product will move and flex during a seismic event, unlike rigid tubing which is prone to rupture during such event. • Simpler Installation. Contractors will benefit from a simpler installation, and there is less possibility for contamination. Corrugated Medical Tubing (CSMT). The tubing has a bronze corrugated tube coated with a plastic sheath which is printed with the necessary information. The tubing and fittings must be listed. • Listing. Listing means that the product or system has been evaluated to a set of construction and performance requirements that demonstrate its suitability for the application and will be under continued factory inspection for as long as the listing is maintained.• UL Fact Finding Report. An example of a test program that was developed to show the durability of a new tubing system with respect to the mechanical, thermal, and sealing integrity required for this application was provided as part of a Fact Finding Investigation by UL. The issuance of the Fact Finding Report does not constitute an endorsement of any proposed amendment and in no way implies Listing, Classification or other recognition by UL and does not authorize the use of UL Listing or Classification Marks or any other reference to Underwriters Laboratories Inc. on, or in connection with, the product. While the tests described in this Fact Finding Report were performed on a stainless steel corrugated tubing product, it does show the type of tests that could be contained in a UL standard. Once the corrugated medical gas tubing with fittings is allowed in the code, UL can then develop a final set of requirements for listing. The test requirements may be as outlined in the previous Fact Finding Report, or may be modified to ensure the requirements address all of the pertinent items of the revised code including the copper alloy tubing material.

While these comments address corrugated tubing product made from bronze, there have been numerous installations of stainless steel corrugated medical gas tubing in Europe over the last 8 years, which demonstrate proof of concept of a corrugated tubing system, and two additional installations are pending in Africa. These installations were purged and determined to be acceptable for service prior to use, and there have been no reports of contamination issues since installation. These systems are located at:

List of MediTrac InstallationsDate Installed Location Media Size Installed Total LengthOct-2007 Wiener Neustadt Hospital, Vienna Medical Oxygen 1/2" and 3/4" 600 ftFeb-2008 Hanusch Krankenhaus, Vienna Medical Oxygen 3/4" and 1" 800 ftSep-2008 Wiener Neustadt Hospital Expansion, Vienna Medical Oxygen 1/2" and 3/4" 500 ftSep-2009 Astra Zeneca Laboratory, Macclesdield, UK High Purity Nitrogen 1-1/4" 300 ftJun-2012 Johannesburg, South Africa Medical Oxygen 1/2" and 3/4" 400 ftAug-2014 Johannesburg, South Africa Medical Oxygen ¾ 300 ft








49 of 202 8/18/2016 1:04 PM








Related Item






Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:


Committee Statement

CommitteeAction:



Statement: This revision moves forward a similar proposed revision in the first draft stage to allow corrugatedstainless steel medical tubing, a new material for medical gas systems. The original proposal wasaccepted by the committee at the first draft meeting and subsequently failed the letter ballot. Many ofthe negative votes on the letter ballot stated reasons for rejection included concerns that theproposed material would not have the antibacterial properties of copper, and the possibility of waterand particles being trapped in the convolutions of the tubing and being retained during theproscribed cleaning. Several of the concerns listed have been addressed, including;


2. Testing was conducted to determine if CMT could be cleaned by purging, along with a similar runof Type L copper tubing. These tests, submitted in a Test Report to the committee, showed that CMTcould be cleaned using an air purge as required by NFPA 99, and that the level of cleanliness wasequal to that of the copper tubing run tested.

The associated requirements for the use of CMT include the use of mechanical fittings which arealready allowed in many cases for copper tubing. Additionally, individuals voicing concern overmechanical joints being in sealed walls should note that this is not currently prohibited within NFPA99 for the mechanical joints already permitted. The committee has been made aware that testing hasnot shown any noise or harmonic vibration from flowing air through various lengths of CMT, up to350 ft.

The tubing is now referred to as Corrugated Medical Gas Tubing (CMT), to differentiate it from thepreviously proposed Corrugated Stainless Steel Medical Tubing, and is made from bronze ratherthan stainless steel. By constructing the tubing from bronze there is sufficient copper (95%) toprovide essentially identical antibacterial activity. ASTM B103, is specified for the strip form of thematerial from which the tubing is fabricated because there is no standard for the corrugated tubingshape. The alloy specified, copper alloy 51000, is 95% copper and 5% tin, with only traces of otherelements such as lead, tin zinc, iron, and phosphorus. Other alloys are allowed in ASTM B103 that


50 of 202 8/18/2016 1:04 PM

include lead, and lower amounts of copper that are not being recommended for CMT.


51 of 202 8/18/2016 1:04 PM

Particulate Testing of

Corrugated Medical Tubing

And Copper Type L Tubing

By

OmegaFlex Inc.

451 Creamery Way

Ex~on, PA 19341-2509

EPR2016-01

ENGINEERING PROJECT REPORT- EPR2016-0l

Particulate Testing of Corrugated Medical Tubing

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1

Scope......... . ........................................ .. ..... .... ....... ......... ....... 2

Background . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2

Test Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ...... . .. ..... ... . . . . . . . .. 3

Results ........... .... ... .................... ... .. . ......... ... ....... .......... . .. ....... 4

Conclusion . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6

16-May-16

APPENDIX

A. I - Equipment List

A.2- Documentation ofTesting

A. 3 - Test Data Sheets

A. 4 - Copper Powder Certificate

Page i OmegaFlex Inc. ©- 2016 All Rights Reserved

OMEGAFLEX, INC., 451 Creamery Way, Exton, PA 19341-2509 Voice: 800-355-1039 or 61 0-524-7272 Fax: 610-524-6484 URL: www.omegaflex.com



1. INTRODUCTION

The installation of medical tubing is governed by the requirements of NFPA 99, Health

Care Facilities Code, and Corrugated Medical Tubing (CMT) is being recommended to be

added to NFP A 99. The addition of CMT to NFP A 99 will allow another method of

installing medical gas tubing in health care facilities, which may allow lower cost, faster

installation, and fewer joints with correspondingly fewer opportunities for contamination

during construction and leakage.

The testing reported here was conducted to address reasonable concerns of NFP A 99

Medical Gas committee members who voted negatively during the First Revision process

of the 2018 edition of NFP A 99.

OmegaFlex has conducted comparative air flow tests on 25 foot lengths of Corrugated

Medical Tubing (CMT) and copper tubing Type L to show that CMT is equivalent to

copper tubing with respect to removing particulate matter, inadvertently deposited in the

tubing due to construction activities, by the purging procedure as found in NFPA 99,

Section 5.1.12.2.5.1 and that CMT can meet the cleanliness tests found in sections

5.1.12.3.6 and 5.1.12.3.7 under System Verification in NFPA 99.

Specifically, testing was done to determine if particulate matter could be detected leaving

the CMT system after purging. Identical testing was performed on%" copper type L tubing

establishing a baseline, since that is an approved material.

For the testing of particulate matter, two types of materials were used. The first is a fine

copper powder of uniform particle size (8 microns) was obtained. This size is in the range

of respirable particles, particles which during breathing can be expected to remain in the

lungs. Larger particles drop out due to their weight before entering the lungs, and smaller

particles will remain in the moving air as it is expelled from the lungs. This subject is well

known in the Industrial Hygiene field, where absorption of particles in the lungs are of

great concern. While there are differences in the concerns of industrial hygienists and

physicians, the selection of a sample contaminant in a uniform particle size provides a basis

16-May-16 Page I of7 OmegaF/ex Inc. © - 2016 All Rights Reserved

OMEGAFLEX, INC., 451 Creamery Way, Exton, PA 19341-2509 Voice: 800-355-1039 or610-524-7272 Fax: 610-524-6484 URL: www.omegaflex.com



for comparison that is in the range of sizes that are of concern to the lungs, and is believed

to be repeatable.

The second is particles of ground copper tubing. This simulates cutting and deburring

particles created during the normal installation of copper tubing.

The particulate tests were conducted on CMT and copper type L Tubing systems of 25 ft

lengths (no elbows or bends) to minimize the possibility of particles accumulating in the

tubing at bends and elbows. The CMT was 25 ft continuous length and the copper type L

consisted of coupled lengths of two 1 0 foot lengths and one 5 foot length.

16-May-16 Page 2 of7 OmegaF!ex Inc. © - 2016 All Rights Reserved

OMEGAFLEX, INC., 451 Creamery Way, Exton, PA 19341-2509 Voice: 800-355-1039 or 6 10-524-7272 Fax: 610-524-6484 URL: www.omegatlex.com



2. SCOPE

All of the testing conducted was at Omegaflex in Exton, P A. It was conducted by

Omegaflex personnel and company equipment was utilized.

3. BACKGROUND

The testing conducted supports the theoretical knowledge that flow within a corrugated

pipe will create vortices and eddy currents within the corrugation valleys thereby lifting

particulates into the flow stream and subsequently removing them during the purge process.

This has been clearly documented in previously published data1 and a graphical

representation shown in Figure 1.

Figure 1

I. Ahn, Hojin, Uslu, Ibrahim: "Experimental Investigation on Pressure Drop in Corrugated Pipes", Proceedings ofthe ASME 2013 International Mechanical Engineering Congress

"Metal Hose Manual", Witzenmann GmbH, pg. 76 Rev May 2014

Popesu Mihaela: "Behavior of Flow-Induced Vibration in Corrugated Pipe", Department of Process Technology, Flow Technology, 20th AIAA Computational Fluid Dynamics Conference June 20 II

16-May-16 Page 3 of7 OmegaF/ex Inc. © - 2016 All Rights Reserved

OMEGAFLEX, INC., 451 Creamery Way, Exton, PA 19341-2509 Voice: 800-355-1039 or 6 10-524-7272 Fax: 610-524-6484 URL: www.omegaflex.com



4. TEST PROCEDURE

All straight test samples were configured in a similar manner, the CMT was a continuous

length and the copper tubing was coupled with two 10 foot lengths and one 5 foot length.

End one ("supply end") had a connection for shop air supply with a flow meter; the other

end had a 1 micron filter paper assembly.

The testing consisted of samples and particulate matter as shown in Table 1.

Sample Y." Y." Y." Y." Desc. Copper CMT C\1T Copper

Particulate Matter

Table I

8um Copper Powder

8um Copper Powder

Ground Copper Tubing

Ground Copper Tubing

a) Utilizing a straight section of piping, 25 feet long with end fittings, connect shop air

and purge at 20 scfm for 10 minutes. During 10 minute purge, at every 20 second

interval, stop flow completely for 2 seconds, then immediately return to 20 scfm flow.

b) Weigh new clean 1 urn filter paper and record. Attach 1 urn filter paper assembly on

to sample.

c) Connect shop air and purge at 3.5 scfm for 10 minutes. (NFPA 99- 5.1.12.3.7.1)

d) Remove filter paper from assembly, weigh and record.

e) Measure 10 g of particulate matter, and record.

f) Load Particulate matter into ID of sample.

g) Purge at maximum level with interrupted flow until particulates are no longer visible

exiting sample.

h) Weigh new clean 1 urn filter paper and record. Attach 1 urn filter paper assembly on

to sample.

i) Connect shop air and purge at 3.5 scfm for 10 minutes. (NFPA 99 - 5.1. 12.3.7.1)

j) Remove filter paper from assembly, weigh and record.

k) Cut sample at 5, 10 and 20 lengths from supply end and verify all particulate matter

has been purged through tubing.

16-May-16 Page 4 of7 OmegaF/ex Inc. © - 2016 All Rights Reserved

OMEGAFLEX, INC., 451 Creamery Way, Exton, PA 19341-2509 Voice: 800-355-1039 or6 10-524-7272 Fax: 610-524-6484 URL: www.omegatlex.com



5. RESULTS

A series of tests were run on 25 foot lengths of CMT and copper tubing systems; the results

are summarized in Tables 2 and 3 below.

Table 2, Test Results,%" CMT and% Copper Tubing

Particulate Matter

Pre Purge

New Filter Wt.

Purge 3.5 scfm 10 mins?

Post-Purge Wt.

Net Wt. Gain

Amount of Particulate

Added Purge to Remove

Particulates

After Test Wt.

Purge 3.5 scfm 10 mins?

Combined Wt.

Net Wt. Gain

Table2

16-May-16

8 urn Copper 8 urn Copper Powder Powder 20 scfm 20 scfm 10 mins 10 mins

0.34 g 0.35 g

Yes I 90 psig Yes I 90 psig

0.34 g 0.35 g

0.00 g 0.00 g

10.18 g 10.10 g

40 psig 40 psig 20 scfm 20 scfm 15 mins 15 mins

0.35 g 0.34 g


0.35 g 0.34 g

0.00 g 0.00 g

Page 5 of7

Ground Copper Ground Copper

20 scfm 20 scfm 10 mins 10 mins

0.34 g 0.34 g


0.34 g 0.34 g

0.00 g 0.00 g

10.35 g 10.13 g

40 psig 40 psig 20 scfm 20 scfm 15 mins 15 mins

0.35 g 0.34 g


0.35 g 0.34 g

0.00 g 0.00 g

Omega Flex inc. ©- 2016 All Rights Reserved

OMEGAFLEX, INC., 451 Creamery Way, Exton, PA 19341-2509 Voice: 800-355- 1039 or 610-524-7272 Fax : 6 10-524-6484 URL: www.omegaflex.com



Examination of CMT and Copper after testing.

Following the particle testing the tubing was cut at the prescribed length from the supply

end using a standard tubing cutter. This method was utilized since it did not create any

particles due to cutting. Observations were made by looking into the end of the tube and

verifying the presence of visible particulate matter. The findings are summarized in Table

3.

Table 3 Summary of Post Testing Inspection

Sample %"Copper %"CMT %"CMT %"Copper Des c.

Ground Ground Particulate 8 urn Copper 8 urn Copper Copper Copper Matter Powder Powder Tubing Tubing

1. Slight 1. Slight 1. Nothing 1. Nothing powder residue powder residue Visible Visible found, not found, not consistently consistently coating id of coating id of

5 ft from tubing. tubing.

Supply End 2.No discemable difference between top and bottom of

10ft from 1. Nothing 1. Nothing 1. Nothing 1. Nothing End Visible Visible Visible Visible

15ft from 1. Nothing 1. Nothing 1. Nothing 1. Nothing Su End Visible Visible Visible Visible

Table 3

While the various flow tests were being conducted general observations for noise or other

harmonic vibrations were made, and no noise or harmonic vibration was observed.

16-May-16 Page 6 of7 OmegaFlex Inc. © - 2016 All Rights Reserved

OMEGAFLEX, INC., 451 Creamery Way, Exton, PA 19341-2509 Voice: 800-355-1039 or 610-524-7272 Fax: 610-524-6484 URL: www.omegaflex.com



6. CONCLUSION

The CMT system performed similarly as the copper system under the same test conditions.

During the post testing inspection of the ID, a light film of the residual copper powder was

found on near the application point on both the Copper tubing and the CMT. It did not

completely cover the ID circumference, it was spotty. Further analysis found no

discemable difference between top and bottom of corrugations on the CMT.

From these tests it can be concluded that a fine, respirable type particles or ground copper

tubing particles introduced into a CMT system will be removed during standard purge

process as does with copper tubing.

16-May-16 Page 7 o.f7 OmegaF/ex Inc. ©- 2016 All Rights Reserved

OMEGAFLEX, INC., 451 Creamery Way, Exton, PA 19341-2509 Voice: 800-355-1039 or 6 10-524-7272 Fax: 6 10-524-6484 URL: www.omegatlex.com

ENGINEERING PROJECT REPORT - EPR2016-01


7. DOCUMENT APPROVALS -Revision A

Written By:

Approved By:

16-May-16

Owen Murphy Junior Project Engineer OmegaFlex, Inc.

Dean W. Rivest, P.E., MSME Vice-President & General Manager OmegaFlex, Inc.

OmegaFlex Inc. ©- 2016 All Rights Reserved

OMEGAFLEX, INC., 451 Creamery Way, Exton, PA 19341-2509 Voice: 800-355-1039 or610-524-7272 Fax: 610-524-6484 URL: www.omegaflex.com

16-May-16



APPENDIX

AJ. Equipment List

Appendix Page 1 OmegaFlex Inc. © - 2016 All Rights Reserved

OMEGAFLEX, INC., 451 Creamery Way, Exton, PA 19341-2509 Voice: 800-355- I 039 or 6 I 0-524-7272 Fax: 6 I 0-524-6484 URL: www.omegatlex.com



Equipment Used in Testing

Equipment Press. Gauge

Flowmeter

Scale

Filter paper

Copper Powder (1)

Copper Particles (2)

16-May-16

Identification Calibration Expires Hedland 3-6-2017 Liquid Filled 0-160 psig Hedland 2-16-2017 0-10 scfm Model H271-010-E-G

Hedland 2-16-2017 0-30 scfm Model H271-030-E-G A WS Blade-1 00 3-14-2017 0-100 g PALL Type AlE N/A 1 Micron #63631

Whatman 25 Micron #1004-055 US Research N/A Nanomaterials 99.5% Pure Copper 8 Micron Copper Particles N/A from ground Copper Type L tubing

Appendix Page 2

Description 5 psig increments

2 scfm increments

5 scfm increments

.01 g increments

1 Micron Filter Paper

25 Micron Filter Paper

Certified 8 Micron Copper Powder

Base Material is Copper Type L tubing

OmegaFiex Inc. ©- 2016 All Rights Reserved

OMEGAFLEX, INC., 451 Creamery Way, Exton, PA 19341-2509 Voice: 800-355-1 039 or 610-524-7272 Fax: 610-524-6484 URL: www.omegaflex.com

16-May-16

ENGINEERING PROJECT REPORT- EPR2016-01


APPENDIX

A.2 Documentation of Testing

Appendix Page 3 OmegaFlex Inc. ©- 2016 All Rights Reserved


ENGINEERING PROJECT REPORT - EPR2016-0l


Ball Valve, Pressure Gage, Flow Meter, Ball Valve, Connection to Test Sample

Clamp, Filter Paper, Screen, Filter Filter paper 1 micron and 25 micron

16-May-16 Appendix Page 4 OmegaFlex Inc. © - 2016 All Rights Reserved

OMEGAFLEX, INC., 451 Creamery Way, Exton, PA 19341-2509 Voice: 800-355-1 039 or 6 10-524-7272 Fax: 6 10-524-6484 URL: www.omegatlex.com



COPPER POWDER %" Copper Initial Filter Paper Weight after Initial Purge - test b)

Filter Paper on scale with Weight pre-test

Flow Test Setup Gage Flow Meter showing 3.5 scfm

%"Copper - Final Filter Paper Weight after Initial Purge - test d)

Filter Paper on scale with Weight post test

16-May-16 Appendix Page 5 OmegaF/ex Inc. © - 2016 All Rights Reserved

OMEGAFLEX, INC., 451 Creamery Way, Exton, PA 19341-2509 Voice: 800-355-1 039 or 610-524-7272 Fax: 610-524-6484 URL: www.omegatlex.com



%"Copper- Copper Powder Weight- test e)

- · " 4. ./

' . I

Empty Sample Cup Sample Cup Showing Addition of Particulate

End of Test Fitting Showing Particulate Addition

Flow Test Setup

16-May- 16

Gage

Appendix Page 6

Flow Meter showing 20 scfm

OmegaFlex Inc. © - 2016 All Rights Reserved




Out I ID of Fitting after Purge Out - test g)

Flow impinging on baffle End of Fitting at supply end showing dispersion of copper exiting tubing

%"Copper- Initial Filter Paper Weight after Powder Addition- test h)


Flow Test Setup Gage

16-May-16 Appendix Page 7

Flow Meter showing 3.5 scfm

OmegaF/ex Inc. © - 2016 All Rights Reserved

OMEGAFLEX, INC., 451 Creamery Way, Exton, PA 19341-2509 Voice: 800-355-1 039 or 6 10-524-7272 Fax: 6 10-524-6484 URL: www.omegaflex.com



%" Copper- Final Filter Paper Weight after Powder Addition- test j)






COPPER POWDER %" CMT Initial Filter Paper Weight after Initial Purge- test b)



%" CMT - Final Filter Paper Weight after Initial Purge - test d)


16-May- 16 Appendix Page 9 OmegaFlex Inc. ©- 2016 All Rights Reserved

OMEGAFLEX, INC., 451 Creamery Way, Exton, PA 19341-2509 Voice: 800-355- 1039 or 61 0-524-7272 Fax: 610-524-6484 URL: www.omegaflex.com



%" CMT- Copper Powder Weight - test e)



Flow Test Setup

16-May-16

Gage

Appendix Page I 0







%" CMT- Initial Filter Paper Weight after Powder Addition- test h)






OMEGAFLEX, INC., 451 Creamery Way, Exton, PA 19341-2509 Voice: 800-355- I 039 or 6 I 0-524-7272 Fax: 6 I 0-524-6484 URL: www.omegaflex.com



%" CMT - Final Filter Paper Weight after Powder Addition- test j)



OMEGAFLEX, INC., 451 Creamery Way, Exton, PA 19341-2509 Voice: 800-355-1 039 or 610-524-7272 Fax: 61 0-524-6484 URL: www.omegatlex.com



GROUND COPPER %" CMT Initial Filter Paper Weight after Initial Purge- test b)



%" CMT -Final Filter Paper Weight after Initial Purge- test d)


16-May- 16 Appendix Page 13 OmegaF/ex Inc. © - 2016 All Rights Reserved

OMEGAFLEX, INC., 451 Creamery Way, Exton, PA 19341-2509 Voice: 800-355-1039 or610-524-7272 Fax: 610-524-6484 URL: www.omegatlex.com



%" CMT - Ground Copper Weight - test e)


%" CMT - View of ID of Tubing with Particulate Addition - test f)





Omega Flex Inc. ©- 2016 All Rights Reserved

OMEGAFLEX, INC., 451 Creamery Way, Exton, PA 19341-2509 Voice: 800-355-1039 or 610-524-7272 Fax: 61 0-524-6484 URL: www.omegatlex.com




%" CMT- Initial Filter Paper Weight after Particulate Addition - test h)

-• • •





OmegaFlex Inc. © • 2016 All Rights Reserved

OMEGAFLEX, INC., 451 Creamery Way, Exton, PA 19341-2509 Voice: 800-355-1 039 or 61 0-524-7272 Fax: 61 0-524-6484 URL: www.omegaflex.com



%" CMT - Final Filter Paper Weight after Particulate Addition - test j)


16-May-16 Appendix Page 16 OmegaFlex Inc. ©- 2016 All Rights Reserved

OMEGAFLEX, INC., 451 Creamery Way, Exton, PA 19341-2509 Voice: 800-355- 1039 or 610-524-7272 Fax: 61 0-524-6484 URL: www.omegaflex.com



GROUND COPPER %"Copper Initial Filter Paper Weight after Initial Purge- test b)



%" Copper - Final Filter Paper Weight after Initial Purge - test d)

--.• , "



OMEGAFLEX, INC., 451 Creamery Way, Exton, PA 19341-2509 Voice: 800-355-1039 or 610-524-7272 Fax: 610-524-6484 URL: www.omegatlex.com



%"Copper- Ground Copper Weight- test e)


- View of ID of Tubing with Particulate Addition - test f)


Flow Test Setup

16-May-16

Gage

Appendix Page 18



OMEGAFLEX, INC., 451 Creamery Way, Exton, PA 19341-2509 Voice: 800-355- 1039 or 610-524-7272 Fax: 610-524-6484 URL: www.omegaflex.com




%"Copper - Initial Filter Paper Weight after Particulate Addition- test h)



OMEGAFLEX, INC., 451 Creamery Way, Ex ton, PA 19341-2509 Voice: 800-355- 1039 or 610-524-7272 Fax: 610-524-6484 URL: www.omegaflex.com




%"Copper - Final Filter Paper Weight after Particulate Addition- test k)


16-May-16 Appendix Page 20 OmegaFlex Inc. ©- 2016 All Rights Reserved




View of All Filter Papers

16-May-16 Appendix Page 2 1 OmegaF/ex Inc. © - 2016 All Rights Reserved

OMEGAFLEX, INC., 451 Creamery Way, Exton, PA 19341-2509 Voice: 800-355- 1039 or 61 0-524-7272 Fax: 610-524-6484 URL: www.omegaflex.com

16-May-16



APPENDIX

A.2 Test Data Sheets

Appendix Page 22 OmegaF/ex Inc. © - 2016 All Rights Reserved

OMEGAFLEX,INC., 451 Creamery Way, Exton, PA 19341-2509 Voice: 800-355-1039 or 610-524-7272 Fax: 610-524-6484 URL: www.omegaflex.com



tnmegaflex' ,,. d .ts

LABORATORY TEST DATA SHEET

MEDITRAC %n TESTING

TEST DATE: -s.A-.s I Zp!.(O I

TESTER: ('9, M_u~ - I TEST SAMPLE: SEE CHART

TEST DESCRIPTION: PARTICULATE TESTING PER A IT ACHED PROCEDURE

TEST RESULTS:

System T~r.~~ Pre Purge )6' S'ctr!1 I 10 mins interrupted flow

New Filter Wt. 1 (g)

Purge 3.5 scfm I 10 mins (5.1.12.3.7.1) Combined Wt. after run 1 (g)

Net Wt. afte r run 1 (g)

Amount of Particulates Added (g)

Purge scfm I mins

New Filter Wt. 2 (g)

Purge 3.5 scfm I 10 mins (5.1.12.3.7.1} Combined Wt. after

run 2 (g)

y y y '( • ?,'f .3S ~q .. s~ y l7<C:5 y (;.~~ y \qo t~\.s y ([;tCJ -~'{ ~ 35 . 3t.t -1<{

- - - -IO . l3 10, tD 10- "3E;

\

<to y VHS

. 35 .34- . ~c Net Wt. after run 2 (g) - -

16-May-16

, I (

•. :J •.

Appendix Page 23 Omega Flex Inc. © • 2016 All Rights Reserved

OMEGAFLEX, INC., 451 Creamery Way, Exton, PA 19341-2509 Voice: 800-355- I 039 or 6 I 0-524-7272 Fax: 610-524-6484 URL: www.omegaflex.com



Verification of Particulates I Observations Noted

System Type/ Length v~<{eo J:> -11+'·~ '>{4"• ~ · Y~_fr_ ?5 'H- 2-S N- '25 +'+-?lLt-t- 1 Lt.&l71> Woi'\Nt.~j ~l:t.W,

Length f rom Supply 'b~ ['2o<..+-V~.st ~L.£ '(L'>t~

5~-t-- ~t~ ~~tJv-e_

~~"~ lJo~~ ~~~ ~o'\:k.,~"-\ Length from Supply VLsJ\.P... '(\,s.s ,<3cd. v .. s\~

LO ~t· \fv'> L bltl.-

lb~~ ~Vv"'j ~~ "-=-~·4

Leng~~Su~~ Vt)t bl.L Vvs1 bU-' (L\i.~lC \Is~ &,L

c..oY"?~ Q. ~ G."=..., r

" J.~\Zibe ----

PAGE20F2

16-May-16 Appendix Page 24 OmegaF!ex inc. © - 2016 All Rights Reserved

OMEGAFLEX, INC., 451 Creamery Way, Exton, PA 19341-2509 Voice: 800-355-1 039 or 6 10-524-7272 Fax: 610-524-6484 URL: www.omegaflex.com

16-May- 16



PARTICULATE FLOW TESTING

Product: M ediTrac• %'' Corrugated M etal Tubing (CMT) and %'' Copper Type L Tubing

MediTrac Flow Testing Rev B.docx

Appendix Page 25 OmegaFlex Inc. ©- 2016 All Rights Reserved

OMEGAFLEX, INC., 451 Creamery Way, Exton, PA 19341-2509 Voice: 800-355-1 039 or 610-524-7272 Fax: 610-524-6484 URL: www.omegatlex.com

16-May-16



@mega Flex* Particulate Flow Tests

1. 25 Ft Particulate Flow Test W' Copper- 8 Micron Copper Powder

2. 25Ft Particulate Flow Test W' CMT - 8 Micron Copper Powder

3. 25 Ft Particulate Flow Test W' CMT- Gound Copper Tubing

4. 25 Ft Water Removal Test :Y." Copper- Ground Copper Tubing

Page 1 of2

Appendix Page 26 OmegaF/ex Inc. © - 2016 All Rights Reserved


16-May-16



@mega Flex" 1. 25 Ft Particulate Flow Test

TEST SETUP

Assemble a 2S foot long section of CMT or Copper Tubinb with end fittings. End one will have

connection for shop air supply and a flow meter; the other end will have 1 micron filter paper

assembly.

TEST PROCEDURE

a) Utilizing a straight section of piping, 25 feet long with end fittings, connect shop air and

purge at 20 scfm for 10 minutes. During 10 minute purge, at every 20 minute interval,

stop flow completely for 2 seconds, then immediately return to 20 scfm flow.

b) Weigh new clean 1 urn filter paper and record. Attach 1 urn filter paper assembly on to

sample.

c) Connect shop air and purge at 3.5 scfm for 10 minutes. (NFPA 99- 5.1.12.3. 7.1)

d) Remove filter paperfrom assembly, weigh and record.

e) Measure 10 g of particulate matter, and record.

f) load Particulate matter into ID of sample.

g) Purge at maximum level until particulates are no longer visible exiting sample.

h) Weigh new clean 1 urn filter paper and record. Attach 1 urn filter paper assembly on to

sample.

i) Connect shop air and purge at 3.5 scfm for 10 minutes. (NFPA 99- 5.1.12.3.7.1}

j) Remove filter paper from assembly, weigh and record .

k) Cut sample at 5, 10 and 20 lenghts from supply end and veryify all particulate matter has

been purged through tubing.

Page 2 of 2

Appendix Page 27 OmegaFlex Inc. © - 2016 All Rights Reserved


16-May-16



APPENDIX

A.3 Copper Powder Certificate

Appendix Page 28 OmegaF!ex inc. © - 2016 All Rights Reserved

OMEGAFLEX, INC., 451 Creamery Way, Exton, PA 19341-2509 Voice: 800-355- 1039 or 610-524-7272 Fax: 61 0-524-6484 URL: www.omegaflex.com

16-May-16



U5 qf'S.~rc ll N;,uomari"'N'I~. Inc. ·~·)2-.,; ~=I I n •t : e,.,·,n. ~~ ~;~~ ~ gt-u ~. !3'2··1,( ~,;.; -~rt· :.:1-a.p:_.se:~

C.c:p:.r 1-'cr,-.-:ter ·~J ~ := ~ .. l!' - ·11), :;t-.;c;Qt tJ8SOC; CAOIII: I,;.!. J-!C· e. P..J~I 11/P.I~:Jr~ i f<,~

Fit:'~ f!ad t\1~[:._:: !.:4'':.. W UEl~ rtt· f'lf"'\• IIC' i"},. t.•._sc ~ I:, a • .,. ,,u. 411. .•~ 'I :n; r ,:,~: e~ -n

us Research Nanomaterials, Inc. Tile Acll.onced Nanomatel"ic!ls PI"''Mder

1;:z T·ll'. !..~ LM,., -~~ , "'- ''Q!ol. US" ,.,.,Dnf: .. .,.; .. ., , ,.,..... , - • ,.1. ~"tt,.-.. .. ,) .. i ) ~;:.ar •u ::51 ..... -::.t·l!tJI

E-m•l. S-~·,.,~••.r, '"•lT 1.r m· ll"fT:C. F. n."lro ·n..-w.Hit• ~tW.. U>I'\1 '"~IJ.U:nt

Ol"de' ID: 35702

Billing ldomwdon

Pa)'lllellll: .r\rnerolr Exj)rcs:;

~-~ ~ao Rivest CMIJ)III'f: ~aFlex

PhOIICl '18'12:88(1917

Addtes.5; i51 Qe..ruy WoJy

Cily: E~Lur1

SltiCeJ Pro\1111(8; PA Zip/ PMtal ~: Ul_,..l

Coullhy: ,Jnled Slllte5 cf Amel'lcll (US)

ElTiilil: -,n r • '""'

Qt¥. NllrM

Cooper (C.U) 1'0\V!Ier, 'fl. ~'lW ..--or.Jiq-ium (ood ~~)

5hi~ Infar1nalja.

Ship TD !lean Rr.est On~ 4S 1 CJQmerv \'lay

lxtO"', PA 193'\l Un'lrd ~!M or Amfrial. (us:.

Shipping Mediad: l..S.\, (

ProductiD l!'rici:

USS002 lBS.OO

!iiOrjjf<>QI

S!lill!ling I Handi~Y,~

TDbl

Appendix Page 29

Tot.JI

$ 2Rfi ~()

• 218.00

$65.00

$353.00

OmegaFlex Inc. © - 2016 All Rights Reserved




5.1.10.1.6 Corrugated Medical Tubing ahall be identified by the manufacturer's marking "OXY", "MED", or"OXY/MED"


This will provide requirements for marking CMT, similar to the other types of tubing currently allowed in the Code.














Related Item






Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:


Committee Statement

CommitteeAction:



Statement: This addition provides the requirement for marking CMT, similar to the other types of tubingcurrently allowed in the Code. Distance between marking has been included to make sure that themarking is not spread out over too great of distances.


52 of 202 8/18/2016 1:04 PM


5.1.10.2.1 Tubes for Vacuum.

Piping for vacuum systems shall be constructed of any of the following:

(1) Hard-drawn seamless copper tube in accordance with the following:

(2) ASTM B 88, Standard Specification for Seamless Copper Water Tube , copper tube (Type K,Type L, or Type M)

(3) ASTM B 280, Standard Specification for Seamless Copper Tubing for Air Conditioning andRefrigeration Field Service , copper ACR tube

(4) ASTM B 819, Standard Specification for Seamless Copper Tube for Medical Gas Systems ,copper medical gas tubing (Type K or Type L)

(5) Stainless steel tube in accordance with the following:

(6) ASTM A 269 TP304L or 316L, Standard Specification for Seamless and Welded AusteniticStainless Steel Tubing for General Service

(7) ASTM A 312 TP304L or 316L, Standard Specification for Seamless and Welded AusteniticStainless Steel Pipes

(8) A312 TP 304L/316L, Sch. 5S pipe, and A403 WP304L/316L, Sch. 5S fittings

(9) Corrugated Medical Tubing meeting the requirements of 5.1.10.1.4 (2).


CMT is proposed as an acceptable material for field-installed medical-surgical vacuum and WAGD systems in addition to positive pressure medical gas systems. While CMT has a thinner wall than the copper tubing currently used for medical vacuum systems, the corrugations provide equivalent strength for the use.














Related Item




53 of 202 8/18/2016 1:04 PM




Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:


Committee Statement

CommitteeAction:

Accepted


Statement: CMT is added as an acceptable material for field-installed medical-surgical vacuum and WAGDsystems in addition to positive pressure medical gas systems. While CMT has a thinner wall thanthe copper tubing currently used for medical vacuum systems, the corrugations provide equivalentstrength for the use.


54 of 202 8/18/2016 1:04 PM


5.1.10.2.2.1

If copper or CMT vacuum tubing is installed along with any medical gas tubing, the vacuum tubing shall,prior to installation, be prominently labeled or otherwise identified to preclude using materials or installationprocedures in the medical gas system that are not suitable for oxygen service.


This revision will provide the same installation requirements for corrugated metal tubing, which is made from bronze, as for copper tubing.














Related Item






Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:


Committee Statement

CommitteeAction:

Accepted


Statement: This revision will provide the same installation requirements for corrugated metal tubing, which ismade from bronze, as for copper tubing.


55 of 202 8/18/2016 1:04 PM



5.1.10.3.2 Positive pressure patient gas systems, medical support gas systems, vacuum systems, andWAGD systems constructed of CMT shall have turns, offseted, and other changes I direction made bybending the tubing up to the minimum bend radius, or by fittings in accordance with 5.1.10.3.1.


This new paragraph recognizes CMT is an inherently flexible tube product which can be safely bent up to the minimum bend radius with no reduction in cross sectional area or damage to the tubing. The minimum bend radius is verified for each tube size as part of the listing process.














Related Item






Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:


Committee Statement

CommitteeAction:




57 of 202 8/18/2016 1:04 PM

Statement: This new paragraph recognizes CMT is an inherently flexible tube product which can be safely bentup to the minimum bend radius with no reduction in cross sectional area or damage to the tubing.The minimum bend radius is verified for each tube size as part of the listing process.


58 of 202 8/18/2016 1:04 PM


5.1.10.3.1*

Positive pressure patient gas systems, medical support gas systems, vacuum systems, and WAGDsystems constructed of rigid tubing shall have all turns, offsets, and other changes in direction made usingfittings or techniques appropriate to any of the following acceptable joining methods:

(1) Brazing, as described in 5.1.10.4

(2) Welding, as described in 5.1.10.5

(3) Memory metal fittings, as described in 5.1.10.6

(4) Axially swaged, elastic preload fittings, as described in 5.1.10.7

(5) Threaded, as described under 5.1.10.8


This change recognizes CMT is an inherently flexible tube product which can be safely bent up to the minimum bend radius with no reduction in cross sectional area or damage to the tubing. The minimum bend radius is verified for each tube size as part of the listing process.














Related Item






Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:



59 of 202 8/18/2016 1:04 PM

Committee Statement

CommitteeAction:



Statement: This change recognizes CMT is an inherently flexible tube product which can be safely bent up tothe minimum bend radius with no reduction in cross sectional area or damage to the tubing. Theminimum bend radius is verified for each tube size as part of the listing process.


60 of 202 8/18/2016 1:04 PM


5.1.10.3.2

Vacuum systems and WAGD systems fabricated from copper tubing shall be permitted to have branchconnections made using mechanically formed, drilled, and extruded tee-branch connections that are formedin accordance with the tool manufacturer's instructions. Such branch connections shall be joined bybrazing, as described in 5.1.10.4.


Paragraph 5.1.10.3.3 is revised to limit mechanically formed, drilled, and extruded tee-branch connections to copper tubing. These methods are not appropriate for corrugated metal tubing.














Related Item






Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:


Committee Statement

CommitteeAction:



Statement: Paragraph 5.1.10.3.3 is revised to limit mechanically formed, drilled, and extruded tee-branchconnections to copper tubing. These methods are not appropriate for corrugated metal tubing.


61 of 202 8/18/2016 1:04 PM

Public Comment No. 45-NFPA 99-2016 [ New Section after 5.1.10.10 ]

(4) Removable and nonremovable push-fet fittings and crimping fittings that employ a quick assemblyconnector.


This would not allow the use of propress fittings for joints

Related Item

Public Input No. 99-NFPA 99-2015 [Section No. 5.1.7.7]


Submitter Full Name: Patrick Sonds

Organization: Lexington Medical Center

Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:


Committee Statement

CommitteeAction:

Rejected but held

Resolution: The comment proposes new material for this cycle. It is being held for consideration in the nextrevision cycle.


63 of 202 8/18/2016 1:04 PM

Public Comment No. 105-NFPA 99-2016 [ New Section after 5.1.10.11.4.3 ]


5.1.10.11.4.4 Supports for CMT shall be in accordance with the CMT manufacturer's installationinstructions.


A new paragraph is added to cover supports for CMT. CMT is a listed product, and the listing process will verify the appropriate supports and they will be included in the CMT manufacturer's installation instructions.















Related Item






Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:

Submittal Date: Mon May 16 10:58:52 EDT 2016

Committee Statement

CommitteeAction:



Statement: A new paragraph is added to cover supports for CMT. CMT, as permitted, is a listed product, andthe listing process will verify the appropriate supports and they will be included in the CMTmanufacturer's installation instructions.


64 of 202 8/18/2016 1:04 PM


5.1.11.1.1

Piping shall be labeled by stenciling, printing, or adhesive markers that identify the patient medical gas, thesupport gas, or the vacuum system and include the following:

(1) Name of the gas or vacuum system or the chemical symbol per Table 5.1.11

(2) Gas or vacuum system color code per Table 5.1.11

(3) Where positive pressure gas piping systems operate at pressures other than the standard gaugepressure in Table 5.1.11, the operating pressure in addition to the name of the gas


An identical change was submitted as a proposal to allow printing the required information on the medical gas in the piping system. The committee rejected the proposal stating, “This section is meant to be a field-applied labeling rather than anything that comes from the manufacturer”. While this meaning may be clear to the committee, a reading of the requirement does not make it clear to others that printing by the tube manufacturer does not comply with the requirement.

All NFPA codes and standards are encouraged to be written in with performance based requirements. This comment supports that goal. The requirement ensures that all tubing is labeled. It is not important if the information is added in the field, or provided with the tubing, just that it is there.















Related Item






Street Address:

City:


66 of 202 8/18/2016 1:04 PM

State:

Zip:


Committee Statement

CommitteeAction:

Rejected

Resolution: The requirement of 5.1.11.1.1 applies to field labeling only and the addition of printing could allowfor manufacturer printing which is not what this section is intended to allow.


67 of 202 8/18/2016 1:04 PM


5.1.12.4.14.4 Oxygen Central Supply System Using Concentrators.

The oxygen central supply system using concentrators shall be tested according to the following:

(1) The oxygen central supply system shall be tested for purity of the oxygen.

(2) Tests of the alarms after calibration and setup per the manufacturer's instructions shall be conductedas well as tests of the operational controls.

(3) Each concentrator supply system shall be operated with the supply system's isolating valve closedand the unit venting at a flow of 25 percent or more of nameplate capacity for an elapsed time of atleast 12 hours prior to the tests in 5.1.12.4.14.4(4) .

(4) The oxygen quality from each concentrator supply system shall be validated as follows:

(a) The operation of all control sensors/switches and the oxygen monitor shall be checked for properoperation and function.

(b) The quality of the oxygen shall be confirmed to meet the USP monograph appropriate for thetechnology in use for Oxygen 93% .

(c) The accuracy of the oxygen monitor shall be validated against oxygen of known concentration,and the monitor calibrated calibrated in accordance with the USPC .

(5) The central supply system shall be tested for correct operation of the cascade (i.e., primary —secondary — reserve). It shall be permitted to test source rotation for systems so constructed.

(6) The operation of all alarms (see 5.1.9.2.4(12) and 5.1.9.2.4(14) ) shall be tested,

(7) The accuracy of the central system oxygen monitor shall be validated against oxygen of knownconcentration, and the monitor calibrated calibrated in accordance with the manufacturer'sspecifications .

(8) Tests in 5.1.12.4.14.4(3)to 5.1.12.4.14.4(5) shall be performed when any concentrator supply systemhas been opened to atmosphere (e.g., during service or replacement).


The type of technology is not important; the drug product needs to meet the requirements in the USPC.

Related Item




Organization: CGA

Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:


Committee Statement

CommitteeAction:



68 of 202 8/18/2016 1:04 PM


Statement: The type of technology is not important; the drug product needs to meet the requirements in theUSP. This revision utilizes the proper use of the definition as approved in previous revisions. Theoxygen analyzers should be validated then calibrated.


69 of 202 8/18/2016 1:04 PM


5.1.13.3.1

Support gases shall be permitted to be supplied from the same sources as patient care gases. Where thisis done, they shall be treated as the patient care gas and not as a support gas (see 5.1.1 through 5.1.12and 5.1.14 ) .


Medical gases are prohibited from being used for support purposes.

Related Item

Public Input No. 451-NFPA 99-2015 [New Section after 5.1.13.4]


Submitter Full Name: Corky Bishop

Organization: Airgas USA LLC

Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:

Submittal Date: Thu Apr 28 16:17:18 EDT 2016

Committee Statement



Statement: Medical gases are prohibited from being used for support purposes.


70 of 202 8/18/2016 1:04 PM


5.1.14.5.10

Where oxygen central supply systems using concentrators are used, and one or more of the three sourcesis a cylinder header the facility shall establish procedures to ensure the facility is always provided with anaverage day's supply of oxygen 93% in reserve, as follows:

(1) The facility shall establish a minimum cylinder pressure that will permit an average day's supply. Thatvalue will be included as part of the standard operating procedure for the oxygen 93% supply system,

(2) The cylinders shall be inspected daily and any loss of pressure noted.

(3) When the cylinders are found to have lost pressure, due to use or leakage and thus are below thepre-established pressure, the cylinders shall be exchanged.


The correct product name is 93% oxygen.

Related Item




Organization: CGA

Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:


Committee Statement

CommitteeAction:


Resolution: SR-619-NFPA 99-2016. The Committee has added “meeting the supply system product purityspecification” in main section instead of proposed 93% to give more flexibility to users who adoptthis code but have different standards than oxygen 93 USP. Adding 93% to (1) is superfluous as thesection is already talking about oxygen supply systems using concentrators.

Statement: The term “meeting the supply system product purity specification” has been added in main sectionto give more flexibility to users who adopt this code but have different standards than oxygen 93USP.


71 of 202 8/18/2016 1:04 PM


5.2.3.6

Oxygen supply systems using concentrators shall be permitted to consist of two sources, one of which shallbe a cylinder header with sufficient Oxygen 93% cylinder connections for capacity for an average day'ssupply.


The system needs to have adequate capacity not cylinder connections.

Related Item

First Revision No. 673-NFPA 99-2015 [New Section after 5.2.3.5]



Organization: CGA

Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:


Committee Statement

CommitteeAction:

Rejected

Resolution: There is no need for change here because the existing language is consistent with5.1.3.5.13.4(2)


72 of 202 8/18/2016 1:04 PM

Public Comment No. 8-NFPA 99-2016 [ Section No. 5.3 ]

5.3* Category 3 Piped Gas and Vacuum Systems.

5.3.1* Applicability.

These requirements shall apply to health care facilities that qualify to install Category 3 systems asdefined in Chapter 4.

5.3.1.1

The following sections of this chapter shall apply to the operation, management, and maintenance of themedical gas and vacuum systems in both new and existing Category 3 health care facilities:

(1) 5.3.1.2(1)

(2) 5.3.1.6

(3) 5.3.2

(4) 5.3.4.1(4)

(5) 5.3.3.3.2

(6) 5.3.3.3.3

(7) 5.3.3.3.4

(8) 5.3.3.3.5

(9) 5.3.3.3.6

(10) 5.3.3.3.7

(11) 5.3.3.4(4)

(12) 5.3.14

5.3.1.2

Category 3 piped gas and vacuum systems shall be permitted when all of the following criteria are met:

(1)

(2) The loss of the piped gas and vacuum systems is not likely to cause injury to patients, staff, orvisitors, but can cause discomfort.

(3) The facility piped gas and vacuum systems are intended for Category 3 or Category 4 patient carerooms per 3.3.132.3 and 3.3.132.4.

5.3.1.3

Where the term medical gas occurs, the provisions shall apply to all piped systems for oxygen, nitrousoxide, medical air, carbon dioxide, helium, air, and mixtures thereof. Wherever the name of a specific gasservice occurs, the provision shall apply only to that gas.

5.3.1.4

Where the term medical support gas occurs, the provisions shall apply to all piped systems for nitrogenand dental air. Wherever the name of a specific gas service occurs, the provision shall apply only to thatgas.

5.3.1.5

Wherever the term vacuum occurs, the provisions shall apply to all piped systems for medical–surgicalvacuum, waste anesthetic gas disposal (WAGD), and dental vacuum. Wherever the name of a specificvacuum service occurs, the provision shall apply only to that vacuum service.

* Only moderate sedation; minimal sedation, as defined in 3.3.63.3 and 3.3.63.4; or no sedation isperformed. Deep sedation and general anesthesia shall not be permitted.


73 of 202 8/18/2016 1:04 PM

5.3.1.6

An existing system that is not in strict compliance with the requirements of this code shall be permitted tocontinue in use as long as the authority having jurisdiction has determined that such use does notconstitute a distinct hazard to life.

5.3.2 Nature of Hazards of Gas and Vacuum Systems.

Potential fire and explosion hazards associated with Category 3 gas and dental vacuum systems shall beconsidered in the design, installation, testing, operation, and maintenance of the systems.

5.3.3 Sources.

Category 3 systems shall comply with 5.2.3, except as included in 5.3.3.1 through 5.3.3.11.

5.3.3.1 Central Supply System Identification and Labeling.

Category 3 systems shall comply with 5.2.3.1.

5.3.3.2 Central Supply Operations.


5.3.3.3 Central Supply System Locations.


5.3.3.3.1

Ventilation for motor-driven equipment, including dental air sources and dental vacuum sources, shallcomply with 5.2.3.3.

5.3.3.3.2

Enclosures shall serve no purpose other than to contain the medical gas source equipment, except thatnitrogen source equipment and dental air cylinders in 5.3.3.6.1 shall be permitted in the enclosure.

5.3.3.3.3

Dental air compressors, dental vacuum pumps, and other equipment shall not be located in enclosures formedical gas cylinders.

5.3.3.3.4

Dental air compressors shall be installed in a designated mechanical equipment area, heated andventilated in accordance with 5.2.3.3, and have required utilities (e.g., electrical power, drains, lighting).

5.3.3.3.5

Where nitrogen or dental air in cylinders is used, the cylinders shall be permitted to be located in a dentalair compressor equipment room.

5.3.3.3.6

Nitrogen and dental air cylinders shall be permitted to be located in enclosures for medical gases.

5.3.3.3.7

Cylinders in service and in storage shall be individually secured and located to prevent falling or beingknocked over.


74 of 202 8/18/2016 1:04 PM

5.3.3.4 Central Supply Systems.

Category 3 systems, including dental air sources and dental vacuum sources shall comply with 5.2.3.4except as follows:

(1) The central supply system’s final line regulators shall be permitted to be simplex.

(2) For a single treatment facility, the central supply system shall contain a minimum of two equalheaders, of one or more cylinders, with each header containing a minimum of an average day’ssupply.

(3) Where the central supply system is remote from the building being served, the manifold in thiscategory shall include an automatic means of alternating the primary and secondary headers.

(4) Where the central supply system is not remote, the manifold in this category shall include a manual orautomatic means of alternating the primary and secondary headers.

(5) Where the central supply system serves multiple treatment facilities, the manifold in this categoryshall include an automatic means of alternating the primary and secondary headers.

(6) For dental applications, flexible connectors of other than all-metal construction that connect manifoldsto the gas distribution piping shall not exceed 1.52 m (5 ft) in length and shall not penetrate walls,floors, ceilings, or partitions.

(7) Pressure relief valve discharge that will not create an oxygen deficient atmosphere hazard shall bepermitted to exhaust inside the manifold room.

5.3.3.5 Category 3 Medical Air Supply Systems.

Category 3 medical air supply systems shall comply with 5.2.3.5.

5.3.3.6* Dental Air Supply Systems.

Dental air supply systems shall comply with 5.3.3.6.1 or 5.3.3.6.2.

5.3.3.6.1 Dental Air Compressor Supply Systems.


75 of 202 8/18/2016 1:04 PM

5.3.3.6.1.1 General.

Category 3 dental air compressor supply systems shall include the following:

(1) Disconnect switch(es)

(2) Motor starting device(s)

(3) Motor overload protection device(s)

(4) One or more compressors

(5) For single, duplex, or multiple compressor systems, means for activation/deactivation of eachindividual compressor

(6) When multiple compressors are used, manual or automatic means to alternate individualcompressors

(7) When multiple compressors are used, manual or automatic means to activate the additional unit(s)should the in-service unit(s) be incapable of maintaining adequate pressure

(8) Intake filter–muffler(s) of the dry type

(9) Receiver(s) with a manual or automatic drain

(10) Shutoff valves

(11) Compressor discharge check valve(s) (for multiple compressors)

(12) Air dryer(s) that maintains a minimum of 40 percent relative humidity at operating pressure andtemperature

(13) In-line final particulate/coalescing filters rated at 0.01 µ, with filter status indicator to ensure thedelivery of dental air with a maximum allowable 0.05 ppm liquid oil

(14) Pressure regulator(s)

(15) Pressure relief valve

(16) Pressure indicator

(17) Moisture indicator

5.3.3.6.1.2 Receivers.

Receivers shall have the following:

(1) The capacity to prevent short cycling of the compressor(s)

(2) Compliance with Section VIII, “Unfired Pressure Vessels,” of the ASME Boiler and Pressure VesselCode

5.3.3.6.1.3* Moisture Indicator.

Moisture indicators shall have the following:

(1) A location in the active airstream prior to, or after, the receiver and upstream of any system pressureregulators

(2) The ability to indicate (e.g., by color change, digital readout, or other method understood by the user)when the relative humidity of the dental air exceeds 40 percent at line pressure and temperature

5.3.3.6.1.4 Pressure Relief Valve Discharge.

Pressure relief valves for dental air systems having less than 84,950 L (3000 ft3) at STP shall be permittedto discharge locally indoors in a safe manner that will not restrict the flow.


76 of 202 8/18/2016 1:04 PM

5.3.3.6.1.5* Source of Dental Air Compressor Intake.

Dental air sources for a compressor(s) shall meet the following requirements:

(1) If the intake is located inside the building, it shall be located within a space where no chemical-basedmaterials are stored or used.

(2) If the intake is located inside the building, it shall be located in a space that is not used for patientmedical treatment.

(3) If the intake is located inside the building, it shall not be taken from a room or space in which there isan open or semi-open discharge from a Category 3 vacuum system.

(4) If the intake is located outside the building, it shall be drawn from locations where no contaminationfrom vacuum exhaust discharges or particulate matter is anticipated.

5.3.3.6.2 Dental Air Cylinder Supply Systems.

5.3.3.6.2.1 Quality of Dental Air Cylinder.

Dental air cylinders shall meet or exceed the quality grade requirements of industrial air.

5.3.3.6.2.2

Dental air cylinders shall be permitted to be installed in enclosures for Category 3 medical gases or in amechanical room.

5.3.3.6.2.3

Dental air cylinder source equipment shall include the following:

(1) One or more cylinders of dental air, each providing at least an average day’s supply

(2) A manifold if primary and secondary cylinders are provided

(3) A line pressure regulating valve

(4) A check valve downstream from the pressure regulating valve

(5) A pressure relief valve set at 50 percent above the normal line pressure and located downstreamfrom the check valve

5.3.3.6.2.4

Mechanical means shall be provided to ensure that the dental air cylinder gas source equipment isconnected to the correct gas distribution piping system.

5.3.3.6.2.5

Threaded connections to manifolds shall comply with the mandatory requirements of CGA V-5,Diameter-Index Safety System (Noninterchangeable Low Pressure Connections for Medical GasApplications).

5.3.3.6.2.6

Flexible connectors shall have a gauge pressure rating not less than 6895 kPa (1000 psi).

5.3.3.6.2.7

Flexible connectors of other than all-metal construction that connect manifolds to the gas distributionpiping shall not exceed 1.52 m (5 ft) in length and shall not penetrate walls, floors, ceilings, or partitions.

5.3.3.6.2.8

Pressure relief valves for dental air cylinder systems having less than 84,950 L (3000 ft3) at STP shall bepermitted to discharge locally indoors in a safe manner that will not restrict the flow.

5.3.3.7 Instrument Air Supply Systems.

A Category 3 instrument air supply system, if used, shall comply with 5.2.3.9, except that instrument airsupply system compressors, dryers, aftercoolers, filters, and regulators shall be permitted to be simplex.

5.3.3.8* Nitrogen Supply System.

Nitrogen source equipment shall be permitted to be installed in enclosures for Category 3 medical gasesor in a mechanical room.


77 of 202 8/18/2016 1:04 PM

5.3.3.8.1

Nitrogen source equipment shall include the following:

(1) One or more cylinders of nitrogen NF, each providing at least an average day’s supply

(2) A manifold, if primary and secondary cylinders are provided

(3) A line pressure regulating valve

(4) A check valve downstream from the pressure regulating valve

(5) A pressure relief valve set at 50 percent above the normal line pressure and located downstreamfrom the check valve

(6) A pressure relief valve discharge piped to outdoors at a point that will not create a probable hazardand that is turned down to prevent the entry of rain or snow

5.3.3.8.2

Flexible connectors of other than all-metal construction that connect manifolds to the gas distributionpiping shall not exceed 1.52 m (5 ft) in length and shall not penetrate walls, floors, ceilings, or partitions.

5.3.3.9 Medical–Surgical Vacuum.

Category 3 medical–surgical vacuum systems, if used, shall comply with 5.2.3.5.

5.3.3.10 Dental Vacuum Supply Systems.

5.3.3.10.1 Category 3 Dental Vacuum Supply Systems.

5.3.3.10.1.1

Category 3 vacuum sources shall include the following:

(1) A vacuum pump(s) suited for wet or dry service as intended in the system design

(2) If intended for wet service, properly vented liquid/air separator

5.3.3.10.1.2

Category 3 vacuum source equipment shall be obtained from, and be installed under the supervision of,the manufacturer(s) or supplier(s) who is familiar with its installation, operation, and use.


78 of 202 8/18/2016 1:04 PM

5.3.3.10.1.3* Drainage from Vacuum Equipment.


79 of 202 8/18/2016 1:04 PM

Drainage from vacuum equipment shall include the following:

(1) Liquids drained from a Category 3 vacuum source shall discharge indirectly to a sanitary drainagesystem through an approved air gap to a trapped and vented drain.

(2) The clear air gap between a vacuum drain outlet or indirect drain pipe, and the flood category rim ofan indirect waste receptor or other point of disposal, shall be not less than twice the diameter of theeffective opening of the drain served, but not less than 25.4 mm (1 in.), unless the local plumbingcode requires a larger air gap.

(3) Where the drainage is from a waste holding tank on the suction side of the vacuum source, thefollowing requirements shall be met:

(a) A check valve shall be installed in the drain line from the holding tank between the tank and anyvent lines.

(b) The trap in the building drainage system shall be the deep-seal type that is conventionally ventedwithin the plumbing system.

(c) An additional vent shall be installed between the holding tank drain check valve and the draintrap, on the inlet side of the trap, to close and seal the check valve while the holding tank isoperating under vacuum and collecting waste.

(d) The additional vent described in 5.3.3.10.1.3(3)(c) shall be permitted to be connected to theplumbing system vents, unless a drain pump system with a positive pressure discharge isinstalled, in which case 5.3.3.10.1.3(4) shall apply.

(e) Both of the vents in 5.3.3.10.1.3(3)(c) and 5.3.3.10.1.3(3)(d) shall extend vertically to not lessthan 152 mm (6 in.) above the top of the holding tank before turning horizontal.

(f) Outdoor vents shall be protected against the entry of insects, vermin, debris, and precipitation.

(g) The trap and drain branch shall be not less than two pipe sizes larger than the waste pipe fromthe separator, but not less than DN50 (NPS 2).

(h) The trap seal shall be not less than 100 mm (4 in.) deep.

(i) The vent for the vacuum check valve shall be not less than the size of the check valve.

(j) The vent for the trap shall be not less than one-half the size of the trap and drain branch.

(4)

(5) Where the drainage is at a positive pressure from an air/waste separator on the discharge side of thevacuum source, the following requirements shall be met:

(a) Where there is a positive pressure discharge from a vacuum pump, it shall be required to drainthrough an air/waste separator.

(b) Discharge shall be either of the following:

i. Direct into a trap in the building drainage system that is the deep-seal type and isconventionally vented within the plumbing system

ii. Indirect to the plumbing system through an air gap equal to the diameter of the dischargepipe, but not less than 25.4 mm (1 in.) above the rim

(c) The trap vent shall extend vertically to not less than 152 mm (6 in.) above the top of the

* Where the drainage is from a waste holding tank on the suction side of the vacuum source and apositive discharge pump drain system is in place, the following requirements shall be met:

(a) The pump shall drain indirectly to the plumbing system through an air gap equal to the diameterof the discharge pipe but not less than 25.4 mm (1 in.) above the rim.

(b) A check valve shall be installed in the drain line from the holding tank to the drain.

(c) The trap in the building drainage system shall be the deep seal type that is conventionally ventedwithin the plumbing system.

(d) The trap and drain branch shall be not less than two pipe sizes larger than the waste pipe fromthe separator, but not less than DN40 (NPS 1 1⁄2 ).

(e) The trap seal shall be at least two times the exhaust back pressure in the separator but not lessthan 100 mm (4 in.) deep.


80 of 202 8/18/2016 1:04 PM

separator before turning horizontal.

(d) Outdoor vents shall be protected against the entry of insects, vermin, debris, and precipitation.

(e) The trap and drain branch shall be two pipe sizes larger than the waste pipe from the separator,but not less than DN40 (NPS 1 1⁄2 ).

(f) The air/waste separator vent shall be the full size of the separator vent connection.

(g) The separator vent shall be separate from the building vent piping.

(6) The indirect drainage from vacuum equipment shall discharge to the sanitary drainage systemthrough an approved air gap without causing overflow or splatter on building surfaces.

(7) None of the requirements within this chapter for drainage in Category 3 dental vacuum systems shallsupersede provisions of the local plumbing code.

5.3.3.10.1.4 Vacuum Exhaust.

The exhaust from Category 3 vacuum sources shall comply with the following:

(1) It shall be piped to the outside through a separate vent system.

(2) The exhaust point shall be chosen to minimize the hazards of noise.

(3) The exhaust point shall be remote from any door, window, or other opening into the building.

(4) The exhaust point shall be located at a different elevation than air intakes.

(5) The exhaust point shall not be located where affected by prevailing winds, adjacent buildings,topography, or other obstacles to the rapid dispersion of the exhaust gases.

(6) The exhaust point shall be protected against the entry of insects, vermin, debris, and precipitation.

(7) The exhaust piping shall be sized to prevent back pressure greater than the pump manufacturer’srecommendations.

(8)

(9) Where multiple pumps exhaust through a common pipe, piping shall be arranged following the pumpmanufacturer’s recommendations.

5.3.3.11 Waste Anesthetic Gas Disposal (WAGD).


5.3.4 Valves.

5.3.4.1 Emergency Shutoff Valves.

Category 3 systems shall comply with 5.2.4, except as follows:

(1)

(2) Where a central Category 3 medical gas supply system supplies two treatment facilities, each facilityshall be provided with an emergency shutoff valve so located in the treatment facility to be accessiblefrom all use-point locations in an emergency.

(3) Emergency shutoff valves shall be labeled to indicate the gas they control and shall shut off only thegas to the treatment facility that they serve.

(4) A remotely activated shutoff valve at a supply manifold shall not be used for emergency shutoff. Forclinical purposes, such a remote valve actuator shall not fail-closed in the event of a loss of electricpower. Where remote actuators are the type that fail-open, it shall be mandatory that cylinder shutoffvalves be closed whenever the system is not in use.

5.3.5* Station Outlets and Inlets.

Category 3 systems shall comply with 5.2.5.

* Where multiple pumps exhaust through a common pipe, each pump shall be fitted with a checkvalve or a manual isolation valve or shall be arranged to allow capping the individual pump exhaustswhen a pump is removed for service.

* Where a central Category 3 medical gas supply is remote from a single treatment facility, the mainsupply line shall be provided with an emergency shutoff valve so located in the single treatment facilityto be accessible from all use-point locations in an emergency.


81 of 202 8/18/2016 1:04 PM

5.3.6 Manufactured Assemblies.


5.3.7 Surface-Mounted Medical Gas Rails.


5.3.8 Pressure and Vacuum Indicators.


5.3.9 Category 3 Warning Systems.

Category 3 warning systems shall comply with 5.2.9 except as follows:

(1) Warning systems shall be permitted to be a single alarm panel.

(2) The alarm panel shall be located in an area of continuous surveillance while the facility is inoperation.

(3) Pressure and vacuum switches/sensors shall be mounted at the source equipment with a pressureindicator at the master alarm panel.

(4) Warning systems for medical gas systems shall provide the following alarms:

(a) Oxygen main line pressure low

(b) Oxygen main line pressure high

(c) Oxygen changeover to secondary bank or about to changeover (if automatic)

(d) Nitrous oxide main line pressure low

(e) Nitrous oxide main line pressure high

(f) Nitrous oxide changeover to secondary bank or about to changeover (if automatic)

(5) Audible and noncancelable alarm visual signals shall indicate if the pressure in the main lineincreases or decreases 20 percent from the normal operating pressure.

(6) Visual indications shall remain until the situation that caused the alarm is resolved.

(7) Pressure switches/sensors shall be installed downstream of any emergency shutoff valves and anyother shutoff valves in the system and shall cause an alarm for the medical gas if the pressuredecreases or increases 20 percent from the normal operating pressure.

(8) A cancelable audible indication of each alarm condition that produces a sound at the alarm panelshall reinitiate the audible signal if another alarm condition occurs while the audible signal is silenced.

5.3.10 Distribution.


82 of 202 8/18/2016 1:04 PM

Category 3 systems shall comply with 5.1.10, except as follows:

(1) Dental air and dental vacuum shall comply with 5.1.10.2.1, except the tubing shall be permitted to beannealed (soft temper).

(2) Dental vacuum tubing shall be permitted to be:

(a) PVC plastic pipe shall be Schedule 40 or Schedule 80, complying with ASTM D 1785, StandardSpecification for Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Plastic Pipe, Schedules 40, 80, and 120.

(b) PVC plastic fittings shall be Schedule 40 or Schedule 80 to match the pipe, complying withASTM D 2466, Standard Specification for Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Plastic Pipe Fittings,Schedule 40; or ASTM D 2467, Standard Specification Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Plastic PipeFittings, Schedule 80.

(c) Joints in PVC plastic piping shall be solvent-cemented in accordance with ASTM D 2672,Standard Specification for Joints for IPS PVC Pipe Using Solvent Cement.

(d) CPVC IPS plastic pipe shall be Schedule 40 or Schedule 80, complying with ASTM F 441,Standard Specification for Chlorinated Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (CPVC) Plastic Pipe, Schedules 40and 80.

(e) CPVC IPS plastic fittings shall be Schedule 40 or Schedule 80 to match the pipe, complying withASTM F 438, Standard Specification for Socket-Type Chlorinated Poly (Vinyl Chlorinated)(CPVC) Plastic Pipe Fittings, Schedule 40; or ASTM F 439, Standard Specification forChlorinated Poly (Vinyl Chlorinated) (CPVC) Plastic Pipe Fittings, Schedule 80.

(f) CPVC CTS plastic pipe and fittings 1⁄2 in. through 2 in. size shall be SDR 11, complying withASTM D 2846, Standard Specification for Chlorinated Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (CPVC) Plastic Hot-and Cold-Water Distribution Systems.

(g) Solvent cement for joints in CPVC plastic piping shall comply with ASTM F 493, SolventCements for CPVC Pipe and Fittings.

(3) Dental air and dental vacuum fittings shall be permitted to be:

(a) Soldered complying with ASME B16.22, Wrought Copper and Copper Alloy Solder-JointPressure Fittings

(b) Flared fittings complying with ASME B16.26, Cast Copper Alloy Fittings for Flared Copper Tubes

(c) Compression fittings ( 3⁄4 in. maximum size)

(4) Soldered joints in Category 3 dental air supply piping shall be made in accordance with ASTM B 828,Standard Practice for Making Capillary Joints by Soldering of Copper and Copper Alloy Tube andFittings, using a “lead-free” solder filler metal containing not more than 0.2 percent lead by volumethat complies with ASTM B 32, Standard Specification for Solder Metal.

(5) Where required, gas and vacuum equipment and piping shall be seismically restrained againstearthquakes in accordance with the applicable building code.

(6) Gas and vacuum piping systems shall be designed and sized to deliver the required flow rates at theutilized pressures.

5.3.10.1 Installation of Vacuum Piping.

5.3.10.1.1 Pipe Sizing.

Piping systems shall be designed and sized to draw the required flow rates at the utilization vacuums.

5.3.10.1.2 Protection of Piping.

5.3.10.1.2.1

Piping shall be protected against freezing, corrosion, and physical damage.

5.3.10.1.2.2

Piping exposed in corridors and other locations where subject to physical damage from the movement ofcarts, stretchers, beds, portable equipment, or vehicles, shall be protected.


83 of 202 8/18/2016 1:04 PM

5.3.10.1.3 Copper Pipe Support.

Pipe support for copper tube shall be in accordance with Table 5.3.10.1.3.

Table 5.3.10.1.3 Maximum Copper Tube Support Spacing

Hanger Spacing

Pipe Size mm ft

DN8 (NPS 1⁄4 ) ( 3⁄8 in. O.D.) 1520 5

DN10 (NPS 3⁄8 ) ( 1⁄2 in. O.D.) 1830 6

DN15 (NPS 1⁄2 ) ( 5⁄8 in. O.D.) 1830 6

DN20 (NPS 3⁄4 ) ( 7⁄8 in. O.D.) 2130 7

DN25 (NPS 1) (1 1⁄8 in. O.D.) 2440 8

DN32 (NPS 1 1⁄4 ) (1 3⁄8 in. O.D.) 2740 9

DN40 (NPS 1 1⁄2 ) (1 5⁄8 in. O.D.) and larger 3050 10

Vertical risers, all sizes, every floor, but not to exceed 4570 15

5.3.10.1.4 Plastic Pipe Support.

The maximum support spacing for plastic pipe shall be in accordance with Table 5.3.10.1.4.

Table 5.3.10.1.4 Maximum Plastic Pipe Support Spacing

Hanger Spacing

Pipe Size mm ft

DN15 (NPS 1⁄2 ) ( 5⁄8 in. O.D.) 1220 4.00

DN20 (NPS 3⁄4 ) ( 7⁄8 in. O.D.) 1220 4.00

DN25 (NPS 1) (1 1⁄8 in. O.D.) 1320 4.33

DN32 (NPS 1 1⁄4 ) (1 3⁄8 in. O.D.) 1320 4.33

DN40 (NPS 1 1⁄2 ) (1 5⁄8 in. O.D.) 1420 4.66

DN50 (NPS 2) (2 3⁄8 in. O.D.) 1420 4.66

DN65 (NPS 2 1⁄2 ) (2 7⁄8 in. O.D.) and larger 1520 5.00

Vertical risers, all sizes, every floor, but not to exceed 3040 10.00

5.3.10.1.5 Underground Piping Outside of Buildings.

Buried piping outside of buildings shall be in accordance with 5.1.10.11.5.

5.3.10.1.6 Underground Piping Within Buildings.

Underground piping within buildings shall be in accordance with the following:

(1) The installation procedure for underground piping shall prevent physical damage to the piping whilebeing backfilled

(2) If the underground piping is protected by a conduit, cover, or other enclosure, access shall beprovided at the joints during construction for visual inspection and leak testing

5.3.10.1.7 Piping Within Floor Slabs.

5.3.10.1.7.1

Copper Category 3 vacuum piping that is installed within floor slabs shall be enclosed in a conduit, flexibleplastic tubing, or other means to prevent contact between the copper tubing and concrete.

5.3.10.1.7.2

Plastic Category 3 vacuum piping shall be permitted to contact concrete.

5.3.10.1.7.3

During construction, access shall be provided at all joints for visual inspection and leak testing.


84 of 202 8/18/2016 1:04 PM

5.3.10.1.7.4

Care shall be taken to protect plastic piping from damage from vibrators while wet concrete is beingconsolidated.

5.3.10.1.8 Plastic Pipe Installation.

5.3.10.1.8.1

Horizontal piping in Category 3 dental vacuum systems shall be sloped a minimum of 7 mm per 3.05 m( 1⁄4 in. per 10 ft) toward the vacuum source equipment.

5.3.10.1.8.2

Horizontal piping shall include no sags or low points that will permit fluids or debris to accumulate.

5.3.10.1.9 Valves in Vacuum Systems.

Shutoff valves shall be permitted to be installed in Category 3 vacuum piping.

5.3.11 Labeling, Pressure, and Identification.


5.3.12 Performance Criteria and Testing.

Category 3 systems for medical gas, medical support gas, medical surgical vacuum, WAGD, dental airand dental vacuum shall comply with 5.2.12, except as follows:

5.3.12.1 General.

5.3.12.1.1

The initial tests required by 5.3.12.1 shall be performed prior to the final tests required by 5.3.12.2.10.

5.3.12.1.2

Initial tests shall be conducted by one or more of the following, who shall be experienced in the installation,operation, and testing of Category 3 medical support gas, dental vacuum, dental air and dental vacuumsupply systems:

(1) Installer

(2) Representative of the system supplier

(3) Representative of the system manufacturer

(4) ASSE 6030 medical gas system's verifier

5.3.12.1.3

The test gas for Category 3 copper piping supply systems shall be oil-free, dry nitrogen NF or the systemgas.

5.3.12.1.4

Where manufactured assemblies are to be installed, the initial tests required under 5.3.12.2 shall beperformed as follows:

(1) After completion of the distribution piping

(2) Prior to installation or connection of manufactured assemblies having internal tubing or hose.

(3) At all outlets and inlets on manufactured assemblies having internal copper tubing

5.3.12.2 Category 3 Dental Vacuum Supply Systems.


85 of 202 8/18/2016 1:04 PM

5.3.12.2.1 Blowdown.

Piping in Category 3 gas-powered device supply systems shall be blown clear using oil-free, dry nitrogenNF as follows:

(1) After installation of the distribution piping

(2) After installation of outlet shutoff valves

(3) Before connection to the use points

(4) Before installation of system components (e.g., pressure indicators, pressure relief valves, manifolds,source equipment)

5.3.12.2.2 Initial Pressure Test for Copper Piping Systems.

5.3.12.2.3

Each section of the piping in Category 3 gas powered device supply systems, copper vacuum systems,shall be pressure tested using oil-free, dry nitrogen NF or the system gas.

5.3.12.2.4

Initial pressure tests shall be conducted as follows:

(1) After blowdown of the distribution piping

(2) After installation of outlet and inlet shutoff valves station outlets and inlets

(3) Prior to the installation of components of the distribution piping system that would be damaged by thetest pressure (e.g., pressure/vacuum indicators, line pressure relief valves)

(4) The source shutoff valves for the piping systems shall remain closed during the tests, unless beingused for the pressure test gas

(5) With test pressure 1.5 times the system operating pressure but not less than a gauge pressure of1035 kPa (150 psi)

(6)

(7) With leaks, if any, located, repaired (if permitted), or replaced (if required) by the installer and retested

5.3.12.2.5 Initial Leak Test for Plastic Vacuum Piping Systems.

Initial leak tests shall be conducted as follows:

(1) Each section of the piping in Category 3 vacuum systems with plastic piping shall be leak testedusing a test vacuum or the vacuum source equipment.

(2) If installed, the vacuum source shutoff valves for the piping systems shall remain closed during thetests, unless being used for the leak test vacuum source.

(3) The leak test vacuum shall be a minimum of 300 mm (12 in.) HgV.

(4) The test vacuum shall be maintained until each joint has been examined for leakage. An ultrasonicleak detector shall be permitted to be used.

(5) Leaks, if any, shall be located, repaired, or replaced (if required) by the installer and retested.

* With test pressure maintained until each joint is examined for leakage by means of a detectant thatis safe for use with oxygen and that does not contain ammonia


86 of 202 8/18/2016 1:04 PM

5.3.12.2.6 Initial Cross-Connection Test for Copper Piping Systems.

Initial cross-connection tests for copper piping systems shall be conducted as follows:

(1) Tests shall be conducted to determine that no cross-connections exist between the Category 3copper piping systems and Category 3 copper vacuum piping systems.

(2) The piping systems shall be at atmospheric pressure.

(3) The test gas shall be oil-free, dry nitrogen NF or dental air.

(4) The source of test gas shall be connected only to the piping system being tested.

(5) The piping system being tested shall be pressurized to a gauge pressure of 345 kPa (50 psi).

(6) The individual system gas outlet and vacuum inlet in each installed gas-powered device and coppervacuum or copper piping system shall be checked to determine that the test gas pressure is presentonly at the piping system being tested.

(7) The cross-connection test shall be repeated for each installed Category 3 piping system forgas-powered devices and for vacuum with copper piping.

(8) The proper labeling and identification of system outlets/inlets shall be confirmed during the tests.

5.3.12.2.7 Initial Cross-Connection Test for Plastic Vacuum Piping Systems.

Initial cross-connection tests for plastic vacuum piping systems shall be conducted as follows:

(1) Tests shall be conducted to determine that no cross connections exist between any Category 3plastic vacuum piping systems or Category 3 copper piping systems

(2) The vacuum source shutoff valves for the vacuum piping systems shall remain closed during thetests, unless they are being used for the cross-connection test vacuum source.

(3) The cross-connection test vacuum shall be a minimum of 300 mm (12 in.) HgV.

(4) The source of test vacuum shall be connected only to the vacuum piping system being tested.

(5) The individual gas-powered device system gas outlets and vacuum system inlets shall be checked todetermine that the test vacuum is only present at the vacuum piping system being tested.

(6) The cross-connection tests shall be repeated for each installed vacuum system with plastic piping.

(7) The proper labeling and identification of system outlets/inlets shall be confirmed during the tests.

5.3.12.2.8 Initial Piping Purge Test for Dental Air and Nitrogen Supply Systems.

Initial piping purge tests for dental air and nitrogen supply systems shall be conducted as follows:

(1) The outlets in each Category 3 dental air and nitrogen supply piping system shall be purged toremove any particulate matter from the distribution piping.

(2) The test gas shall be oil-free, dry nitrogen NF or the system gas.

(3) Each outlet shall be purged with an intermittent high-volume flow of test gas until the purge producesno discoloration in a clean white cloth.

(4) The purging shall be started at the furthest outlet in the system and proceed toward the sourceequipment.


87 of 202 8/18/2016 1:04 PM

5.3.12.2.9 Initial Standing Pressure Test for Dental Air and Nitrogen Supply Systems.

After successful completion of the initial pressure tests under 5.3.12.2.6, Category 3 gas-powered devicedistribution piping shall be subjected to a standing pressure test, which includes the following:

(1) Tests shall be conducted after the installation of outlet valves and other distribution systemcomponents (e.g., pressure indicators and line pressure relief valves).

(2) The source valve shall be closed unless the source gas is being used for the test.

(3) The piping systems shall be subjected to a 24-hour standing pressure test using oil-free, dry nitrogenNF or the system gas.

(4) Test pressures shall be 20 percent above the normal system operating line pressure.

(5) At the conclusion of the tests, there shall be no change in the test pressure greater than a gaugepressure of 35 kPa (5 psi).

(6) Leaks, if any, shall be located, repaired (unless prohibited), or replaced (if required) by the installerand retested.

5.3.12.2.10 Final Testing of Category 3 Dental Air Supply Systems, Nitrogen Supply Systems, andVacuum Systems.

Final testing of dental air supply systems, nitrogen supply systems, and vacuum systems shall beconducted as follows:

(1) Final testing of gas-powered device systems and vacuum systems shall be performed only after allinitial tests required by 5.3.12.2.1 through 5.3.12.2.9 have been performed.

(2) The final tests required by 5.3.12.2.11 through 5.3.12.2.15 shall be performed by one or more of thefollowing, who shall be experienced with the installation, operation, and testing of Category 3gas-powered device supply systems and vacuum systems:

(a) Installer

(b) Representative of the system supplier

(c) Representative of the system manufacturer

(d) ASSE 6030 medical gas system’s verifier

(3) The test gas shall be oil-free, dry nitrogen NF or the system gas or vacuum.

5.3.12.2.11 Final Standing Pressure Test (Category 3 Dental Air and Nitrogen).

Each gas-powered device piping system shall be subjected to a 10-minute standing pressure test atoperating line pressure using the following procedures:

(1) After the system is filled with oil-free, dry nitrogen NF or the system gas, the source valve shall beclosed.

(2) The piping system downstream of the valve shall show no decrease in pressure after 10 minutes.

(3) Any leaks found shall be located, repaired (unless prohibited) or replaced (if required) by the installer,and retested.

5.3.12.2.12 Final Standing Vacuum Test (Category 3 Vacuum Systems).

Each Category 3 vacuum piping system shall be subjected to a 10-minute standing vacuum test atoperating line vacuum using the following procedures:

(1) After the system has stabilized at the operating line vacuum, the source valve and any zone valvesshall be closed.

(2) The piping system upstream of the valves shall show no decrease in vacuum after 10 minutes.

(3) Leaks, if any, shall be located, repaired (unless prohibited) or replaced (if required) by the installer,and retested.


88 of 202 8/18/2016 1:04 PM

5.3.12.2.13 Final Cross-Connection Test (Category 3 Gas-Powered Devices and Vacuum andScavenging Systems).

After closing of walls and completion of the requirements of 5.3.12.2, it shall be determined that no cross-connections exist between the piping systems for Category 3 gas-powered devices and vacuum andscavenging systems using the following method:

(1) Test each piping system independently, starting with the vacuum systems first, and check that the testvacuum is present only at inlets of the system being tested.

(2) Reduce all piping systems to atmospheric pressure.

(3) Operate the Category 3 vacuum or scavenging system being tested at the normal system vacuum,using the source equipment.

(4) Test each gas outlet and vacuum inlet using appropriate adapters to verify that vacuum is presentonly at the vacuum inlets in the system being tested, and not at any gas outlets or inlets.

(5) Shut down the vacuum source equipment and slowly break the vacuum in the vacuum piping system,increasing its pressure to atmospheric.

(6) Test each Category 3 vacuum system until all are determined to be free of cross-connections.

(7) Using oil-free, dry nitrogen NF or the system gas, pressurize the gas piping system to a gaugepressure of 345 kPa (50 psi).

(8) Test each gas-powered device gas outlet using appropriate adapters to verify that the test gaspressure is present only at the outlets in the gas-powered device system being tested.

(9) After it has been determined that a gas-powered device piping system is free of cross-connections,disconnect the source of test gas and reduce the piping to atmospheric pressure.

(10) Proceed to test each gas-powered device piping system until all are determined to be free of cross-connections.

5.3.12.2.14 Final Piping Purge Test (Category 3 Gas-Powered Devices).

To remove any traces of particulate matter deposited in the pipelines as a result of construction, a heavy,intermittent purging of each gas-powered device pipeline shall be done.

(1) The appropriate adapter shall be obtained from the facility or manufacturer, and high purge rates shallbe put on each outlet.

(2) After the purge is started, it shall be rapidly interrupted several times until the purge produces nodiscoloration in a white cloth loosely held over the adapter during the purge.

(3) To avoid possible damage to the outlet and its components, the test shall not be conducted using anyimplement other than the correct adapter.

5.3.12.2.15 Final Tie-In Test (Category 3 Dental Air, Nitrogen, and Vacuum Systems).

(1) Prior to the connection of any new piping in extensions or additions to an existing piping system, thefinal tests in 5.3.12.2 shall be successfully performed on the new work.

(2) Each joint in the final connection between the new work and the existing system shall be leak-tested,with the gas of system designation or vacuum at the normal operating pressure or vacuum, by meansof a leak detectant that is safe for use with oxygen and does not contain ammonia.

(3) For gas piping, immediately after a final connection is made and leak-tested, the specific altered zoneand components in the immediate zone or area that is downstream from the point or area of intrusionshall be purged per 5.3.12.2.14.


89 of 202 8/18/2016 1:04 PM

5.3.12.2.16 Source Equipment Testing (Category 3 Dental Air, Nitrogen, and Vacuum Systems).

Source equipment testing shall be conducted as follows:

(1) Source equipment checks shall be performed following the installation of the interconnectingpipelines, accessories, and source equipment.

(2) Where the source equipment and system gas or vacuum is used for testing of the distribution piping,the source equipment shall be checked out and placed in operation prior to testing the distributionpiping.

(3) The source equipment shall be checked out and placed in operation according to the manufacturer’sinstructions.

5.3.13 Reserved.

5.3.14 Operation and Management of Category 3 Systems.






NOTE: This Public Comment appeared as CC Note No. ___ in the First Draft Report on First Revision No. ___, and is also related to Public Input No. ____, Committee Input No.

The technical committee is directed to FCR-4 to see the new Chapter 15 for dental gas and vacuum systems. This was added by the CC to facilitate public review and is based on the work of a task group of PIP. The following items need to be addressed by PIP at the second draft stage:

- Ensure terminology is consistent with other chapters of NFPA 99 where appropriate. (i.e. remove the term “facilities” from risk application)

- Review and revise Chapter 5 as needed based on the new Chapter. (i.e. remove references to dental in 5.3)

- The risk approach of the Chapter should refer to “Categories” as shown in the FCR.

- Add definitions as needed (i.e. “dental”)

Related Item

First Correlating Revision No. 4-NFPA 99-2015 [New Section after 14.3.3.4]




Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:

Submittal Date: Tue Mar 15 12:33:09 EDT 2016

Committee Statement

CommitteeAction:



90 of 202 8/18/2016 1:04 PM


Statement: Due to the addition of the new Chapter 15 on Dental Gas and Vacuum Systems section 5.3 must berevised. The requirements for Category 3 gases had previously been tailored and revised to try to fitdental gas and vacuum systems into this section. With all of those requirements now in Chapter 15,Section 5.3 can be substantially reduced now that it applies only to medical gases and vacuum. It isacknowledged that this revision does not create a differentiation between Category 3 and Category 2systems for this edition of the code. Once systems are permitted to be simplex, there are not manyallowances left to give while still maintaining a safe system. As the revised Category begins to beemployed, the committee may consider looking for additional allowances from Category 2 systemsfor Category 3 systems which by definition, have a lower level of risk associated with them.


91 of 202 8/18/2016 1:04 PM


5.3.14 Operation and Management of Category 3 Systems.






This Public Comment appeared as CC Note No. 7 in the First Draft Report.The Correlating Committee directs PIP committee to work with NFPA 45 to include the missing requirements in that document rather than NFPA 99. The specific items should be identified and public input submitted to NFPA 45. The CC has been made aware that NFPA 45 TC is willing to assist in this.

Related Item

Correlating Committee Note No. 7-NFPA 99-2015 [New Section after 5.3.14]




Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:


Committee Statement

CommitteeAction:

Rejected

Resolution: The task group responsible for Lab gases will continue their work with the NFPA 45committee.


92 of 202 8/18/2016 1:04 PM

Public Comment No. 25-NFPA 99-2016 [ Chapter 6 ]

Chapter 6 Electrical Systems

6.1* Applicability.

6.1.1 Electrical Installation.

Installation shall be in accordance with NFPA 70.

6.1.2

This chapter shall apply to new health care facilities as specified in Section 1.3.

6.1.3

The following paragraphs shall apply to new and existing health care facilities:

(1) 6.3.2.9.4.2

(2) 6.3.2.2.1

(3) 6.3.2.2.1(D)

(4) 6.3.2.3.7(B)(b) and 6.3.2.3.7(B)(c)

(5) 6.3.2.3.9

(6) 6.3.2.7.5

(7) 6.3.3.4

(8) 6.7.1.2.15.9

(9) 6.7.2.3.5(B)

(10) 6.7.2.3.6

(11) 6.7.4

(12) 6.7.6.6

6.1.4

Paragraph 6.3.2.6.1.3 shall apply only to existing facilities.

6.2 Nature of Hazards.

6.2.1* Fire and Explosions.

6.2.2 Shock. (Reserved)

6.2.3 Thermal. (Reserved)

6.2.4* Location of Essential Electrical System Components.

6.2.4.1

Essential electrical system components shall be located to minimize interruptions caused by natural forcescommon to the area (e.g., storms, floods, earthquakes, or hazards created by adjoining structures oractivities).

6.2.4.2

Installations of electrical services shall be located to reduce possible interruption of normal electricalservices resulting from similar causes as well as possible disruption of normal electrical service due tointernal wiring and equipment failures.

6.2.4.3

Feeders shall be located to provide physical separation of the feeders of the alternate source and from thefeeders of the normal electrical source to prevent possible simultaneous interruption.

6.3 General.


93 of 202 8/18/2016 1:04 PM

6.3.1 Sources.

Each health care appliance requiring electrical line power for operation shall be supported by powersources that provide power adequate for each service.

6.3.1.1 Power/Utility Company. (Reserved)

6.3.1.2 On-Site Generator Set. (Reserved)

6.3.2 Distribution.

6.3.2.1*

Distribution system arrangements shall be designed to minimize interruptions to the electrical systems dueto internal failures by the use of adequately rated equipment.

6.3.2.2 Receptacles.

6.3.2.2.1* Types of Receptacles.

(A)

Each receptacle shall provide at least one separate, grounding terminal capable of maintaining low-contactresistance with its mating plug, despite severe electrical and mechanical use of the receptacle. Thegrounding terminal of each receptacle shall be connected to the reference grounding point by means of aninsulated copper equipment grounding conductor.

(B)

Special receptacles, such as the following, shall be permitted:

(1) Four-pole units providing an extra pole for redundant grounding or ground continuity monitoring

(2) Locking-type receptacles

(C)

All non-locking-type, 125-volt, 15- or 20-ampere single, duplex, or quadruplex type receptacles, or anycombination thereof, located in operating rooms and at patient bed locations in Category 1 spaces shall belisted and identified as hospital grade.

(D)

Receptacles that are located within patient rooms, bathrooms, playrooms, and activity rooms of pediatricunits or spaces with similar risk as determined by the health care facility’s governing body by conducting arisk assessment, other than infant nurseries, shall be listed and identified as “tamper resistant” or shallemploy a listed tamper-resistant cover.

6.3.2.2.2 Minimum Number of Receptacles.

The number of receptacles shall be determined by the intended use of the spaces in accordance with6.3.2.2.2(A) through 6.3.2.2.2(E).

(A) Receptacles Serving Patient Bed Locations in Category 2 Spaces.

Each patient bed location shall be provided with a minimum of eight non-locking-type, 125-volt, 15- or20-ampere receptacles. They shall be permitted to be of the single, duplex, or quadruplex type, or anycombination of the three. Other receptacles (e.g., portable X-ray receptacles) serving special-purpose,cord-and-plug-connected equipment shall be permitted to be of the locking or non-locking-type.

(B) Receptacles Serving Patient Bed Locations in Category 1 Spaces Other than Operating Rooms.

Each patient bed location shall be provided with a minimum of 14 non-locking-type, 125-volt, 15- or20-ampere receptacles. They shall be permitted to be of the single, duplex, or quadruplex type, or anycombination of the three. Other receptacles (e.g., portable X-ray receptacles) serving special-purpose,cord-and-plug-connected equipment shall be permitted to be of the locking or non-locking-type

(C) Receptacles in Operating Rooms.

Each operating rooms shall be provided with a minimum of 36 125-volt, 15- or 20-ampere receptacles, atleast 12 of which shall be connected to either the normal branch circuit or a critical branch circuit suppliedby a different transfer switch other than the receptacles at the same location. They shall be permitted to beof the single, duplex, or quadruplex type, or any combination of the three. Other receptacles (e.g., portableX-ray receptacles) serving special-purpose, cord-and-plug-connected equipment shall be permitted to beof the locking or non-locking-type.


94 of 202 8/18/2016 1:04 PM

(D) Receptacles in Bathrooms or Toilet Rooms.

Receptacles shall not be required in bathrooms or toilet rooms.

(E) Receptacles for Special Rooms.

Receptacles shall not be required in rooms where medical requirements mandate otherwise (e.g., certainpsychiatric, pediatric, or hydrotherapy rooms).

6.3.2.2.3 Polarity of Receptacles.

Each receptacle shall be wired in accordance with NFPA 70 to ensure correct polarity.

6.3.2.2.4 Other Services Receptacles.

Receptacles provided for other services having different voltages, frequencies, or types on the samepremises shall be of such design that attachment plugs and caps used in such receptacles cannot beconnected to circuits of a different voltage, frequency, or type, but shall be interchangeable within eachclassification and rating required for two-wire, 125-V, single-phase ac service.

6.3.2.2.5* Use of Isolated Ground Receptacles.

(A)

An isolated ground receptacle, if used, shall not defeat the purposes of the safety features of thegrounding systems detailed in 6.3.2.9.4.

(B)

An isolated ground receptacle shall not be installed within a patient care vicinity.

(C)

Isolated grounding receptacles installed in branch circuits for patient care spaces shall be connected to aninsulated equipment grounding conductor in accordance with 250.146(D) of NFPA 70 in addition to the twoequipment grounding conductor paths required in 6.3.2.6.1.4.

(D)

The equipment grounding conductor installed for isolated grounding receptacles in patient care areas shallbe clearly identified using green insulation with one or more yellow stripes along its entire length.

6.3.2.2.6 Special-Purpose Outlets.

Branch circuits serving only special-purpose outlets or receptacles (e.g., portable X-ray receptacles) shallnot be required to conform to the requirements of 6.4.3.

6.3.2.2.7 Clinical Laboratories.

Outlets with two to four receptacles, or an equivalent multioutlet assembly, shall be installed every 0.5 m to1.0 m (1.6 ft to 3.3 ft) in instrument usage areas, and either installation shall be at least 80 mm (3.15 in.)above the countertop.

6.3.2.3 Wet Procedure Locations.

6.3.2.3.1*

Wet procedure locations shall be provided with special protection against electric shock.

6.3.2.3.2

This special protection shall be provided as follows:

(1) Power distribution system that inherently limits the possible ground-fault current due to a first fault toa low value, without interrupting the power supply

(2) Power distribution system in which the power supply is interrupted if the ground-fault current does, infact, exceed the trip value of a Class A GFCI

6.3.2.3.3

Patient beds, toilets, bidets, and wash basins shall not be required to be considered wet procedurelocations.


95 of 202 8/18/2016 1:04 PM

6.3.2.3.4*

Operating rooms shall be considered to be a wet procedure location, unless a risk assessment conductedby the health care governing body determines otherwise.

6.3.2.3.5

If the risk assessment conducted by the health care facility’s governing body, as defined in Chapter 3,determines that the operating room is not a wet procedure location, then the special protection of 6.3.2.3shall not be required.

6.3.2.3.6

In existing construction, the requirements of 6.3.2.3.1 shall not be required when a written inspectionprocedure, acceptable to the authority having jurisdiction, is performed by a designated individual at thehospital to indicate that equipment grounding conductors for 120-V, single-phase, 15-A and 20-Areceptacles; equipment connected by cord and plug; and fixed electrical equipment are installed andmaintained in accordance with NFPA 70 and the applicable performance requirements of this chapter.

(A)

The procedure shall include electrical continuity tests of all required equipment, grounding conductors, andtheir connections.

(B)

Fixed receptacles, equipment connected by cord and plug, and fixed electrical equipment shall be testedas follows:

(1) When first installed

(2) Where there is evidence of damage

(3) After any repairs

6.3.2.3.7

The use of an isolated power system (IPS) shall be permitted as a protective means capable of limitingground-fault current without power interruption. When installed, such a power system shall conform to therequirements of 6.3.2.10.

6.3.2.3.8*

Operating rooms defined as wet procedure locations shall be protected by either isolated power orground-fault circuit interrupters.

6.3.2.3.9

Where GFCI protection is used in an operating room, one of the following shall apply:

(1) Each receptacle shall be an individual GFCI device.

(2) Each receptacle shall be individually protected by a single GFCI device.

6.3.2.4 Isolated Power.

6.3.2.4.1

An isolated power system shall not be required to be installed in any patient care space, except asspecified in 6.3.2.3.

6.3.2.4.2

The system shall be permitted to be installed where it conforms to the performance requirements specifiedin 6.3.2.10.

6.3.2.5* Circuits.

6.3.2.5.1

Normal branch circuits serving a patient bed location shall be fed from not more than one normal branch-circuit distribution panel.


96 of 202 8/18/2016 1:04 PM

6.3.2.5.2

Branch circuits serving a patient bed location shall be permitted to be fed from more than one criticalbranch-circuit distribution panel.

6.3.2.5.3

(A)

Only authorized personnel shall have access to overcurrent protective devices serving Category 1 andCategory 2 spaces.

(B)

Overcurrent protective devices serving Category 1 and Category 2 spaces shall not be permitted to belocated in public access spaces.

(C)

Where used in locations such as in Category 1 spaces, isolated power panels shall be permitted in thoselocations.

6.3.2.5.4

Low-voltage wiring shall comply with either of the following:

(1) Fixed systems of 30 V (dc or ac rms) or less shall be permitted to be ungrounded, provided that theinsulation between each ungrounded conductor and the primary circuit, which is supplied from aconventionally grounded distribution system, is the same protection as required for the primaryvoltage.

(2) A grounded low-voltage system shall be permitted, provided that load currents are not carried in thegrounding conductors.

6.3.2.6 Grounding.

6.3.2.6.1

Grounding requirements shall comply with the requirements in 6.3.2.6.1.1 through 6.3.2.6.1.4.

6.3.2.6.1.1 Grounding Circuitry Integrity.

Grounding circuits and conductors in patient care spaces shall be installed in such a way that thecontinuity of other parts of those circuits cannot be interrupted nor the resistance raised above anacceptable level by the installation, removal, and replacement of any installed equipment, including powerreceptacles.

6.3.2.6.1.2 Reliability of Grounding.

The equipment grounding conductors shall conform to NFPA 70. Branch circuits serving electricalequipment within the patient care vicinity shall be provided with effective ground-fault current pathsdual-fed by a wiring method that qualifies as an equipment grounding conductor and by an insulatedcopper equipment grounding conductor.

6.3.2.6.1.3 Separate Grounding Conductor.

When existing construction does not have a separate grounding conductor, the continued use of thesystem shall be permitted, provided that it meets the performance requirements in 6.3.3.1.

6.3.2.6.1.4 Grounding of Receptacles and Fixed Electrical Equipment in Patient Care Spaces.

(A) Wiring Methods.

All branch circuits serving patient care spaces shall be provided with an effective ground-fault current pathby installation in a metal raceway system, or a cable having a metallic armor or sheath assembly. Themetal raceway system, or metallic cable armor, or sheath assembly shall itself qualify as an equipmentgrounding conductor.


97 of 202 8/18/2016 1:04 PM

(B) Insulated Equipment Grounding Conductors and Insulated Equipment Bonding Jumpers.

The following shall be directly connected to an insulated copper equipment grounding conductor that isclearly identified along its entire length by green insulation, with no yellow stripes, and installed with thebranch circuit conductors in the wiring methods as provided in 6.3.2.6.1.4(A):

(1) The grounding terminals of all receptacles other than isolated ground receptacles.

(2) Where receptacles are mounted in metal receptacle outlet boxes, metal device boxes, or metalenclosures, the performance of the connection between the receptacle grounding terminal and themetal box or enclosure shall be equivalent to the performance provided by copper wire sized inaccordance with 250.146 and Table 250.122 of NFPA 70, but no smaller than 12 AWG.

(3) All non-current-carrying conductive surfaces of fixed electrical equipment likely to become energizedand subject to personal contact, operating at over 100 volts.

(4) Metal faceplates, which shall be connected to the equipment grounding conductor by means of ametal mounting screw(s) securing the faceplate to a grounded outlet box or grounded wiring device.

(5) Luminaires more than 2.3 m (7 1⁄2 ft) above the floor and switches located outside of the patient carevicinity, which shall be permitted to be connected to an equipment grounding return path complyingwith 6.3.2.6.1.4(A) and 6.3.2.6.1.4(B).

6.3.2.6.1.5* Grounding Interconnects.

In patient care spaces supplied by the normal distribution system and any branch of the essential electricalsystem, the grounding system of the normal distribution system and that of the essential electrical systemshall be interconnected.

6.3.2.6.2 Patient Equipment Grounding Point.

A patient equipment grounding point comprising one or more grounding terminals or jacks shall bepermitted in an accessible location in the patient care vicinity.

6.3.2.6.3* Special Grounding in Patient Care Rooms.

In addition to the grounding required to meet the performance requirements of 6.3.3.1, additionalgrounding shall be permitted where special circumstances so dictate.

6.3.2.7 Battery-Powered Lighting Units.

6.3.2.7.1

One or more battery-powered lighting units shall be provided within locations where deep sedation andgeneral anesthesia is administered.

6.3.2.7.2

The lighting level of each unit shall be sufficient to terminate procedures intended to be performed withinthe operating room.

6.3.2.7.3

The sensor for units shall be wired to the unswitched portion of branch circuit(s) serving general lightingwithin the room.

6.3.2.7.4

Units shall be capable of providing lighting for 1 1⁄2 hours.

6.3.2.7.5

Units shall be tested monthly for 30 seconds, and annually for 30 minutes.

6.3.2.8 Other Non-Patient Care Areas. (Reserved)

6.3.2.9 Ground Fault Protection.

6.3.2.9.1 Applicability.

The requirements of 6.3.2.9.2 shall apply to health care facilities housing Category 1 spaces or utilizinglife-support equipment and buildings that provide essential utilities or services for the operation ofCategory 1 spaces or electrical life-support equipment.


98 of 202 8/18/2016 1:04 PM

6.3.2.9.2

When ground-fault protection is provided for operation of the service or feeder disconnecting means, anadditional step of ground-fault protection shall be provided in the next level of feeder downstream towardthe load.

6.3.2.9.3

Ground-fault protection for operation of the service and feeder disconnecting means shall be fully selectivesuch that the downstream device and not the upstream device shall open for downstream ground faults.

6.3.2.9.4 Protection against Ground Faults.

6.3.2.9.4.1* Equipment Protection.

The main and downstream ground-fault protective devices (where required) shall be coordinated asrequired in 6.3.2.9.

6.3.2.9.4.2 Personnel Protection.

If used, ground-fault circuit interrupters (GFCIs) shall be listed.

6.3.2.10* Isolated Power Systems.

6.3.2.10.1 Isolation Transformer.

6.3.2.10.1.1

The isolation transformer shall be listed and approved for the purpose.

6.3.2.10.1.2

The primary winding shall be connected to a power source so that it is not energized with more than 600 V(nominal).

(A)

If present, the neutral of the primary winding shall be grounded in an approved manner.

(B)

If an electrostatic shield is present, it shall be connected to the reference grounding point.

6.3.2.10.1.3

Wiring of isolated power systems shall be in accordance with 517.60 of NFPA 70.

6.3.2.10.2 Impedance of Isolated Wiring.

6.3.2.10.2.1*

The impedance (capacitive and resistive) to ground of either conductor of an isolated system shall exceed200,000 ohms when installed. The installation at this point shall include receptacles but is not required toinclude lighting fixtures or components of fixtures. This value shall be determined by energizing the systemand connecting a low-impedance ac milliammeter (0 to 1 mA scale) between the reference grounding pointand either conductor in sequence. This test shall be permitted to be performed with the line isolationmonitor (see 6.3.2.10.3.1) connected, provided that the connection between the line isolation monitor andthe reference grounding point is open at the time of the test. After the test is made, the milliammeter shallbe removed and the grounding connection of the line isolation monitor shall be restored. When theinstallation is completed, including permanently connected fixtures, the reading of the meter on the lineisolation monitor, which corresponds to the unloaded line condition, shall be made. This meter readingshall be recorded as a reference for subsequent line impedance evaluation. This test shall be conductedwith no phase conductors grounded.

6.3.2.10.2.2

An approved capacitance suppressor shall be permitted to be used to improve the impedance of thepermanently installed isolated system; however, the resistive impedance to ground of each isolatedconductor of the system shall be at least 1 megohm prior to the connection of the suppression equipment.Capacitance suppressors shall be installed so as to prevent inadvertent disconnection during normal use.

6.3.2.10.3 Line Isolation Monitor.


99 of 202 8/18/2016 1:04 PM

6.3.2.10.3.1*

In addition to the usual control and protective devices, each isolated power system shall be provided withan approved, continually operating line isolation monitor that indicates possible leakage or fault currentsfrom either isolated conductor to ground.

6.3.2.10.3.2

The monitor shall be designed such that a green signal lamp, conspicuously visible in the area where theline isolation monitor is utilized, remains lighted when the system is adequately isolated from ground; andan adjacent red signal lamp and an audible warning signal (remote if desired) shall be energized when thetotal hazard current (consisting of possible resistive and capacitive leakage currents) from either isolatedconductor to ground reaches a threshold value of 5.0 mA under normal line voltage conditions. The lineisolation monitor shall not alarm for a fault hazard current of less than 3.7 mA.

6.3.2.10.3.3*

The line isolation monitor shall comply with either of the following:

(1) It shall have sufficient internal impedance such that, when properly connected to the isolated system,the maximum internal current that will flow through the line isolation monitor, when any point of theisolated system is grounded, shall be 1 mA.

(2) It shall be permitted to be of the low-impedance type such that the current through the line isolationmonitor, when any point of the isolated system is grounded, will not exceed twice the alarm thresholdvalue for a period not exceeding 5 milliseconds.

6.3.2.10.3.4*

An ammeter connected to indicate the total hazard current of the system (contribution of the fault hazardcurrent plus monitor hazard current) shall be mounted in a plainly visible place on the line isolation monitorwith the “alarm on” zone (total hazard current = 5.0 mA) at approximately the center of the scale. A lineisolation monitor shall be located in the operating room.

6.3.2.10.3.5

Means shall be provided for shutting off the audible alarm while leaving the red warning lamp activated.When the fault is corrected and the green signal lamp is reactivated, the audible alarm-silencing circuitshall reset automatically, or an audible or distinctive visual signal shall indicate that the audible alarm issilenced.

6.3.2.10.3.6

A reliable test switch shall be mounted on the line isolation monitor to test its capability to operate (i.e.,cause the alarms to operate and the meter to indicate in the “alarm on” zone). This switch shall transfer thegrounding connection of the line isolation monitor from the reference grounding point to a test impedancearrangement connected across the isolated line; the test impedance(s) shall be of the appropriatemagnitude to produce a meter reading corresponding to the rated total hazard current at the nominal linevoltage, or to a lesser alarm hazard current if the line isolation monitor is so rated. The operation of thisswitch shall break the grounding connection of the line isolation monitor to the reference grounding pointbefore transferring this grounding connector to the test impedance(s), so that making this test will not addto the hazard of a system in actual use; nor will the test include the effect of the line-to-ground strayimpedance of the system. The test switch shall be of a self-restoring type.

6.3.2.10.3.7

The line isolation monitor shall not generate energy of sufficient amplitude or frequency, as measured by aphysiological monitor with a gain of at least 104 with a source impedance of 1000 ohms connected to thebalanced differential input of the monitor, to create interference or artifact on human physiological signals.The output voltage from the amplifier shall not exceed 30 mV when the gain is 104. The impedance of1000 ohms shall be connected to the ends of typical unshielded electrode leads that are a normal part ofthe cable assembly furnished with physiological monitors. A 60 Hz notch filter shall be used to reduceambient interference, as is typical in physiological monitor design.

6.3.2.10.4 Identification of Conductors for Isolated (Ungrounded) Systems.

The isolated conductors shall be identified in accordance with 517.160(A)(5) of NFPA 70.


6.3.3.1 Grounding System in Patient Care Spaces.


100 of 202 8/18/2016 1:04 PM

6.3.3.1.1* Grounding System Testing.

The effectiveness of the grounding system shall be determined by voltage measurements and impedancemeasurements.

6.3.3.1.1.1

For new construction, the effectiveness of the grounding system shall be evaluated before acceptance.

6.3.3.1.1.2

Small wall-mounted conductive surfaces not likely to become energized, such as surface-mounted toweland soap dispensers, mirrors, and so forth, shall not be required to be intentionally grounded or tested.

6.3.3.1.1.3

Large metal conductive surfaces not likely to become energized, such as windows, door frames, anddrains, shall not be required to be intentionally grounded or periodically tested.

6.3.3.1.1.4*

Whenever the electrical system has been altered or replaced, that portion of the system shall be tested.

6.3.3.1.2 Reference Point.

The voltage and impedance measurements shall be taken with respect to a reference point, which shall beone of the following:

(1) Reference grounding point (see Chapter 3)

(2) Grounding point, in or near the room under test, that is electrically remote from receptacles (e.g., anall-metal cold-water pipe)

(3) Grounding contact of a receptacle that is powered from a different branch circuit from the receptacleunder test.

6.3.3.1.3* Voltage Measurements.

6.3.3.1.3.1

The voltage measurements shall be made under no-fault conditions between a reference point andexposed fixed electrical equipment with conductive surfaces in a patient care vicinity.

6.3.3.1.3.2

The voltage measurements shall be made with an accuracy of ± 5 percent.

6.3.3.1.3.3

Voltage measurements for faceplates of wiring devices shall not be required.

6.3.3.1.4* Impedance Measurements.

The impedance measurement shall be made with an accuracy of ± 5 percent.

6.3.3.1.4.1

For new construction, the impedance measurement shall be made between the reference point and thegrounding contact of 10 percent of all receptacles within the patient care vicinity.

6.3.3.1.4.2

The impedance measurement shall be the ratio of voltage developed (either 60 Hz or dc) between thepoint under test and the reference point to the current applied between these two points.

6.3.3.1.5 Test Equipment.

Electrical safety test instruments shall be tested periodically, but not less than annually, for acceptableperformance.

6.3.3.1.5.1

Voltage measurements specified in 6.3.3.1.3 shall be made with an instrument having an input resistanceof 1000 ohms ± 10 percent at frequencies of 1000 Hz or less.


101 of 202 8/18/2016 1:04 PM

6.3.3.1.5.2

The voltage across the terminals (or between any terminal and ground) of resistance-measuringinstruments used in occupied patient care rooms shall not exceed 500 mV rms or 1.4 dc or peak to peak.

6.3.3.1.6 Criteria for Acceptability for New Construction.

6.3.3.1.6.1

The voltage limit shall be 20 mV.

6.3.3.1.6.2

The impedance limit shall be 0.2 ohm for systems containing isolated ground receptacles and 0.1 ohm forall others.

6.3.3.2 Receptacle Testing in Patient Care Spaces.

6.3.3.2.1

The physical integrity of each receptacle shall be confirmed by visual inspection.

6.3.3.2.2

The continuity of the grounding circuit in each electrical receptacle shall be verified.

6.3.3.2.3

Correct polarity of the hot and neutral connections in each electrical receptacle shall be confirmed.

6.3.3.2.4

The retention force of the grounding blade of each electrical receptacle (except locking-type receptacles)shall be not less than 115 g (4 oz).

6.3.3.2.5

Where hospital-grade receptacles are required at patient bed locations and in locations where deepsedation or general anesthesia is administered, testing shall be performed after initial installation,replacement, or servicing of the device.

6.3.3.2.6

Where hospital-grade receptacles are required at patient bed locations and in locations where deepsedation or general anesthesia is administered, testing shall be performed after initial installation,replacement, or servicing of the device.

6.3.3.2.7

Additional testing of receptacles in patient care spaces shall be performed at intervals defined bydocumented performance data.

6.3.3.2.8

Receptacles not listed as hospital-grade, at patient bed locations and in locations where deep sedation orgeneral anesthesia is administered, shall be tested at intervals not exceeding 12 months.

6.3.3.3 Isolated Power Systems.

6.3.3.3.1 Patient Care Spaces.

If installed, the isolated power system shall be tested in accordance with 6.3.3.3.2.

6.3.3.3.2 Line Isolation Monitor Tests.

The line isolation monitor (LIM) circuit shall be tested after installation, and prior to being placed in service,by successively grounding each line of the energized distribution system through a resistor whose value is200 × V (ohms), where V equals measured line voltage. The visual and audible alarms (see 6.3.2.10.3.2)shall be activated.

6.3.3.3.3

The LIM circuit shall be tested at intervals of not more than 1 month by actuating the LIM test switch (see6.3.2.10.3.6. For a LIM circuit with automated self-test and self-calibration capabilities, this test shall beperformed at intervals of not more than 12 months. Actuation of the test switch shall activate both visualand audible alarm indicators.


102 of 202 8/18/2016 1:04 PM

6.3.3.3.4

After any repair or renovation to an electrical distribution system, the LIM circuit shall be tested inaccordance with 6.3.3.3.2.

6.3.3.4 Ground-Fault Protection Testing.

When equipment ground-fault protection is first installed, each level shall be performance-tested to ensurecompliance with 6.3.2.9.

6.3.4 Administration of Electrical System.

6.3.4.1 Record Keeping.

6.3.4.1.1*

A record shall be maintained of the tests required by this chapter and associated repairs or modification.

6.3.4.1.2

At a minimum, the record shall contain the date, the rooms or areas tested, and an indication of whichitems have met, or have failed to meet, the performance requirements of this chapter.

6.3.4.1.3 Isolated Power System (Where Installed).

A permanent record shall be kept of the results of each of the tests.

6.4 Category 1 Spaces.

6.4.1

Category 1 spaces shall be served by a Type 1 EES.

6.4.2

Category 1 spaces shall not be served by a Type 2 EES.

6.4.3

Category 1 spaces shall be served by circuits from a critical branch panel(s) served from a singleautomatic transfer switch and a minimum of one circuit served by the normal power distribution system orby a system originating from a second critical branch automatic transfer switch.

6.4.4

A Type I EES serving a Category 1 space shall be permitted to serve Category 2 spaces in the samefacility.

6.5 Category 2 Spaces.

6.5.1

Category 2 spaces shall be served by a Type 1 or Type 2 EES.

6.5.2

Category 2 spaces served by a Type 2 EES shall be served by circuits from an equipment branch panel(s)served from a single automatic transfer switch and a minimum of one circuit served by the normal powerdistribution system or by a system originating from a second equipment branch automatic transfer switch.

6.6 Category 3 and 4 Spaces.

6.6.1

Category 3 or Category 4 spaces shall not be required to be served by an EES.

6.7 Essential Electrical Systems.

6.7.1 Sources (Type 1 EES).

6.7.1.1* Design Considerations.

Dual sources of normal power shall not constitute an alternate source of power as described in thischapter.

6.7.1.2 On-Site Generator Set.


103 of 202 8/18/2016 1:04 PM

6.7.1.2.1

Current-sensing devices, phase and ground, shall be selected to minimize the extent of interruption to theelectrical system due to abnormal current caused by overload or short circuits, or both.

6.7.1.2.2

Essential electrical systems shall have a minimum of the following two independent sources of power: anormal source generally supplying the entire electrical system and one or more alternate sources for usewhen the normal source is interrupted.

6.7.1.2.3

Where the normal source consists of generating units on the premises, the alternate source shall be eitheranother generating set or an external utility service.

6.7.1.2.4 General.

Generator sets installed as an alternate source of power for essential electrical systems shall be designedto meet the requirements of such service.

6.7.1.2.4.1

Type 1 and Type 2 essential electrical system power sources shall be classified as Type 10, Class X, Level1 generator sets per NFPA 110.

6.7.1.2.5 Use for Essential Electrical System.

6.7.1.2.5.1

The generating equipment used shall be either reserved exclusively for such service or normally used forother purposes of peak demand control, internal voltage control, load relief for the external utility, orcogeneration. If normally used for such other purposes, two or more sets shall be installed, such that themaximum actual demand likely to be produced by the connected load of the life safety and criticalbranches, as well as medical air compressors, medical–surgical vacuum pumps, electrically operated firepumps, jockey pumps, fuel pumps, and generator accessories, shall be met by a multiple generatorsystem, with the largest generator set out of service (not available). The alternate source of emergencypower for illumination and identification of means of egress shall be the essential electrical system. Thealternate power source for fire protection signaling systems shall be the essential electrical system.

6.7.1.2.5.2

A single generator set that operates the essential electrical system shall be permitted to be part of thesystem supplying the other purposes as specified in 6.7.1.2.5.1, provided that any such use will notdecrease the mean period between service overhauls to less than 3 years.

6.7.1.2.5.3*

Optional loads shall be permitted to be served by the essential electrical system generating equipment.Optional loads shall be served by their own transfer means, such that these loads shall not be transferredonto the generating equipment if the transfer will overload the generating equipment and shall be shedupon a generating equipment overload. Use of the generating equipment to serve optional loads shall notconstitute “other purposes” as described in 6.7.1.2.5.1 and, therefore, shall not require multiple generatorsets.

6.7.1.2.5.4

Where optional loads include contiguous or same-site facilities not covered in this code, provisions shall bemade to meet the requirements of NFPA 101, Article 700 of NFPA 70, and other applicable NFPArequirements for emergency egress under load-shed conditions.

6.7.1.2.6 Work Space or Room.

6.7.1.2.6.1

The EPS shall be installed in a separate room for Level 1 installations. EPSS equipment shall bepermitted to be installed in this room. [110:7.2.1]

(A)

The room shall have a minimum 2-hour fire rating or be located in an adequate enclosure located outsidethe building capable of resisting the entrance of snow or rain at a maximum wind velocity required by localbuilding codes. [110:7.2.1.1]


104 of 202 8/18/2016 1:04 PM

(B)

The rooms, enclosures, or separate buildings housing Level 1 or Level 2 EPSS equipment shall bedesigned and located to minimize damage from flooding, including that caused by the following:

(1) Flooding resulting from fire fighting

(2) Sewer water backup

(3) Other disasters or occurrences

[110:7.2.3]

6.7.1.2.6.2

The EPS equipment shall be installed in a location that permits ready accessibility and a minimum of 0.9 m(36 in.) from the skid rails' outermost point in the direction of access for inspection, repair, maintenance,cleaning, or replacement. This requirement shall not apply to units in outdoor housings.

[110:7.2.6]

6.7.1.2.7* Capacity and Rating.

The generator set(s) shall have the capacity and rating to meet the maximum actual demand likely to beproduced by the connected load of the essential electrical system(s).

6.7.1.2.8 Load Pickup.

The energy converters shall have the required capacity and response to pick up and carry the load withinthe time specified in Table 4.1(b) of NFPA 110 after loss of primary power.

6.7.1.2.9 Maintenance of Temperature.

The EPS shall be heated as necessary to maintain the water jacket and battery temperature determinedby the EPS manufacturer for cold start and load acceptance for the type of EPSS. [110:5.3.1]

6.7.1.2.10* Heating, Cooling, and Ventilating.

With the EPS running at rated load, ventilation airflow shall be provided to limit the maximum airtemperature in the EPS room or the enclosure housing the unit to the maximum ambient air temperaturerequired by the EPS manufacturer. [110:7.7.1]

6.7.1.2.10.1

Consideration shall be given to all the heat emitted to the EPS equipment room by the energy converter,uninsulated or insulated exhaust pipes, and other heat-producing equipment. [110:7.7.1.1]

6.7.1.2.10.2

Air shall be supplied to the EPS equipment for combustion. [110:7.7.2]

(A)

For EPS supplying Level 1 EPSS, ventilation air shall be supplied directly from a source outside thebuilding by an exterior wall opening or from a source outside the building by a 2-hour fire-rated air transfersystem. [110:7.7.2.1]

(B)

For EPS supplying Level 1 EPSS, discharge air shall be directed outside the building by an exterior wallopening or to an exterior opening by a 2-hour fire-rated air transfer system. [110:7.7.2.2]

(C)

Fire dampers, shutters, or other self-closing devices shall not be permitted in ventilation openings orductwork for supply or return/discharge air to EPS equipment for Level 1 EPSS. [110:7.7.2.3]

6.7.1.2.10.3

Ventilation air supply shall be from outdoors or from a source outside of the building by an exterior wallopening or from a source outside the building by a 2-hour fire-rated air transfer system. [110:7.7.3]

6.7.1.2.10.4

Ventilation air shall be provided to supply and discharge cooling air for radiator cooling of the EPS whenrunning at rated load. [110:7.7.4]


105 of 202 8/18/2016 1:04 PM

(A)

Ventilation air supply and discharge for radiator-cooled EPS shall have a maximum static restriction of 125Pa (0.5 in. of water column) in the discharge duct at the radiator outlet. [110:7.7.4.1]

(B)

Radiator air discharge shall be ducted outdoors or to an exterior opening by a 2-hour rated air transfersystem. [110:7.7.4.2]

6.7.1.2.10.5

Motor-operated dampers, when used, shall be spring operated to open and motor closed. Fire dampers,shutters, or other self-closing devices shall not be permitted in ventilation openings or ductwork for supplyor return/discharge air to EPS equipment for Level 1 EPSS. [110:7.7.5]

6.7.1.2.10.6

The ambient air temperature in the EPS equipment room or outdoor housing containing Level 1 rotatingequipment shall be not less than 4.5°C (40°F). [110:5.3.5]

6.7.1.2.10.7

Units housed outdoors shall be heated as specified in 5.3.1 [of NFPA 110]. [110:7.7.7]

6.7.1.2.10.8

Design of the heating, cooling, and ventilation system for the EPS equipment room shall include provisionfor factors including, but not limited to, the following:

(1) Heat

(2) Cold

(3) Dust

(4) Humidity

(5) Snow and ice accumulations around housings

(6) Louvers

(7) Remote radiator fans

(8) Prevailing winds blowing against radiator fan discharge air

[110:7.7.7]

6.7.1.2.11 Cranking Batteries.

Internal combustion engine cranking batteries shall be in accordance with the battery requirements ofNFPA 110.

6.7.1.2.12 Compressed Air Starting Devices.

Other types of stored energy starting systems (except pyrotechnic) shall be permitted to be used whererecommended by the manufacturer of the prime mover and subject to approval of the authority havingjurisdiction, under the following conditions:

(1) Where two complete periods of cranking cycles are completed without replacement of the storedenergy

(2) Where a means for automatic restoration from the emergency source of the stored energy is provided

(3) Where the stored energy system has the cranking capacity specified in 5.6.4.2.1 of NFPA 110

(4) Where the stored energy system has a “black start” capability in addition to normal dischargecapability

[110:5.6.4.1.2]

6.7.1.2.13 Fuel Supply.

The fuel supply for the generator set shall comply with Sections 5.5 and 7.9 of NFPA 110.

6.7.1.2.14 Requirements for Safety Devices.


106 of 202 8/18/2016 1:04 PM

6.7.1.2.14.1 Internal Combustion Engines.

Internal combustion engines serving generator sets shall be equipped with the following:

(1) Sensor device plus visual warning device to indicate a water-jacket temperature below that requiredin 6.7.1.2.9

(2) Sensor devices plus visual pre-alarm warning device to indicate the following:

(a) High engine temperature (above manufacturer’s recommended safe operating temperaturerange)

(b) Low lubricating oil pressure (below manufacturer’s recommended safe operating range)

(c) Low water coolant level

(3) Automatic engine shutdown device plus visual device to indicate that a shutdown took place due tothe following:

(a) Overcrank (failed to start)

(b) Overspeed

(c) Low lubricating oil pressure

(d) Excessive engine temperature

(4) Common audible alarm device to warn that one or more of the pre-alarm or alarm conditions exist


107 of 202 8/18/2016 1:04 PM

6.7.1.2.14.2

Safety indications and shutdowns shall be in accordance with Table 6.7.1.2.14.2

Table 6.7.1.2.14.2 Safety Indications and Shutdowns

Level 1

Indicator Function (at Battery Voltage) CV S RA

(a) Overcrank X X X

(b) Low water temperature X — X

(c) High engine temperature pre-alarm X — X

(d) High engine temperature X X X

(e) Low lube oil pressure pre-alarm X — X

(f) Low lube oil pressure X X X

(g) Overspeed X X X

(h) Low fuel main tank X — X

(i) Low coolant level X O X

(j) EPS supplying load X — —

(k) Control switch not in automatic position X — X

(l) High battery voltage X — —

(m) Low cranking voltage X — X

(n) Low voltage in battery X — —

(o) Battery charger ac failure X — —

(p) Lamp test X — —

(q) Contacts for local and remote common alarm X — X

(r) Audible alarm-silencing switch — — X

(s) Low starting air pressure X — —

(t) Low starting hydraulic pressure X — —

(u) Air shutdown damper when used X X X

(v) Remote emergency stop — X —

CV: Control panel–mounted visual. S: Shutdown of EPS indication. RA: Remote audible. X: Required. O:Optional.

Notes:

(1) Item (p) shall be provided, but a separate remote audible signal shall not be required when the regularwork site in 5.6.6 of NFPA 110, Standard for Emergency and Standby Power Systems, is staffed 24 hoursa day.

(2) Item (b) is not required for combustion turbines.

(3) Item (r) or (s) is required only where used as a starting method.

(4) Item (j): EPS ac ammeter shall be permitted for this function.

(5) All required CV functions shall be visually annunciated by a remote, common visual indicator.

(6) All required functions indicated in the RA column shall be annunciated by a remote, common audiblealarm as required in 5.6.5.2(4) of NFPA 110.

(7) Item (i) requires a low gas pressure alarm on gaseous systems.

(8) Item (b) must be set at 11°C (20°F) below the regulated temperature determined by the EPSmanufacturer, as required in 5.3.1 of NFPA 110.

6.7.1.2.15 Alarm Annunciator.


108 of 202 8/18/2016 1:04 PM

A remote annunciator that is storage battery powered shall be provided to operate outside of thegenerating room in a location readily observed by operating personnel at a regular work station (see700.12 of NFPA 70). The annunciator shall be hard-wired to indicate alarm conditions of the emergency orauxiliary power source as follows:

6.7.1.2.15.1

Individual visual signals shall indicate the following:

(1) When the emergency or auxiliary power source is operating to supply power to load

(2) When the battery charger is malfunctioning

6.7.1.2.15.2

Individual visual signals plus a common audible signal to warn of an engine-generator alarm conditionshall indicate the following:

(1) Low lubricating oil pressure

(2) Low water temperature (below that required in 6.7.1.2.9)

(3) Excessive water temperature

(4) Low fuel when the main fuel storage tank contains less than a 4-hour operating supply

(5) Overcrank (failed to start)

(6) Overspeed

6.7.1.2.15.3*

A remote, common audible alarm shall be provided as specified in 6.7.1.2.15.8. [110:5.6.6]

6.7.1.2.15.4

For Level 1 EPS, at a minimum, local annunciation and facility remote annunciation, or local annunciationand network remote annunciation shall be provided.

6.7.1.2.15.5

For the purposes of defining the types of annunciation in 6.7.1.2.14.2, the following shall apply:

(1) Local annunciation is located on the equipment itself or within the same equipment room.

(2) Facility remote annunciation is located on site but not within the room where the equipment islocated.

(3) Network remote annunciation is located off site.

[110:5.6.6.3]

6.7.1.2.15.6

An alarm-silencing means shall be provided, and the panel shall include repetitive alarm circuitry so that,after the audible alarm has been silenced, it reactivates after the fault condition has been cleared and hasto be restored to its normal position to be silenced again. [110:5.6.6.4]

6.7.1.2.15.7

In lieu of the requirement of 5.6.6.4 of NFPA 110, a manual alarm-silencing means shall be permitted thatsilences the audible alarm after the occurrence of the alarm condition, provided such means do not inhibitany subsequent alarms from sounding the audible alarm again without further manual action. [110:5.6.6.5]

6.7.1.2.15.8

Individual alarm indication to annunciate any of the conditions listed in Table 6.7.1.2.14.2 shall have thefollowing characteristics:

(1) It shall be battery powered.

(2) It shall be visually indicated.

(3) It shall have additional contacts or circuits for a common audible alarm that signals locally andremotely when any of the itemized conditions occurs.

(4) It shall have a lamp test switch(es) to test the operation of all alarm lamps.


109 of 202 8/18/2016 1:04 PM

6.7.1.2.15.9

A centralized computer system (e.g., building automation system) shall not be permitted to be substitutedfor the alarm annunciator in 6.7.1.2.15 but shall be permitted to be used to supplement the alarmannunciator.

6.7.1.3 Battery.

Battery systems shall meet all requirements of NFPA 111.

6.7.1.4 Fuel Cell Systems.

Fuel cell systems shall be permitted to serve as the alternate source for all or part of an essential electricalsystem, provided the conditions in 6.7.1.4.1 through 6.7.1.4.6 apply.

6.7.1.4.1

Installation shall comply with NFPA 853.

6.7.1.4.2

N+1 units shall be provided where N units have sufficient capacity to supply the demand load of the portionof the system served.

6.7.1.4.3*

Systems shall be able to assume loads within 10 seconds of loss of normal power source.

6.7.1.4.4

Systems shall have a continuing source of fuel supply, together with sufficient on-site fuel storage for theessential system type.

6.7.1.4.5

Where life safety and critical portions of the distribution system are present, a connection shall be providedfor a portable diesel generator.

6.7.1.4.6

Systems shall be listed for emergency use.

6.7.2* Distribution (Type 1 EES).

6.7.2.1 Design Considerations.

6.7.2.1.1

Distribution system arrangements shall be designed to minimize interruptions to the electrical systems dueto internal failures by the use of adequately rated equipment.

6.7.2.1.2

The following factors shall be considered in the design of the distribution system:

(1) Abnormal voltages, such as single phasing of three-phase utilization equipment; switching or lightningsurges, or both; voltage reductions; and so forth

(2) Capability of achieving the fastest possible restoration of any given circuit(s) after clearing a fault

(3) Effects of future changes, such as increased loading or supply capacity, or both

(4) Stability and power capability of the prime mover during and after abnormal conditions

(5)

(6) Bypass arrangements to allow testing and maintenance of system components that could nototherwise be maintained without disruption of important hospital functions

(7) Effects of any harmonic currents on neutral conductors and equipment

6.7.2.2 General Requirements.

6.7.2.2.1

Electrical characteristics of the transfer switches shall be suitable for the operation of all functions andequipment they are intended to supply.

* Sequence reconnection of loads to avoid large current inrushes that trip overcurrent devices oroverload the generator(s)


110 of 202 8/18/2016 1:04 PM

6.7.2.2.2* Coordination.

6.7.2.2.2.1

Overcurrent protective devices serving the essential electrical system shall be coordinated for the period oftime that a fault’s duration extends beyond 0.1 second.

6.7.2.2.2.2

Coordination shall not be required as follows:

(1) Between transformer primary and secondary overcurrent protective devices, where only oneovercurrent protective device or set of overcurrent protective devices exists on the transformersecondary

(2) Between overcurrent protective devices of the same size (ampere rating) in series

6.7.2.2.3 Switch Rating.

The rating of the transfer switches shall be adequate for switching all classes of loads to be served and forwithstanding the effects of available fault currents without contact welding.

6.7.2.2.4 Automatic Transfer Switch.

Transfer of all loads shall be accomplished using an automatic transfer switch(es). Each automatic transferswitch of 600 V or less shall be listed for the purpose and approved for emergency electrical service (seeNFPA 70, Article 700.3) as a complete assembly.

6.7.2.2.5 Automatic Transfer Switch Features

6.7.2.2.5.1 Source Monitoring.

(A)*

Undervoltage-sensing devices shall be provided to monitor all ungrounded lines of the primary source ofpower as follows:

(1) When the voltage on any phase falls below the minimum operating voltage of any load to be served,the transfer switch shall automatically initiate engine start and the process of transfer to theemergency power supply (EPS).

(2)

[110:6.2.2.1]

(B)

Both voltage-sensing and frequency-sensing equipment shall be provided to monitor one ungrounded lineof the EPS. [110:6.2.2.2]

(C)

Transfer to the EPS shall be inhibited until the voltage and frequency are within a specified range tohandle loads to be served. [110:6.2.2.3]

(D)

Sensing equipment shall not be required in the transfer switch, provided it is included with the enginecontrol panel. [110:6.2.2.3.1]

(E)

Frequency-sensing equipment shall not be required for monitoring the public utility source where used asan EPS, as permitted by 5.1.3 of NFPA 110. [110:6.2.2.3.2]

6.7.2.2.5.2 Interlocking.

Mechanical interlocking or an approved alternate method shall prevent the inadvertent interconnection ofthe primary power supply and the EPS, or any two separate sources of power. [110:6.2.3]

6.7.2.2.5.3* Manual Operation.

Instruction and equipment shall be provided for safe manual nonelectric transfer in the event the transferswitch malfunctions. [110:6.2.4]

* When the voltage on all phases of the primary source returns to within specified limits for adesignated period of time, the process of transfer back to primary power shall be initiated.


111 of 202 8/18/2016 1:04 PM

6.7.2.2.5.4* Time Delay on Starting of EPS.

A time-delay device shall be provided to delay starting of the EPS. The timer shall prevent nuisancestarting of the EPS and possible subsequent load transfer in the event of harmless momentary power dipsand interruptions of the primary source. [110:6.2.5]

6.7.2.2.5.5 Time Delay at Engine Control Panel.

Time delays shall be permitted to be located at the engine control panel in lieu of in the transfer switches.[110:6.2.6]

6.7.2.2.5.6 Time Delay on Transfer to EPS.

An adjustable time-delay device shall be provided to delay transfer and sequence load transfer to the EPSto avoid excessive voltage drop when the transfer switch is installed for Level 1 use. [110:6.2.7]

(A) Time Delay Commencement.

The time delay shall commence when proper EPS voltage and frequency are achieved. [110:6.2.7.1]

(B) Time Delay at Engine Control Panel.

Time delays shall be permitted to be located at the engine control panel in lieu of in the transfer switches.[110:6.2.7.2]

6.7.2.2.5.7* Time Delay on Retransfer to Primary Source.

An adjustable time-delay device with automatic bypass shall be provided to delay retransfer from the EPSto the primary source of power, and allow the primary source to stabilize before retransfer of the load.[110:6.2.8]

6.7.2.2.5.8 Time Delay Bypass If EPS Fails.

The time delay shall be automatically bypassed if the EPS fails. [110:6.2.9]

(A)

The transfer switch shall be permitted to be programmed for a manually initiated retransfer to the primarysource to provide for a planned momentary interruption of the load. [110:6.2.9.1]

(B)

If used, the arrangement in 6.2.9.1 of NFPA 110 shall be provided with a bypass feature to allow automaticretransfer in the event that the EPS fails and the primary source is available.

6.7.2.2.5.9 Time Delay on Engine Shutdown.

A minimum time delay of 5 minutes shall be provided for unloaded running of the EPS prior to shutdown toallow for engine cooldown. [110:6.2.10]

(A)

The minimum 5-minute delay shall not be required on small (15 kW or less) air-cooled prime movers.[110:6.2.10.1]

(B)

A time-delay device shall not be required, provided it is included with the engine control panel, or if a utilityfeeder is used as an EPS. [110:6.2.10.2]

6.7.2.2.5.10 Test Switch.

A test means shall be provided on each automatic transfer switch (ATS) that simulates failure of theprimary power source and then transfers the load to the EPS. [110:6.2.12]

6.7.2.2.5.11* Indication of Transfer Switch Position.

Two pilot lights with identification nameplates or other approved position indicators shall be provided toindicate the transfer switch position. [110:6.2.13]

6.7.2.2.5.12 Motor Load Transfer.

Provisions shall be included to reduce currents resulting from motor load transfer if such currents coulddamage EPSS equipment or cause nuisance tripping of EPSS overcurrent protective devices. [110:6.2.14]


112 of 202 8/18/2016 1:04 PM

6.7.2.2.5.13* Isolation of Neutral Conductors.

Provisions shall be included for ensuring continuity, transfer, and isolation of the primary and the EPSneutral conductors wherever they are separately grounded to achieve ground-fault sensing. [110:6.2.15]

6.7.2.2.5.14 Retransfer.

If the emergency power source fails during a test, provisions shall be made to immediately retransfer to thenormal source.

6.7.2.2.5.15* Nonautomatic Transfer Switch Features.

Switching devices shall be mechanically held and shall be operated by direct manual or electrical remotemanual control. [110:6.2.16]

(A) Interlocking.

Reliable mechanical interlocking, or an approved alternate method, shall prevent the inadvertentinterconnection of the primary power source and the EPS. [110:6.2.16.1]

(B) Indication of Switch Position.

Two pilot lights with identification nameplates, or other approved position indicators, shall be provided toindicate the switch position. [110:6.2.16.2]

6.7.2.2.6 Nonautomatic Transfer Device Classification.

Nonautomatic transfer devices of 600 V or less shall be listed for the purpose and approved.

6.7.2.2.7 Nonautomatic Transfer Device Features.

6.7.2.2.7.1 General.

Switching devices shall be mechanically held and shall be operated by direct manual or electrical remotemanual control. [110:6.2.16]

6.7.2.2.7.2 Interlocking.

Reliable mechanical interlocking, or an approved alternate method, shall prevent the inadvertentinterconnection of the primary power source and the EPS. [110:6.2.16.1]

6.7.2.2.7.3 Indication of Switch Position.

Two pilot lights with identification nameplates, or other approved position indicators, shall be provided toindicate the switch position. [110:6.2.16.2]

6.7.2.2.8 Bypass and Isolating Transfer Switches.

Bypass-isolation switches shall be permitted for bypassing and isolating the transfer switch and installedin accordance with 6.4.2, 6.4.3, and 6.4.4 of NFPA 110. [110:6.4.1]

6.7.2.2.8.1 Bypass-Isolation Switch Rating.

The bypass-isolation switch shall have a continuous current rating and a current rating compatible with thatof the associated transfer switch. [110:6.4.2]

6.7.2.2.8.2 Bypass-Isolation Switch Classification.

Each bypass-isolation switch shall be listed for emergency electrical service as a completely factory-assembled and factory-tested apparatus. [110:6.4.3]

6.7.2.2.8.3* Operation

With the transfer switch isolated or disconnected, the bypass-isolation switch shall be designed so it canfunction as an independent nonautomatic transfer switch and allow the load to be connected to eitherpower source. [110:6.4.4]

6.7.2.2.8.4 Reconnection of Transfer Switch.

Reconnection of the transfer switch shall be possible without a load interruption greater than the maximumtime, in seconds, specified by the type of system. [110:6.4.5]

6.7.2.3* Branches.

6.7.2.3.1

The division between the branches shall occur at transfer switches where more than one transfer switch isrequired.


113 of 202 8/18/2016 1:04 PM

6.7.2.3.2

Each branch shall be arranged for connection, within time limits specified in this chapter, to an alternatesource of power following a loss of the normal source.

6.7.2.3.3

The number of transfer switches to be used shall be based upon reliability, design, and loadconsiderations.

6.7.2.3.3.1

Each branch of the essential electrical system shall have one or more transfer switches.

6.7.2.3.3.2

One transfer switch shall be permitted to serve one or more branches in a facility with a continuous load onthe switch of 150 kVA (120 kW) or less.

6.7.2.3.4 Feeders from Alternate Source.

6.7.2.3.4.1

A single feeder supplied by a local or remote alternate source shall be permitted to supply the essentialelectrical system to the point at which the life safety, critical, and equipment branches are separated.

6.7.2.3.4.2

Installation of the transfer equipment shall be permitted at other than the location of the alternate source.

6.7.2.3.5 Receptacles.

The requirements for receptacles shall comply with 6.7.2.3.5(A) and 6.7.2.3.5(B) .

(A)

Branch-circuit overcurrent devices shall be readily accessible to authorized personnel.

(B)*

The electrical receptacles or the cover plates for the electrical receptacles supplied from the life safety andcritical branches shall have a distinctive color or marking so as to be readily identifiable.

6.7.2.3.6 Switches.

Switches of all types shall be permitted in the lighting circuits connected to the essential electrical systemthat do not serve as the illumination of egress as required by NFPA 101.

6.7.2.3.7

Secondary circuits of transformer-powered communication or signaling systems shall not be required to beenclosed in raceways unless otherwise specified by Chapters 7 or 8 of NFPA 70.


6.7.3.1 Transfer Switches.

All ac-powered support and accessory equipment necessary to the operation of the EPS shall be suppliedfrom the load side of the automatic transfer switch(es), or the output terminals of the EPS, ahead of themain EPS overcurrent protection, as necessary, to ensure continuity of the EPSS operation andperformance. [110:7.12.5]

6.7.3.2

The essential electrical system shall be served by the normal power source, except when the normalpower source is interrupted or drops below a predetermined voltage level. Settings of the sensors shall bedetermined by careful study of the voltage requirements of the load.

6.7.3.3

Failure of the normal source shall automatically start the alternate source generator after a short delay, asdescribed in6.7.2.2.5.4. When the alternate power source has attained a voltage and frequency thatsatisfies minimum operating requirements of the essential electrical system, the load shall be connectedautomatically to the alternate power source.


114 of 202 8/18/2016 1:04 PM

6.7.3.4

Upon connection of the alternate power source, the loads comprising the life safety and critical branchesshall be automatically re-energized. The load comprising the equipment system shall be connected eitherautomatically after a time delay, as described in 6.7.2.2.5.6, or nonautomatically and in such a sequentialmanner as not to overload the generator.

6.7.3.5

When the normal power source is restored, and after a time delay, as described in 6.7.2.2.5.7, theautomatic transfer switches shall disconnect the alternate source of power and connect the loads to thenormal power source. The alternate power source generator set shall continue to run unloaded for a presettime delay, as described in 6.7.2.2.5.9.

6.7.3.6

If the emergency power source fails and the normal power source has been restored, retransfer to thenormal source of power shall be immediate, bypassing the retransfer delay timer.

6.7.3.7

Nonautomatic transfer switching devices shall be restored to the normal power source as soon as possibleafter the return of the normal source or at the discretion of the operator.

6.7.4 Administration (Type 1 EES).

6.7.4.1 Maintenance and Testing of Essential Electrical System.

6.7.4.1.1 Maintenance and Testing of Alternate Power Source, Transfer Switches, and AssociatedEquipment.

6.7.4.1.1.1 Maintenance of Alternate Power Source.

The generator set or other alternate power source and associated equipment, including all appurtenanceparts, shall be so maintained as to be capable of supplying service within the shortest time practicable andwithin the 10-second interval specified in 6.7.1.2.8 and 6.7.5.3.1.

6.7.4.1.1.2

The 10-second criterion shall not apply during the monthly testing of an essential electrical system. If the10-second criterion is not met during the monthly test, a process shall be provided to annually confirm thecapability of the life safety and critical branches to comply with 6.7.5.3.1.

6.7.4.1.1.3

Maintenance shall be performed in accordance with Chapter 8 of NFPA 110.

6.7.4.1.1.4

Maintenance of the electrical equipment for the life safety branch, critical branch, and equipment branchshall be maintained in accordance with the manufacturer’s instructions and preventative maintenanceprograms.

6.7.4.1.1.5 Inspection and Testing.

Criteria, conditions, and personnel requirements shall be in accordance with 6.7.4.1.1.5(A) through6.7.4.1.1.5(C).

(A)* Test Criteria.

Generator sets shall be tested 12 times a year, with testing intervals of not less than 20 days nor morethan 40 days. Generator sets serving essential electrical systems shall be tested in accordance withChapter 8 of NFPA 110.

(B) Test Conditions.

The scheduled test under load conditions shall include a complete simulated cold start and appropriateautomatic and manual transfer of all essential electrical system loads.

(C) Test Personnel.

The scheduled tests shall be conducted by qualified personnel to keep the machines ready to functionand, in addition, serve to detect causes of malfunction and to train personnel in operating procedures.

6.7.4.1.2 Maintenance and Testing of Circuitry.


115 of 202 8/18/2016 1:04 PM

6.7.4.1.2.1* Circuit Breakers.

Main and feeder circuit breakers shall be inspected annually and maintained in accordance with themanufacturer’s instructions and industry standards. A program for periodically exercising the componentsshall be established according to the manufacturer’s instructions.

6.7.4.1.2.2 Insulation Resistance.

The resistance readings of main feeder insulation shall be taken prior to acceptance and wheneverdamage is suspected.

6.7.4.1.2.3 Maintenance of Batteries.

Batteries for on-site generators shall be maintained in accordance with NFPA 110.

6.7.4.2 Record Keeping.

A written record of inspection, performance, exercising period, and repairs shall be regularly maintainedand available for inspection by the authority having jurisdiction.

6.7.5 Type 1 Essential Electrical System Requirements.

6.7.5.1 Branches.

6.7.5.1.1

The essential electrical system shall be divided into the following three branches:

(1) Life safety

(2) Critical

(3) Equipment

6.7.5.1.2 Life Safety Branch.

6.7.5.1.2.1

For the purposes of this code, the provisions for emergency systems in Article 700 of NFPA 70 shall beapplied only to the life safety branch.

6.7.5.1.2.2

The following portions of Article 700 of NFPA 70 shall be amended as follows:

(1) 700.4 shall not apply.

(2) 700.10 (D)(1) through (3) shall not apply.

(3) 700.17 Branch Circuits for Emergency Lighting. Branch circuits that supply emergency lighting shallbe installed to provide service from a source complying with 700.12 when the normal supply forlighting is interrupted or where single circuits supply luminaires containing secondary batteries


6.7.5.1.2.3

The life safety branch shall be limited to circuits essential to life safety.


116 of 202 8/18/2016 1:04 PM

6.7.5.1.2.4

The life safety branch shall supply power as follows:

(1) Illumination of means of egress in accordance with NFPA 101

(2) Exit signs and exit directional signs in accordance with NFPA 101

(3)

(4) Generator set location as follows:

(a) Task illumination

(b) Battery charger for emergency battery-powered lighting unit(s)

(c) Select receptacles at the generator set location and essential electrical system transfer switchlocations

(5) Elevator cab lighting, control, communications, and signal systems

(6) Electrically powered doors used for building egress

(7) Fire alarms and auxiliary functions of fire alarm combination systems complying with NFPA 72

6.7.5.1.2.5

Alarm and alerting systems (other than fire alarm systems) shall be connected to the life safety branch orcritical branch.

6.7.5.1.2.6

Loads dedicated to a specific generator, including the fuel transfer pump(s), ventilation fans, electricallyoperated louvers, controls, cooling system, and other generator accessories essential for generatoroperation, shall be connected to the life safety branch or the output terminals of the generator withovercurrent protective devices.

6.7.5.1.2.7

No functions other than those in 6.7.5.1.2.4, 6.7.5.1.2.5, and 6.7.5.1.2.6 shall be connected to the lifesafety branch, except as specifically permitted in 6.7.5.1.2.

6.7.5.1.3* Critical Branch.

6.7.5.1.3.1

The critical branch shall be permitted to be subdivided into two or more branches.

* Communications systems, where used for issuing instruction during emergency conditions


117 of 202 8/18/2016 1:04 PM

6.7.5.1.3.2

The critical branch, or a dual-fed scheme including the critical branch shall supply power for taskillumination, fixed equipment, select receptacles, and select power circuits serving the following spacesand functions related to patient care:

(1) Category 1 spaces where deep sedation or general anesthesia is administered, task illumination,select receptacles, and fixed equipment

(2) Task illumination and select receptacles in the following:

(a) Patient care spaces, including infant nurseries, selected acute nursing areas, psychiatric bedareas (omit receptacles), and ward treatment rooms

(b) Medication preparation spaces

(c) Pharmacy dispensing spaces

(d) Nurses’ stations —unless adequately lighted by corridor luminaires

(3) Additional specialized patient care task illumination and receptacles, where needed

(4) Nurse call systems

(5) Blood, bone, and tissue banks

(6)

(7) Task illumination, select receptacles, and select power circuits for the following areas:

(a) Category 1 or 2 spaces with at least one duplex receptacle per patient bed location, and taskillumination as required by the governing body of the health care facility

(b) Angiographic labs

(c) Cardiac catheterization labs

(d) Coronary care units

(e) Hemodialysis rooms or areas

(f) Emergency room treatment areas (select)

(g) Human physiology labs

(h) Intensive care units

(i) Postoperative recovery rooms (select)

(8) Clinical IT-network equipment

(9) Wireless phone and paging equipment for clinical staff communications

(10) Additional task illumination, receptacles, and select power circuits needed for effective facilityoperation, including single-phase fractional horsepower motors, which are permitted to be connectedto the critical branch

6.7.5.1.4 Equipment Branch.

6.7.5.1.4.1 General.

The equipment branch shall be connected to equipment described in 6.7.5.1.4.3 through 6.7.5.1.4.4.

6.7.5.1.4.2 Connection to Alternate Power Source.

(A)

The equipment branch shall be installed and connected to the alternate power source, such thatequipment described in 6.7.5.1.4.3 is automatically restored to operation at appropriate time-lag intervalsfollowing the energizing of the life safety and critical branches.

(B)

The arrangement of the connection to the alternate power source shall also provide for the subsequentconnection of equipment described in 6.7.5.1.4.4.

6.7.5.1.4.3* Equipment for Delayed-Automatic Connection.

* Telecommunications entrance facility, telecommunications equipment rooms, andtelecommunication rooms and equipment in these rooms.


118 of 202 8/18/2016 1:04 PM

(A)

The following equipment shall be permitted to be arranged for delayed-automatic connection to thealternate power source:

(1) Central suction systems serving medical and surgical functions, including controls, with such suctionsystems permitted to be placed on the critical branch

(2) Sump pumps and other equipment required to operate for the safety of major apparatus, includingassociated control systems and alarms

(3) Compressed air systems serving medical and surgical functions, including controls, with such airsystems permitted to be placed on the critical branch

(4) Smoke control and stair pressurization systems

(5) Kitchen hood supply or exhaust systems, or both, if required to operate during a fire in or under thehood

(6) Supply, return, and exhaust ventilating systems for the following:

(a) Airborne infectious/isolation rooms

(b) Protective environment rooms

(c) Exhaust fans for laboratory fume hoods

(d) Nuclear medicine areas where radioactive material is used

(e) Ethylene oxide evacuation

(f) Anesthetic evacuation

(B)

Where delayed-automatic connection is not appropriate, the ventilation systems specified in6.7.5.1.4.3(A)(6) shall be permitted to be placed on the critical branch.

6.7.5.1.4.4* Equipment for Delayed-Automatic or Manual Connection.

The following equipment shall be permitted to be arranged for either delayed-automatic or manualconnection to the alternate power source (also see A.6.7.5.1.4.3):

(1) Heating equipment used to provide heating for operating, delivery, labor, recovery, intensive care,coronary care, nurseries, infection/isolation rooms, emergency treatment spaces, and general patientrooms; and pressure maintenance (jockey or make-up) pump(s) for water-based fire protectionsystems

(2)

(3) Elevator(s) selected to provide service to patient, surgical, obstetrical, and ground floors during

(4) Supply, return, and exhaust ventilating systems for surgical and obstetrical delivery suites, intensivecare, coronary care, nurseries, and emergency treatment spaces

(5) Hyperbaric facilities

(6) Hypobaric facilities

(7) Autoclaving equipment, which is permitted to be arranged for either automatic or manual connectionto the alternate source

(8) Controls for equipment listed in 6.7.5.1.3

(9)

* Heating of general patient rooms during disruption of the normal source shall not be required underany of the following conditions:

(a) Outside design temperature is lower than −6.7°C (+20°F)

(b) Outside design temperature is lower than −6.7°C (+20°F), where a selected room(s) is providedfor the needs of all confined patients [then only such room(s) need be heated].

* Other selected equipment


119 of 202 8/18/2016 1:04 PM

6.7.5.1.5

Generator load-shed circuits designed for the purpose of load reduction or for load priority systems shallnot shed life safety branch loads, critical branch loads serving Category 1 spaces, medical aircompressors, medical–surgical vacuum pumps, fire pumps, the pressure maintenance (i.e., jockey)pump(s) for water-based fire protection systems, generator fuel pumps, or other generator accessories.

6.7.5.2 Wiring Requirements.

6.7.5.2.1* Separation from Other Circuits.

The life safety branch and critical branch shall be kept independent of all other wiring and equipment.

6.7.5.2.2 Mechanical Protection of the Life Safety and Critical Branches.

The wiring of the life safety and critical branches shall be mechanically protected by raceways, as definedin NFPA 70.

6.7.5.2.3

Flexible power cords of appliances or other utilization equipment connected to the life safety and criticalbranches shall not be required to be enclosed in raceways.

6.7.5.3 Performance Criteria and Testing (Type 1 EES).

6.7.5.3.1 Source.

The life safety and critical branches shall be installed and connected to the alternate power sourcespecified in 6.7.1.2.2 and 6.7.1.2.3 so that all functions specified herein for the life safety and criticalbranches are automatically restored to operation within 10 seconds after interruption of the normal source.


6.7.6.1 Sources (Type 2 EES).

The requirements for sources for Type 2 essential electrical systems shall conform to those listed in 6.7.1.

6.7.6.2 Distribution (Type 2 EES).

6.7.6.2.1 General.

The distribution requirements for Type 2 essential electrical systems shall conform to those listed in6.7.2.2.

6.7.6.2.1.1* Coordination.

(A)


(B)




6.7.6.2.2* Branches.

6.7.6.2.2.1

The number of transfer switches to be used shall be based upon reliability, design, and loadconsiderations.

6.7.6.2.2.2

The essential electrical system shall be divided into the following two branches:

(1) Life safety branch

(2) Equipment branch


120 of 202 8/18/2016 1:04 PM

6.7.6.2.2.3


6.7.6.2.2.4


6.7.6.2.2.5 Life Safety Branch.

(A)

For the purposes of this code, Article 700 of NFPA 70 shall only be applied to the life safety branch.

(B)




(3) 700.17 Branch Circuits for Emergency Lighting. Branch circuits that supply emergency lighting shallbe installed to provide service from a source complying with 700.12 when the normal supply forlighting is interrupted or where single circuits supply luminaires containing secondary batteries.


(C)




(3) Alarm and alerting systems, including the following:

(a) Fire alarms

(b) Alarms required for systems used for the piping of nonflammable medical gases as specified inChapter 5

(4)

(5) Task illumination and select receptacles at the generator set location


(D)

No functions, other than those listed in 6.7.6.2.2.5(C)(1) through 6.7.6.2.2.5(C)(6) , shall be connected tothe life safety.

6.7.6.2.2.6 Equipment Branch.

(A)

The equipment branch shall be installed and connected to the alternate power source such that equipmentlisted in 6.7.6.2.2.6(C) is automatically restored to operation at appropriate time-lag intervals following therestoration of the life safety branch to operation.

(B)

The equipment branch arrangement shall also provide for the additional connection of equipment listed in6.7.6.2.2.6(D).

(C) AC Equipment for Nondelayed-Automatic Connection.

Generator accessories including, but not limited to, the transfer fuel pump, electrically operated louvers,and other generator accessories essential for generator operation shall be arranged for automaticconnection to the alternate power source.

* Communications systems, where used for issuing instructions during emergency conditions


121 of 202 8/18/2016 1:04 PM

(D) Delayed-Automatic Connections to Equipment Branch.

The following equipment shall be permitted to be connected to the equipment branch and shall bearranged for delayed-automatic connection to the alternate power source:


(a) Patient care spaces



(d) Nurses’ stations — unless adequately lighted by corridor luminaires

(2) Supply, return, and exhaust ventilating systems for airborne infectious isolation rooms

(3) Sump pumps and other equipment required to operate for the safety of major apparatus andassociated control systems and alarms




(7) HVAC systems serving the EF, TER, and TR

(E)* Delayed-Automatic or Manual Connections to Equipment Branch.

The equipment in 6.7.6.2.2.6(E)(1) and 6.7.6.2.2.6(E)(2) shall be permitted to be connected to theequipment branch and shall be arranged for either delayed-automatic or manual connection to thealternate power source:

(1) Heating Equipment to Provide Heating for General Patient Rooms. Heating of general patient roomsduring disruption of the normal source shall not be required under any of the following conditions:

(a)

(b) The outside design temperature is lower than −6.7°C (+20°F) and, where a selected room(s) isprovided for the needs of all confined patients, then only such room(s) need be heated.

(c) The facility is served by a dual source of normal power. See A.6.7.1.1 for more information.

(2)

(3) Optional Connections to the Equipment Branch. Additional illumination, receptacles, and equipmentshall be permitted to be connected only to the equipment branch.

(4) Multiple Systems. Where one switch serves multiple systems as permitted in 6.7.6.2, transfer for allloads shall be nondelayed automatic.


6.7.6.3.1* Separation from Other Circuits.

The life safety and equipment branches shall be kept entirely independent of all other wiring andequipment.

6.7.6.3.2* Receptacles.

The electrical receptacles or the cover plates for the electrical receptacles supplied from the life safety andequipment branches shall have a distinctive color or marking so as to be readily identifiable.


6.7.6.4.1 Source

The life safety and equipment branches shall be installed and connected to the alternate source of powerspecified in 6.7.1.2.2 and 6.7.1.2.3 so that all functions specified herein for the life safety and equipmentbranches are automatically restored to operation within 10 seconds after interruption of the normal source.

6.7.6.5 Other.

* The outside design temperature is higher than −6.7°C (+20°F).

* Elevator Service. In instances where interruptions of power would result in elevators stoppingbetween floors, throw-over facilities shall be provided to allow the temporary operation of any elevatorfor the release of passengers.


122 of 202 8/18/2016 1:04 PM

6.7.6.5.1 Transfer Switches.

The essential electrical system shall be served by the normal power source until the normal power sourceis interrupted or drops below a predetermined voltage level. Settings of the sensors shall be determinedby careful study of the voltage requirements of the load.

6.7.6.5.1.1

Failure of the normal source shall automatically start the alternate source generator after a short delay, asdescribed in 6.7.2.2.5.4. When the alternate power source has attained a voltage and frequency thatsatisfies minimum operating requirements of the essential electrical system, the load shall be connectedautomatically to the alternate power source.

6.7.6.5.2

All ac-powered support and accessory equipment necessary to the operation of the EPS shall be suppliedfrom the load side of the automatic transfer switch(es), or the output terminals of the EPS, ahead of themain EPS overcurrent protection to ensure continuity of the EPSS operation and performance.[110:7.12.5]

6.7.6.5.3

Upon connection of the alternate power source, the loads comprising the life safety and equipmentbranches shall be automatically re-energized. The loads comprising the equipment branch shall beconnected either automatically after a time delay, as described in 6.7.2.2.5.6, or nonautomatically and insuch a sequential manner as not to overload the generator.

6.7.6.5.4

When the normal power source is restored, and after a time delay as described in 6.7.2.2.5.7, theautomatic transfer switches shall disconnect the alternate source of power and connect the loads to thenormal power source. The alternate power source generator set shall continue to run unloaded for a presettime delay as described in 6.7.2.2.5.9.

6.7.6.5.5


6.7.6.5.6


6.7.6.5.7


6.7.6.6 Administration (Type 2 EES).

6.7.6.6.1 Maintenance and Testing of Essential Electrical System.

6.7.6.6.1.1 Maintenance and Testing of Alternate Power Source and Transfer Switches.

(A) Maintenance of Alternate Power Source.

The generator set or other alternate power source and associated equipment, including all appurtenanceparts, shall be so maintained as to be capable of supplying service within the shortest time practicable andwithin the 10-second interval specified in 6.7.1.2.5 and 6.7.5.3.1.

(B) Inspection and Testing.

Generator sets shall be inspected and tested in accordance with 6.7.4.1.1.4.

6.7.6.6.1.2 Maintenance and Testing of Circuitry.

Circuitry shall be maintained and tested in accordance with 6.7.4.1.2.


Batteries shall be maintained in accordance with 6.7.4.1.2.3.


123 of 202 8/18/2016 1:04 PM

6.7.6.6.2 Record Keeping.






This Public Comment appeared as CC Note No. 23 in the First Draft Report.The Correlating Committee directs HEA-ELS to review all uses of the term “primary power supply” and determine if “normal power source” is more appropriate. The TC should attempt to be as consistent as possible. It is recognized that many instances are in extracts from NFPA 110 which cannot be changed. The TC should consider an annex note to clarify the difference in terms.

Related Item

Correlating Committee Note No. 23-NFPA 99-2015 [Chapter 6]




Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:


Committee Statement

CommitteeAction:

Unknown Reason

Resolution: The committee has reviewed the use and has found that all of the references that use thatlanguage are extracted from NFPA 110 and therefore cannot be modified by this document. Thecommittee is not aware of instances where the differences in terms have caused confusion. Input toNFPA 110 might be a better solution to resolve the conflict.


124 of 202 8/18/2016 1:04 PM


6.2.3 Thermal. (Reserved)





NOTE: This Public Comment appeared as CC Note No. 24 in the First Draft Report on First Revision Nos. 4, 30, 9, and is also related to Public Input Nos. 390, 389, 392, and 394.The Correlating Committee directs HEA-ELS to identify the requirements in FRs 4, 30, 9 (or portions based on PIs 390, 389, 392, and 394) as either performance or installation requirements. If found to be installation requirements, the TC must either extract directly from NFPA 70 or leave the installation requirements out of NFPA 99.

Related Item

Public Input No. 390-NFPA 99-2015 [New Section after A.6.1]

Public Input No. 389-NFPA 99-2015 [New Section after 6.2.3]

Public Input No. 392-NFPA 99-2015 [Section No. 6.3.2.2.7.1]



First Revision No. 30-NFPA 99-2015 [Section No. 6.3.2.2.2.4]





Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:


Committee Statement

CommitteeAction:

Rejected

Resolution: There is no need to change the FRs which were made. They were added to align NEC and NFPA99 and were only considered "similar" to language because of the Manual of Style and the fact thatthe input was based on proposed language of the 2017 edition of the NEC.


125 of 202 8/18/2016 1:04 PM


6.3.2.2.7 Clinical Laboratories.

Outlets with two to four receptacles, or an equivalent multioutlet assembly, shall be installed every 0.5 m to1.0 m (1.6 ft to 3.3 ft) in instrument usage areas, and either installation shall be at least 80 mm (3.15 in.)above the countertop.





This Public Comment appeared as CC Note No. 28 in the First Draft Report.The Correlating Committee directs HEA-ELS to either add an annex note or a definition for clinical laboratory (see 6.3.2.2.7) to assist the user in understanding the type of space this section is meant to apply.

Related Item

Correlating Committee Note No. 28-NFPA 99-2015 [Section No. 6.3.2.2.6]




Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:


Committee Statement

CommitteeAction:



Statement: An annex note has been added for clinical laboratory as directed by the Correlating Committee inorder to assist the user in understanding the type of space this section is meant to apply.


126 of 202 8/18/2016 1:04 PM


6.3.2.3.6

In existing construction, the requirements of 6.3.2.3.1 shall not be required when a written inspectionprocedure, acceptable to the authority having jurisdiction, is performed by a designated individual at thehospital to indicate that equipment grounding conductors for 120-V, single-phase, 15-A and 20-Areceptacles; equipment connected by cord and plug; and fixed electrical equipment are installed andmaintained in accordance with NFPA 70 and the applicable performance requirements of this chapter.

(A)

The procedure shall include electrical continuity tests of all required equipment, grounding conductors, andtheir connections.

(B)

Fixed receptacles, equipment connected by cord and plug, and fixed electrical equipment shall be testedas follows:








NOTE: This Public Comment appeared as CC Note No. 27 in the First Draft Report and is related to Public Input No. 44

The Correlating Committee directs HEA-ELS to re-address PI 44. The CC agrees with the submitter that electrical equipment connected by cord and plug as well as fixed electrical equipment are under the jurisdiction of HEA-MED. Chapter 10 includes adequate requirements for testing and maintenance in all locations, including wet procedure locations. While they do not conflict now, maintaining these requirements in two different chapters creates the potential for conflict in future revisions. The TC should include language here referencing to Chapter 10 rather than piecing together requirements as is currently done.

Related Item

Public Input No. 44-NFPA 99-2015 [Section No. 6.3.2.2.8.5 [Excluding any Sub-Sections]]




Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:


Committee Statement


127 of 202 8/18/2016 1:04 PM

CommitteeAction:


Resolution: SR-5-NFPA 99-2016. A reference to Chapter 10 has been added to this section. Chapter 10 hasthe jurisdiction and requirements for properly maintaining electrical equipment connected by cordand plug. This Section is merely an allowance to not protect a wet procedure location in existingbuildings under certain circumstances. This is in the purview of HEA-ELS.

Statement: A reference to Chapter 10 has been added to this section. Chapter 10 has the jurisdiction andrequirements for properly maintaining electrical equipment connected by cord and plug.


128 of 202 8/18/2016 1:04 PM


6.5.2

Category 2 spaces served by a Type 2 EES shall be served by circuits from an equipment branch panel(s)served from a single automatic transfer switch and a minimum of one circuit served by the normal powerdistribution system or by a system originating from a second equipment branch automatic transfer switch.





This Public Comment appeared as CC Note No. 25 in the First Draft Report.The Correlating Committee directs HEA-ELS to ensure that Category 2 spaces served by a Type 1 EES are adequately addressed in this group of requirements. The language currently addressed Category 1 spaces (6.4.2) as well as Category 2 spaces served by a Type 2 EES (6.5.2).

Related Item

Correlating Committee Note No. 25-NFPA 99-2015 [New Section after 6.3.2.2.1.2]




Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:


Committee Statement

CommitteeAction:



Statement: This section has been revised to address situations where a Category 2 space is served by aType 1 EES. Where this is the case, the space can be served by either critical or equipmentbranch transfer switch.

Where a Category 2 space is served by a Type 2 EES, it will require to be served from at leastone equipment branch transfer switch.


129 of 202 8/18/2016 1:04 PM


Surge Protective Devices (SPDs)

This is a new section after 6. 7.2.3.7:

6.7.2.3.8 Surge Protective Devices (SPDs)

6.7.2.3.8.1 The primary circuits of branches for Type 1 EES serving Category 1 spaces shall be protectedby surge protective devices (SPD) Type 1 or Type 2.

.


This Public Comment addresses the concerns expressed by the Technical Committee on PI 62. The submitter did not recognize at PI 62 that Type 3 SPDs might have been encompassed. This further revision narrows the SPDs to those intended for electrical distribution (SPD Type 1 or SPD Type 2) such as for panelboards. The submitter referenced that this will substantially improve reliability and longevity of patient care equipment

Related Item



Submitter Full Name: Kenneth Brown

Organization: Leviton

Affilliation: Leviton

Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:

Submittal Date: Wed Apr 20 09:17:05 EDT 2016

Committee Statement

CommitteeAction:

Rejected

Resolution: While additional technical material was provided and Type 3 SPDs were excluded, there was stillnot substantial justification provided to refute the committee's original comments and concernsoutlined in the committee statement for PI 62.


130 of 202 8/18/2016 1:04 PM



The wiring of the life safety and critical branches shall be mechanically protected by raceways, as definedin NFPA 70 in accordance with 517.30 of NFPA 70, National Electrical Code .


SubstantiationChanging raceways to wiring methods best reflects the requirements of NFPA 70. Currently 517.30(C)(3) allows power cords and cables without raceways. This is also a companion public input to a NFPA 70 public input to allow Type MC cable to be installed in life safety and critical branch circuits that provides crush, impact, and penetration circuit protection performance comparable to electrical metallic tubing.

Related Item



Submitter Full Name: Charles Mercier

Organization: Southwire Company

Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:

Submittal Date: Tue Apr 19 16:25:44 EDT 2016

Committee Statement

CommitteeAction:

Rejected

Resolution: The requirement as currently stated requires protection in raceways in accordance with NFPA 70.The requirements of 517 apply regardless based on other references. The technical committeeunderstands that the NEC Correlating Committee has a task group established to look at thisspecific issue. The results and decision from that task group should be finalized before action istaken by this committee.


131 of 202 8/18/2016 1:04 PM



The wiring of the life safety and critical branches shall

be mechanically protected by raceways, as defined in NFPA 70 .

meet the requirements of Article 517 NFPA 70, National Electrical Code


NFPA 70 517.30(C)(3) wiring methods of these systems shall comply with the requirements of 517.13(A) and (B) which allows use of cables that meet the construction criteria of 250.118. Mechanical protection of these systems is achieved by proper installations per the governing wiring methods from Chapter 3 of the National Electrical Code or by use of approved metal plates per Article 300.4 and NEMA. The difference between the Normal and Essential Systems is only by use of a secondary source for the Essential Systems and not the physical location of where the wiring methods are being installed (typically ceilings and walls where wiring methods are considered to be located in an ordinary location- not subject to physical damage).

Related Item



Submitter Full Name: Elva Lynch

Organization: Sturgeon Electric Company Inc.

Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:

Submittal Date: Thu Apr 21 10:18:12 EDT 2016

Committee Statement

CommitteeAction:

Rejected

Resolution: The requirement as currently stated requires protection in raceways in accordance with NFPA 70.The requirements of 517 apply regardless based on other references. The technical committeeunderstands that the NEC Correlating Committee has a task group established to look at thisspecific issue. The results and decision from that task group should be finalized before action istaken by this committee.


132 of 202 8/18/2016 1:04 PM



6.7.6. 1 Sources (Type 2 EES) .

The requirements for sources for Type

6.7.6.2.1.1 2

essential electrical systems shall conform to those listed in 6.7.1 .

6.7.6.2 Distribution (Type 2 EES).

6.7.6.2.1 General.

The distribution requirements for Type 2 essential electrical systems shall conform to those listed in6.7.2.2 .

* Coordination.

(A)


(B)




6.7.6.2.2 * Branches.

6.7.6.2.2.1

The number of transfer switches to be used shall be based upon reliability, design, and load considerations.

6.7.6.2.2.2

The essential electrical system shall be divided into the following two branches:



6.7.6.2.2.3


6.7.6.2.2.4


6.7.6.2.2.5 Life Safety Branch.

(A)

For the purposes of this code, Article 700 of NFPA 70 shall only be applied to the life safety branch.


133 of 202 8/18/2016 1:04 PM

(B)




(3) 700.17 Branch Circuits for Emergency Lighting. Branch circuits that supply emergency lighting shall beinstalled to provide service from a source complying with 700.12 when the normal supply for lighting isinterrupted or where single circuits supply luminaires containing secondary batteries.


(C)





(a) Fire alarms

(b) Alarms required for systems used for the piping of nonflammable medical gases as specified inChapter 5

(4)



(D)

No functions, other than those listed in 6.7.6.2.2.5(C)(1) through 6.7.6.2.2.5(C)(6), shall be connected tothe life safety.

6.7.6.2.2.6 Equipment Branch.

(A)

The equipment branch shall be installed and connected to the alternate power source such that equipmentlisted in 6.7.6.2.2.6(C) is automatically restored to operation at appropriate time-lag intervals following therestoration of the life safety branch to operation.

(B)

The equipment branch arrangement shall also provide for the additional connection of equipment listed in6.7.6.2.2.6(D).

(C) AC Equipment for Nondelayed-Automatic Connection.

Generator accessories including, but not limited to, the transfer fuel pump, electrically operated louvers,and other generator accessories essential for generator operation shall be arranged for automaticconnection to the alternate power source.

* Communications systems, where used for issuing instructions during emergency conditions


134 of 202 8/18/2016 1:04 PM

(D) Delayed-Automatic Connections to Equipment Branch.

The following equipment shall be permitted to be connected to the equipment branch and shall be arrangedfor delayed-automatic connection to the alternate power source:





(d) Nurses’ stations — unless adequately lighted by corridor luminaires


(3) Sump pumps and other equipment required to operate for the safety of major apparatus andassociated control systems and alarms




(7) HVAC systems serving the EF, TER, and TR

(E) * Delayed-Automatic or Manual Connections to Equipment Branch.

The equipment in 6.7.6.2.2.6(E)(1) and 6.7.6.2.2.6(E)(2) shall be permitted to be connected to theequipment branch and shall be arranged for either delayed-automatic or manual connection to the alternatepower source:

(1) Heating Equipment to Provide Heating for General Patient Rooms. Heating of general patient roomsduring disruption of the normal source shall not be required under any of the following conditions:

(a)

(b) The outside design temperature is lower than −6.7°C ( + 20°F) and, where a selected room(s) isprovided for the needs of all confined patients, then only such room(s) need be heated.

(c) The facility is served by a dual source of normal power. See A.6.7.1.1 for more information.

(2)

(3) Optional Connections to the Equipment Branch. Additional illumination, receptacles, and equipmentshall be permitted to be connected only to the equipment branch.

(4) Multiple Systems. Where one switch serves multiple systems as permitted in 6.7.6.2, transfer for allloads shall be nondelayed automatic.


6.7.6.3.1 * Separation from Other Circuits.

The life safety and equipment branches shall be kept entirely independent of all other wiring andequipment.

6.7.6.3.2 * Receptacles.

The electrical receptacles or the cover plates for the electrical receptacles supplied from the life safety andequipment branches shall have a distinctive color or marking so as to be readily identifiable.


6.7.6.4.1 Source

The life safety and equipment branches shall be installed and connected to the alternate source of powerspecified in 6.7.1.2.2 and 6.7.1.2.3 so that all functions specified herein for the life safety and equipmentbranches are automatically restored to operation within 10 seconds after interruption of the normal source.

6.7.6.5 Other.

* The outside design temperature is higher than −6.7°C ( + 20°F).

* Elevator Service. In instances where interruptions of power would result in elevators stoppingbetween floors, throw-over facilities shall be provided to allow the temporary operation of any elevatorfor the release of passengers.


135 of 202 8/18/2016 1:04 PM

6.7.6.5.1 Transfer Switches.

The essential electrical system shall be served by the normal power source until the normal power sourceis interrupted or drops below a predetermined voltage level. Settings of the sensors shall be determined bycareful study of the voltage requirements of the load.

6.7.6.5.1.1

Failure of the normal source shall automatically start the alternate source generator after a short delay, asdescribed in 6.7.2.2.5.4 . When the alternate power source has attained a voltage and frequency thatsatisfies minimum operating requirements of the essential electrical system, the load shall be connectedautomatically to the alternate power source.

6.7.6.5.2

All ac-powered support and accessory equipment necessary to the operation of the EPS shall be suppliedfrom the load side of the automatic transfer switch(es), or the output terminals of the EPS, ahead of themain EPS overcurrent protection to ensure continuity of the EPSS operation and performance.[ 110: 7.12.5]

6.7.6.5.3

Upon connection of the alternate power source, the loads comprising the life safety and equipmentbranches shall be automatically re-energized. The loads comprising the equipment branch shall beconnected either automatically after a time delay, as described in 6.7.2.2.5.6 , or nonautomatically and insuch a sequential manner as not to overload the generator.

6.7.6.5.4

When the normal power source is restored, and after a time delay as described in 6.7.2.2.5.7 , theautomatic transfer switches shall disconnect the alternate source of power and connect the loads to thenormal power source. The alternate power source generator set shall continue to run unloaded for a presettime delay as described in 6.7.2.2.5.9 .

6.7.6.5.5


6.7.6.5.6


6.7.6.5.7





(A) Maintenance of Alternate Power Source.

The generator set or other alternate power source and associated equipment, including all appurtenanceparts, shall be so maintained as to be capable of supplying service within the shortest time practicable andwithin the 10-second interval specified in 6.7.1.2.5 and 6.7.5.3.1 .

(B) Inspection and Testing.

Generator sets shall be inspected and tested in accordance with 6.7.4.1.1.4 .


Circuitry shall be maintained and tested in accordance with 6.7.4.1.2 .


Batteries shall be maintained in accordance with 6.7.4.1.2.3 .


136 of 202 8/18/2016 1:04 PM

6.7.6.6.2 Record Keeping.




99_re-organization_2_-_For_Public_Input_Proposal.docx

Original Public Input document for reorganization of Chapter 6.


Some of text that was intended to be deleted as part of the reorganization of Chapter 6 is still being shown in the First Draft. Specifically, items under 6.7.6 Type 2 Essential Electrical Systems were marked for deletion because they are already covered under 6.7 for the general requirements for all Essential Electrical Systems (regardless of whether Type 1 or 2). Those items are redundant and need to be removed from the First Revision.

Related Item

Public Input No. 412-NFPA 99-2015 [Global Input]


Submitter Full Name: Chris Finen

Organization: Eaton Corporation

Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:


Committee Statement

CommitteeAction:


Resolution: SR-2-NFPA 99-2016 Also see SRs 9-13

Statement: This revision is one of a series of revisions meant to improve the reorganization of Chapter 6. Thedraft form allowed for review of the new layout and deletion of redundant requirements as well asconsolidation of requirements to appropriate sections.


137 of 202 8/18/2016 1:04 PM

6.1 Applicability

6.1.1 Electrical Installation. Installation shall be in accordance with NFPA 70, National Electrical Code.

6.1.2 This chapter shall apply to new health care facilities as specified in Section 1.3.

6.1.3The following paragraphs of this chapter shall apply to new and existing health care facilities:

(1) 6.3.2.2.4.2

(2) 6.3.2.2.6.1

(3) 6.3.2.2.6.2(F)

(4) 6.3.2.2.8.5(B)(2)and (3)

(5) 6.3.2.2.8.7

(6) 6.3.4

(7) 6.4.1.1.18.7

(8) 6.4.2.2.6.2(C)

(9) 6.4.2.2.6.3

(10) 6.4.4

(11) 6.5.4

6.1.4 Paragraph 6.3.2.2.2.3 shall apply only to existing facilities.

6.2 Nature of Hazards

6.2.1* Fire and Explosions.

6.2.2 Shock. (RESERVED)

6.2.3 Thermal. (RESERVED)

6.3 Common Performance Requirements

6.3.1 Sources Each health care appliance requiring electrical line power for operation shall be

supported by power sources that provide power adequate for each service.

6.3.1.1 Power/Utility Company. (Reserved)

6.3.1.2 On-Site Generator Set. (Reserved)

6.3.2 Distribution

6.3.2.1* Distribution system arrangements shall be designed to minimize interruptions to the electrical

systems due to internal failures by the use of adequately rated equipment.

6.3.2.2 Receptacles.

6.3.2.2.1* Types of Receptacles.

(A) Each power receptacle shall provide at least one separate, highly dependable grounding pole

capable of maintaining low-contact resistance with its mating plug, despite electrical and mechanical

abuse. The grounding terminal of each receptacle shall be connected to the reference grounding point

by means of an insulated copper equipment grounding conductor.

(B) Special receptacles, such as the following, shall be permitted:

(1) Four-pole units providing an extra pole for redundant grounding or ground continuity

monitoring

(2) Locking-type receptacles

(3) Where required for reduction of electrical noise on the grounding circuit, receptacles in

which the grounding terminals are purposely insulated from the receptacle yoke

(C) All single, duplex, or quadruplex type receptacles, or any combination thereof, located at patent

bed locations in Category 1 spaces shall be listed hospital grade.

6.3.2.2.2 Minimum Number of Receptacles. The number of receptacles shall be determined by the

intended use of the spaces in accordance with 6.3.2.2.6.2(A) through 6.3.2.2.6.2(F).

(A) Receptacles for Patient Bed Locations in Category 2 Spaces. Each patient bed location shall be

provided with a minimum of eight receptacles. They shall be permitted to be of the locking or

nonlocking type, single, duplex, or quadruplex type, or any combination of the three. All receptacles

shall be listed hospital grade.

(B) Receptacles for Patient Bed Locations in Category 1 Spaces. Each patient bed location shall be

provided with a minimum of 14 receptacles. They shall be permitted to be of the locking or nonlocking

type, single, duplex, or quadruplex type, or any combination of the three. All receptacles shall be listed

hospital grade.

(C) Receptacles for Operating Rooms. Operating rooms shall be provided with a minimum of 36

receptacles. They shall be permitted to be of the locking or nonlocking type, single, duplex, or

quadruplex type, or any combination of the three. All receptacles shall be listed hospital grade.

(D) Receptacles for Bathrooms or Toilets. Receptacles shall not be required in bathrooms or toilet

rooms.

(E) Receptacles for Special Rooms. Receptacles shall not be required in rooms where medical

requirements mandate otherwise (e.g., certain psychiatric, pediatric, or hydrotherapy rooms).

(F) Designated Pediatric Locations. Receptacles that are located within the patient rooms, bathrooms,

playrooms, and activity rooms of pediatric units or spaces with similar risk as determined by the

governing body, other than nurseries, shall be listed tamper-resistant or shall employ a listed tamper-

resistant cover.

6.3.2.2.3 Polarity of Receptacles. Each receptacle shall be wired in accordance with NFPA 70, National

Electrical Code, to ensure correct polarity.

6.3.2.2.4 Other Services Receptacles. Receptacles provided for other services having different voltages,

frequencies, or types on the same premises shall be of such design that attachment plugs and caps used

in such receptacles cannot be connected to circuits of a different voltage, frequency, or type, but shall

be interchangeable within each classification and rating required for two-wire, 125-V, single-phase ac

service.

6.3.2.2.5* Use of Isolated Ground Receptacles.

(A) An isolated ground receptacle, if used, shall not defeat the purposes of the safety features of the

grounding systems detailed herein.

(B) An isolated ground receptacle shall not be installed within a patient care vicinity.

6.3.2.2.6 Special-Purpose Outlets. Branch circuits serving only special-purpose outlets or receptacles

(e.g., portable X-ray receptacles) shall not be required to conform to the requirements of 6.3.2.2.1.2.

6.3.2.2.7 Laboratories. Outlets with two to four receptacles, or an equivalent power strip, shall be

installed every 0.5 m to 1.0 m (1.6 ft to 3.3 ft) in instrument usage areas, and either installation shall be

at least 80 mm (3.15 in.) above the countertop.

6.3.2.3 Wet Procedure Locations.

6.3.2.3.1 Wet procedure locations shall be provided with special protection against electric shock.

6.3.2.3. This special protection shall be provided as follows:

(1) Power distribution system that inherently limits the possible ground-fault current due to a first fault

to a low value, without interrupting the power supply

(2) Power distribution system in which the power supply is interrupted if the ground-fault current does,

in fact, exceed the trip value of a Class A GFCI

6.3.2.3.3 Patient beds, toilets, bidets, and wash basins shall not be required to be considered wet

procedure locations.

6.3.2.3.4*Operating rooms shall be considered to be a wet procedure location, unless a risk assessment

conducted by the health care governing body determines otherwise.

6.3.2.3.5 In existing construction, the requirements of 6.3.2.2.8.1 shall not be required when a written

inspection procedure, acceptable to the authority having jurisdiction, is performed by a designated

individual at the hospital to indicate that equipment grounding conductors for 120-V, single-phase, 15-A

and 20-A receptacles; equipment connected by cord and plug; and fixed electrical equipment are

installed and maintained in accordance with NFPA 70, National Electrical Code, and the applicable

performance requirements of this chapter.

(A) The procedure shall include electrical continuity tests of all required equipment, grounding

conductors, and their connections.

(B) Fixed receptacles, equipment connected by cord and plug, and fixed electrical equipment shall be

tested as follows:




6.3.2.3.6 The use of an isolated power system (IPS) shall be permitted as a protective means capable of

limiting ground-fault current without power interruption. When installed, such a power system shall

conform to the requirements of 6.3.2.6.

6.3.2.3.7* Operating rooms defined as wet procedure locations shall be protected by either isolated

power or ground-fault circuit interrupters.

6.3.2.3.8 Where GFCI protection is used in an operating room, one of the following shall apply:

(1) Each receptacle shall be an individual GFCI device.

(2) Each receptacle shall be individually protected by a single GFCI device.

6.3.2.4 Isolated Power.

6.3.2.4.1 An isolated power system shall not be required to be installed in any patient care space, except

as specified in 6.3.2.2.8.

6.3.2.4.2 The system shall be permitted to be installed where it conforms to the performance

requirements specified in 6.3.2.6.

6.3.2.5 Circuits. Branch circuit wiring 600 V or less shall comply with the requirements in 6.3.2.2.1.1

through 6.3.2.2.1.4.

6.2.3.5.1 Branch circuits serving a given patient bed location shall be fed from not more than one normal

branch-circuit distribution panel.

6.2.3.5.2 When required, branch circuits serving a given patient bed location shall be permitted to be

fed from more than one critical branch-circuit distribution panel.

6.3.2.3.5.3

(A) Only authorized personnel shall have access to overcurrent protective devices serving Category 1

and Category 2 spaces.

(B) Overcurrent protective devices serving Category 1 and Category 2 spaces shall not be permitted to

be located in public access spaces.

(C) Where used in locations such as in Category 1 spaces, isolated power panels shall be permitted in

those locations.

6.3.2.5.4 Low-voltage wiring shall comply with either of the following:

(1) Fixed systems of 30 V (dc or ac rms) or less shall be permitted to be ungrounded, provided that the

insulation between each ungrounded conductor and the primary circuit, which is supplied from a

conventionally grounded distribution system, is the same protection as required for the primary voltage.

(2) A grounded low-voltage system shall be permitted, provided that load currents are not carried in

the grounding conductors.

6.3.2.6 Grounding

6.3.2.6.1 Grounding requirements shall comply with the requirements in 6.3.2.2.2.1 through 6.3.2.2.2.4.

6.3.2.6.1.1 Grounding Circuitry Integrity. Grounding circuits and conductors in patient care spaces shall

be installed in such a way that the continuity of other parts of those circuits cannot be interrupted nor

the resistance raised above an acceptable level by the installation, removal, and replacement of any

installed equipment, including power receptacles.

6.3.2.6.1.2 Reliability of Grounding. The grounding conductor shall conform to NFPA 70, National

Electrical Code.

6.3.2.6.1.3 Separate Grounding Conductor. When existing construction does not have a separate

grounding conductor, the continued use of the system shall be permitted, provided that it meets the

performance requirements in 6.3.3.1.

6.3.2.6.1.4 Metal Receptacle Boxes. Where metal receptacle boxes are used, the performance of the

connection between the receptacle grounding terminal and the metal box shall be equivalent to the

performance provided by copper wire no smaller than 12 AWG.

6.3.2.6.1.5 Grounding Interconnects. In patient care spaces supplied by the normal distribution system

and any branch of the essential electrical system, the grounding system of the normal distribution

system and that of the essential electrical system shall be interconnected.

6.3.2.6.2 Patient Equipment Grounding Point. A patient equipment grounding point comprising one or

more grounding terminals or jacks shall be permitted in an accessible location in the patient care

vicinity.

6.3.2.6.3* Special Grounding in Patient Care Rooms. In addition to the grounding required to meet the

performance requirements of 6.3.3.1, additional grounding shall be permitted where special

circumstances so dictate.

6.3.2.7 Battery-Powered Lighting Units.

6.3.2.7.1 One or more battery-powered lighting units shall be provided within locations where deep

sedation and general anesthesia is administered.

6.3.2.7.2 The lighting level of each unit shall be sufficient to terminate procedures intended to be

performed within the operating room.

6.3.2.7.3 The sensor for units shall be wired to the branch circuit(s) serving general lighting within the

room.

6.3.2.7.4 Units shall be capable of providing lighting for 11⁄2 hours.

6.3.2.7.5 Units shall be tested monthly for 30 seconds, and annually for 30 minutes.

6.3.2.8 Laboratories

6.3.2.9 Other Non-Patient Care Areas (RESERVED)

6.3.2.10 Ground Fault Protection

6.3.2.10.1 Applicability. The requirements of 6.3.2.5.2 shall apply to hospitals and other buildings

housing Category 1 spaces or utilizing life-support equipment and buildings that provide essential

utilities or services for the operation of Category 1 spaces or electrical life-support equipment.

6.3.2.10.3 When ground-fault protection is provided for operation of the service or feeder disconnecting

means, an additional step of ground-fault protection shall be provided in the next level of feeder

downstream toward the load.

6.3.2.10.2 Ground-fault protection for operation of the service and feeder disconnecting means shall be

fully selective such that the downstream device and not the upstream device shall open for downstream

ground faults.

6.3.2.10.4 Protection against Ground Faults.

6.3.2.10.4.1 Equipment Protection. The main and downstream ground-fault protective devices (where

required) shall be coordinated as required in 6.3.2.5.

6.3.2.10.4.2 Personnel Protection. If used, ground-fault circuit interrupters (GFCIs) shall be listed.

6.3.2.11 Isolated Power Systems

6.3.2.11.1 Isolation Transformer.

6.3.2.11.1.1 The isolation transformer shall be listed and approved for the purpose.

6.3.2.11.1.2 The primary winding shall be connected to a power source so that it is not energized with

more than 600 V (nominal).

(A) If present, the neutral of the primary winding shall be grounded in an approved manner.

(B) If an electrostatic shield is present, it shall be connected to the reference grounding point.

6.3.2.11.1.3 Wiring of isolated power systems shall be in accordance with 517.160 of NFPA 70, National

Electrical Code.

6.3.2.11.2 Impedance of Isolated Wiring.

6.3.2.11.2.1* The impedance (capacitive and resistive) to ground of either conductor of an isolated

system shall exceed 200,000 ohms when installed. The installation at this point shall include receptacles

but is not required to include lighting fixtures or components of fixtures. This value shall be determined

by energizing the system and connecting a low-impedance ac milliammeter (0 to 1 mA scale) between

the reference grounding point and either conductor in sequence. This test shall be permitted to be

performed with the line isolation monitor (see 6.3.2.6.3) connected, provided that the connection

between the line isolation monitor and the reference grounding point is open at the time of the test.

After the test is made, the milliammeter shall be removed and the grounding connection of the line

isolation monitor shall be restored. When the installation is completed, including permanently

connected fixtures, the reading of the meter on the line isolation monitor, which corresponds to the

unloaded line condition, shall be made. This meter reading shall be recorded as a reference for

subsequent line impedance evaluation. This test shall be conducted with no phase conductors

grounded.

6.3.2.11.2.2 An approved capacitance suppressor shall be permitted to be used to improve the

impedance of the permanently installed isolated system; however, the resistive impedance to ground of

each isolated conductor of the system shall be at least 1 megohm prior to the connection of the

suppression equipment. Capacitance suppressors shall be installed so as to prevent inadvertent

disconnection during normal use.

6.3.2.11.3 Line Isolation Monitor.

6.3.2.11.3.1* In addition to the usual control and protective devices, each isolated power system shall

be provided with an approved, continually operating line isolation monitor that indicates possible

leakage or fault currents from either isolated conductor to ground.

6.3.2.11.3.2 The monitor shall be designed such that a green signal lamp, conspicuously visible in the

area where the line isolation monitor is utilized, remains lighted when the system is adequately isolated

from ground; and an adjacent red signal lamp and an audible warning signal (remote if desired) shall be

energized when the total hazard current (consisting of possible resistive and capacitive leakage currents)

from either isolated conductor to ground reaches a threshold value of 5.0 mA under normal line voltage

conditions. The line isolation monitor shall not alarm for a fault hazard current of less than 3.7 mA.

6.3.2.11.3.3* The line isolation monitor shall comply with either of the following:

(1) It shall have sufficient internal impedance such that, when properly connected to the isolated

system, the maximum internal current that will flow through the line isolation monitor, when any point

of the isolated system is grounded, shall be 1 mA.

(2) It shall be permitted to be of the low-impedance type such that the current through the line

isolation monitor, when any point of the isolated system is grounded, will not exceed twice the alarm

threshold value for a period not exceeding 5 milliseconds.

6.3.2.11.3.4* An ammeter connected to indicate the total hazard current of the system (contribution

of the fault hazard current plus monitor hazard current) shall be mounted in a plainly visible place on

the line isolation monitor with the “alarm on” zone (total hazard current = 5.0 mA) at approximately the

center of the scale. A line isolation monitor shall be located in the operating room.

6.3.2.11.3.5 Means shall be provided for shutting off the audible alarm while leaving the red warning

lamp activated. When the fault is corrected and the green signal lamp is reactivated, the audible alarm-

silencing circuit shall reset automatically, or an audible or distinctive visual signal shall indicate that the

audible alarm is silenced.

6.3.2.11.3.6 A reliable test switch shall be mounted on the line isolation monitor to test its capability

to operate (i.e., cause the alarms to operate and the meter to indicate in the “alarm on” zone). This

switch shall transfer the grounding connection of the line isolation monitor from the reference

grounding point to a test impedance arrangement connected across the isolated line; the test

impedance(s) shall be of the appropriate magnitude to produce a meter reading corresponding to the

rated total hazard current at the nominal line voltage, or to a lesser alarm hazard current if the line

isolation monitor is so rated. The operation of this switch shall break the grounding connection of the

line isolation monitor to the reference grounding point before transferring this grounding connector to

the test impedance(s), so that making this test will not add to the hazard of a system in actual use; nor

will the test include the effect of the line-to-ground stray impedance of the system. The test switch shall

be of a self-restoring type.

6.3.2.11.3.7 The line isolation monitor shall not generate energy of sufficient amplitude or

frequency, as measured by a physiological monitor with a gain of at least 104 with a source impedance

of 1000 ohms connected to the balanced differential input of the monitor, to create interference or

artifact on human physiological signals. The output voltage from the amplifier shall not exceed 30 mV

when the gain is 104. The impedance of 1000 ohms shall be connected to the ends of typical unshielded

electrode leads that are a normal part of the cable assembly furnished with physiological monitors. A 60

Hz notch filter shall be used to reduce ambient interference, as is typical in physiological monitor design.

6.3.2.11.4 Identification of Conductors for Isolated (Ungrounded) Systems. The isolated conductors shall

be identified in accordance with 517.160(A)(5) of NFPA 70, National Electrical Code.

6.3.3 Performance Criteria and Testing

6.3.3.1 Grounding System in Patient Care Spaces.

6.3.3.1.1* Grounding System Testing. The effectiveness of the grounding system shall

be determined by voltage measurements and impedance measurements.

6.3.3.1.1.1 For new construction, the effectiveness of the grounding system shall be evaluated before

acceptance.

6.3.3.1.1.2 Small wall-mounted conductive surfaces not likely to become energized, such as surface-

mounted towel and soap dispensers, mirrors, and so forth, shall not be required to be intentionally

grounded or tested.

6.3.3.1.1.3 Large metal conductive surfaces not likely to become energized, such as windows, door

frames, and drains, shall not be required to be intentionally grounded or periodically tested.

6.3.3.1.1.4* Whenever the electrical system has been altered or replaced, that portion of the system

shall be tested.

6.3.3.1.2 Reference Point. The voltage and impedance measurements shall be taken with respect to a

reference point, which shall be one of the following:

(1) Reference grounding point (see Chapter 3)

(2) Grounding point, in or near the room under test, that is electrically remote from receptacles

(e.g., an all-metal cold-water pipe)

(3) Grounding contact of a receptacle that is powered from a different branch circuit from the

receptacle under test

6.3.3.1.3* Voltage Measurements.

6.3.3.1.3.1 The voltage measurements shall be made under no-fault conditions between a reference

point and exposed fixed electrical equipment with conductive surfaces in a patient care vicinity.

6.3.3.1.3.2 The voltage measurements shall be made with an accuracy of ±20 percent.

6.3.3.1.3.3 Voltage measurements for faceplates of wiring devices shall not be required.

6.3.3.1.4* Impedance Measurements. The impedance measurement shall be made with an accuracy of

±20 percent.

6.3.3.1.4.1 For new construction, the impedance measurement shall be made between the

reference point and the grounding contact of 10 percent of all receptacles within the patient care

vicinity.

6.3.3.1.4.2 The impedance measurement shall be the ratio of voltage developed (either 60 Hz or

dc) between the point under test and the reference point to the current applied between these two

points.

6.3.3.1.5 Test Equipment. Electrical safety test instruments shall be tested periodically, but not less than

annually, for acceptable performance.

6.3.3.1.5.1 Voltage measurements specified in 6.3.3.1.3 shall be made with an instrument having an

input resistance of 1000 ohms ±10 percent at frequencies of 1000 Hz or less.

6.3.3.1.5.2 The voltage across the terminals (or between any terminal and ground) of resistance-

measuring instruments used in occupied patient care rooms shall not exceed 500 mV rms or 1.4 dc or

peak to peak.

6.3.3.1.6 Criteria for Acceptability for New Construction.

6.3.3.1.6.1 The voltage limit shall be 20 mV.

6.3.3.1.6.2 The impedance limit shall be 0.2 ohm for systems containing isolated ground receptacles

and 0.1 ohm for all others.

6.3.3.2 Receptacle Testing in Patient Care Spaces.

6.3.3.2.1 The physical integrity of each receptacle shall be confirmed by visual inspection.

6.3.3.2.2 The continuity of the grounding circuit in each electrical receptacle shall be verified.

6.3.3.2.3 Correct polarity of the hot and neutral connections in each electrical receptacle shall be

confirmed.

6.3.3.2.4 The retention force of the grounding blade of each electrical receptacle (except locking-type

receptacles) shall be not less than 115 g (4 oz).

6.3.4.1.1 Where hospital-grade receptacles are required at patient bed locations and in locations where

deep sedation or general anesthesia is administered, testing shall be performed after initial installation,

replacement, or servicing of the device.

6.3.4.1.2 Additional testing of receptacles in patient care spaces shall be performed at intervals defined

by documented performance data.

6.3.4.1.3 Receptacles not listed as hospital-grade, at patient bed locations and in locations where deep

sedation or general anesthesia is administered, shall be tested at intervals not exceeding 12 months.

6.3.3.3 Isolated Power Systems.

6.3.3.3.1 Patient Care Spaces. If installed, the isolated power system shall be tested in accordance with

6.3.3.3.2.

6.3.3.3.2 Line Isolation Monitor Tests. The line isolation monitor (LIM) circuit shall be tested after

installation, and prior to being placed in service, by successively grounding each line of the energized

distribution system through a resistor whose value is 200 × V (ohms), where V equals measured line

voltage. The visual and audible alarms (see 6.3.2.6.3.2) shall be activated.

6.3.3.3.3 The LIM circuit shall be tested at intervals of not more than 1 month by actuating the LIM test

switch (see 6.3.2.6.3.6). For a LIM circuit with automated self-test and self-calibration capabilities, this

test shall be performed at intervals of not more than 12 months. Actuation of the test switch shall

activate both visual and audible alarm indicators.

6.3.3.3.4 After any repair or renovation to an electrical distribution system, the LIM circuit shall be

tested in accordance with 6.3.3.3.2.

6.3.3.4 Ground-Fault Protection Testing. When equipment ground-fault protection is first installed, each

level shall be performance-tested to ensure compliance with 6.3.2.5.

6.3.4 Administration of Electrical System

6.3.4.1 Record Keeping

6.3.4.1.1 A record shall be maintained of the tests required by this chapter and associated repairs or

modification.

6.3.4.1.2 At a minimum, the record shall contain the date, the rooms or areas tested, and an indication

of which items have met, or have failed to meet, the performance requirements of this chapter.

6.3.4.1.3 Isolated Power System (Where Installed). A permanent record shall be kept of the results of

each of the tests.

6.4 Category 1 Spaces

6.4.1 Category 1 spaces shall be served only by a Type 1 EES.

6.4.2 Category 1 spaces shall be served by circuits from a critical branch panel(s) served from a single

automatic transfer switch and a minimum of one circuit served by the normal power distribution system

or by a system originating from a second critical branch automatic transfer switch.

6.4.3 A Type I EES serving a Category 1 space shall be permitted to serve Category 2 spaces in the

same facility.

6.5 Category 2 Spaces

6.5.1 Category 2 spaces shall be served by a Type 1 or Type 2 EES.

6.6 Category 3 and 4 Spaces

6.6.1 Category 3 or Category 4 spaces shall not be required to be served by an EES.

6.7 Essential Electrical Systems

6.7.1 Sources (Type 1 EES).

6.7.1.1* Design Considerations. Dual sources of normal power shall not constitute an alternate source

of power as described in this chapter.

6.7.1.2 On-Site Generator Set.

6.7.1.2.1 Current-sensing devices, phase and ground, shall be selected to minimize the extent of

interruption to the electrical system due to abnormal current caused by overload or short circuits, or

both.

6.7.1.2.2 Essential electrical systems shall have a minimum of the following two independent sources of

power: a normal source generally supplying the entire electrical system and one or more alternate

sources for use when the normal source is interrupted.

6.7.1.2.3 Where the normal source consists of generating units on the premises, the alternate source

shall be either another generating set or an external utility service.

6.7.1.2.4 General. Generator sets installed as an alternate source of power for essential electrical

systems shall be designed to meet the requirements of such service.

6.7.1.2.4.1 Type 1 and Type 2 essential electrical system power sources shall be classified as Type 10,

Class X, Level 1 generator sets per NFPA 110, Standard for Emergency and Standby Power Systems.

6.7.1.2.4.2 Type 3 essential electrical system power sources shall be classified as Type 10, Class X, Level 2

generator sets per NFPA 110, Standard for Emergency and Standby Power Systems.

6.7.1.2.5 Use for Essential Electrical System.

6.7.1.2.5.1 The generating equipment used shall be either reserved exclusively for such service or

normally used for other purposes of peak demand control, internal voltage control, load relief for the

external utility, or cogeneration. If normally used for such other purposes, two or more sets shall be

installed, such that the maximum actual demand likely to be produced by the connected load of the life

safety and critical branches, as well as medical air compressors, medical–surgical vacuum pumps,

electrically operated fire pumps, jockey pumps, fuel pumps, and generator accessories, shall be met by a

multiple generator system, with the largest generator set out of service (not available). The alternate

source of emergency power for illumination and identification of means of egress shall be the essential

electrical system. The alternate power source for fire protection signaling systems shall be the essential

electrical system.

6.7.1.2.5.2 A single generator set that operates the essential electrical system shall be permitted to

be part of the system supplying the other purposes as specified in 6.4.1.1.8.1, provided that any such

use will not decrease the mean period between service overhauls to less than 3 years.

6.7.1.2.5.3* Optional loads shall be permitted to be served by the essential electrical system

generating equipment. Optional loads shall be served by their own transfer means, such that these loads

shall not be transferred onto the generating equipment if the transfer will overload the generating

equipment and shall be shed upon a generating equipment overload. Use of the generating equipment

to serve optional loads shall not constitute “other purposes” as described in 6.4.1.1.8.1 and, therefore,

shall not require multiple generator sets.

6.7.1.2.5.4 Where optional loads include contiguous or same-site facilities not covered in this code,

provisions shall be made to meet the requirements of NFPA 101, Life Safety Code; Article 700 of NFPA

70, National Electrical Code; and other applicable NFPA requirements for emergency egress under load-

shed conditions.

6.7.1.2.6 Work Space or Room.

6.7.1.2.6.1 The EPS shall be installed in a separate room for Level 1 installations. EPSS equipment shall

be permitted to be installed in this room. [110:7.2.1]

(A) The room shall have a minimum 2-hour fire rating or be located in an adequate enclosure located

outside the building capable of resisting the entrance of snow or rain at a maximum wind velocity

required by local building codes. [110:7.2.1.1]

(B) The rooms, enclosures, or separate buildings housing Level 1 or Level 2 EPSS equipment shall be

designed and located to minimize damage from flooding, including that caused by the following:

(1) Flooding resulting from fire fighting

(2) Sewer water backup

(3) Other disasters or occurrences [110:7.2.3]

6.7.1.2.6.2 The EPS equipment shall be installed in a location that permits ready accessibility and a

minimum of 0.9 m (36 in.) from the skid rails' outermost point in the direction of access for inspection,

repair, maintenance, cleaning, or replacement. This requirement shall not apply to units in outdoor

housings. [110:7.2.6]

6.7.1.2.7* Capacity and Rating. The generator set(s) shall have the capacity and rating to meet the

maximum actual demand likely to be produced by the connected load of the essential electrical

system(s).

6.7.1.2.8 Load Pickup. The energy converters shall have the required capacity and response to pick up

and carry the load within the time specified in Table 4.1(b) of NFPA 110, Standard for Emergency and

Standby Power Systems, after loss of primary power.

6.7.1.2.9 Maintenance of Temperature. The EPS shall be heated as necessary to maintain the water

jacket and battery temperature determined by the EPS manufacturer for cold start and load acceptance

for the type of EPSS. [110:5.3.1]

6.7.1.2.10* Heating, Cooling, and Ventilating. With the EPS running at rated load, ventilation airflow

shall be provided to limit the maximum air temperature in the EPS room or the enclosure housing the

unit to the maximum ambient air temperature required by the EPS manufacturer. [110:7.7.1]

6.7.1.2.10.1 Consideration shall be given to all the heat emitted to the EPS equipment room by the

energy converter, uninsulated or insulated exhaust pipes, and other heat-producing equipment.

[110:7.7.1.1]

6.7.1.2.10.2 Air shall be supplied to the EPS equipment for combustion. [110:7.7.2]

(A) For EPS supplying Level 1 EPSS, ventilation air shall be supplied directly from a source outside the

building by an exterior wall opening or from a source outside the building by a 2-hour fire-rated air

transfer system. [110:7.7.2.1]

(B) For EPS supplying Level 1 EPSS, discharge air shall be directed outside the building by an exterior

wall opening or to an exterior opening by a 2-hour fire-rated air transfer system. [110:7.7.2.2]

(C) Fire dampers, shutters, or other self-closing devices shall not be permitted in ventilation openings or

ductwork for supply or return/discharge air to EPS equipment for Level 1 EPSS. [110:7.7.2.3]

6.7.1.2.10.3 Ventilation air supply shall be from outdoors or from a source outside of the building by

an exterior wall opening or from a source outside the building by a 2-hour fire-rated air transfer system.

[110:7.7.3]

6.7.1.2.10.4 Ventilation air shall be provided to supply and discharge cooling air for radiator cooling

of the EPS when running at rated load. [110:7.7.4]

(A) Ventilation air supply and discharge for radiator-cooled EPS shall have a maximum static restriction

of 125 Pa (0.5 in. of water column) in the discharge duct at the radiator outlet. [110:7.7.4.1]

(B) Radiator air discharge shall be ducted outdoors or to an exterior opening by a 2-hour rated air

transfer system. [110:7.7.4.2]

6.7.1.2.10.5 Motor-operated dampers, when used, shall be spring operated to open and motor

closed. Fire dampers, shutters, or other self-closing devices shall not be permitted in ventilation

openings or ductwork for supply or return/discharge air to EPS equipment for Level 1 EPSS. [110:7.7.5]

6.7.1.2.10.6 The ambient air temperature in the EPS equipment room or outdoor housing containing

Level 1 rotating equipment shall be not less than 4.5°C (40°F). [110:5.3.5]

6.7.1.2.10.5 Units housed outdoors shall be heated as specified in 5.3.1 [of NFPA 110, Standard for

Emergency and Standby Power Systems]. [110:7.7.7]

6.7.1.2.10.7 Design of the heating, cooling, and ventilation system for the EPS equipment room shall

include provision for factors including, but not limited to, the following:

(1) Heat

(2) Cold

(3) Dust

(4) Humidity

(5) Snow and ice accumulations around housings

(6) Louvers

(7) Remote radiator fans

(8) Prevailing winds blowing against radiator fan discharge air [110:7.7.7]

6.7.1.2.11 Cranking Batteries. Internal combustion engine cranking batteries shall be in accordance

with the battery requirements of NFPA 110, Standard for Emergency and Standby Power Systems.

6.7.1.2.12 Compressed Air Starting Devices. Other types of stored energy starting systems (except

pyrotechnic) shall be permitted to be used where recommended by the manufacturer of the prime

mover and subject to approval of the authority having jurisdiction, under the following conditions:

(1) Where two complete periods of cranking cycles are completed without replacement of the

stored energy

(2) Where a means for automatic restoration from the emergency source of the stored energy I

s provided

(3) Where the stored energy system has the cranking capacity specified in 5.6.4.2.1 of NFPA

110, Standard for Emergency and Standby Power Systems

(4) Where the stored energy system has a “black start” capability in addition to normal

discharge capability [110:5.6.4.1.2]

6.7.1.2.13 Fuel Supply. The fuel supply for the generator set shall comply with Sections 5.5 and 7.9 of

NFPA 110, Standard for Emergency and Standby Power Systems.

6.7.1.2.14 Requirements for Safety Devices.

6.7.1.2.14.1 Internal Combustion Engines. Internal combustion engines serving generator sets shall be

equipped with the following:

(1) Sensor device plus visual warning device to indicate a water-jacket temperature below that

required in 6.4.1.1.12

(2) Sensor devices plus visual pre-alarm warning device to indicate the following:

(a) High engine temperature (above manufacturer’s recommended safe operating temperature

range)

(b) Low lubricating oil pressure (below manufacturer’s recommended safe operating range)

(c) Low water coolant level

(3) Automatic engine shutdown device plus visual device to indicate that a shutdown took

place due to the following:

(a) Overcrank (failed to start)

(b) Overspeed

(c) Low lubricating oil pressure

(d) Excessive engine temperature

(4) Common audible alarm device to warn that one or more of the pre-alarm or alarm

conditions exist

6.7.1.2.14.2 Safety indications and shutdowns shall be in accordance with Table 6.4.1.1.17.2.

6.7.1.2.15 Alarm Annunciator. A remote annunciator that is storage battery powered shall be provided

to operate outside of the generating room in a location readily observed by operating personnel at a

regular work station (see 700.12 of NFPA 70, National Electrical Code). The annunciator shall be hard-

wired to indicate alarm conditions of the emergency or auxiliary power source as follows:

6.7.1.2.15.1 Individual visual signals shall indicate the following:

(a) When the emergency or auxiliary power source is operating to supply power to load

(b) When the battery charger is malfunctioning

6.7.1.2.15.2 Individual visual signals plus a common audible signal to warn of an engine-generator

alarm condition shall indicate the following:

(a) Low lubricating oil pressure

(b) Low water temperature (below that required in 6.4.1.1.12)

(c) Excessive water temperature

(d) Low fuel when the main fuel storage tank contains less than a 4-hour operating supply

(e) Overcrank (failed to start)

(f) Overspeed

6.7.1.2.15.3* A remote, common audible alarm shall be provided as specified in 6.4.1.1.18.6.

[110:5.6.6]

6.7.1.2.15.4 The following annunciation shall be provided at a minimum:

(1) For Level 1 EPS, local annunciation and facility remote annunciation, or local annunciation

and network remote annunciation

(2) For Level 2 EPS, local annunciation [110:5.6.6.2]

6.7.1.2.15.5 For the purposes of defining the types of annunciation in 6.4.1.1.17.2, the following

shall apply:

(1) Local annunciation is located on the equipment itself or within the same equipment room.

(2) Facility remote annunciation is located on site but not within the room where the

equipment is located.

(3) Network remote annunciation is located off site. [110:5.6.6.3]

6.7.1.2.15.6 An alarm-silencing means shall be provided, and the panel shall include repetitive alarm

circuitry so that, after the audible alarm has been silenced, it reactivates after the fault condition has

been cleared and has to be restored to its normal position to be silenced again. [110:5.6.6.4]

6.7.1.2.15.7 In lieu of the requirement of 5.6.6.4 of NFPA 110, a manual alarm-silencing means shall

be permitted that silences the audible alarm after the occurrence of the alarm condition, provided such

means do not inhibit any subsequent alarms from sounding the audible alarm again without further

manual action. [110:5.6.6.5]

6.7.1.2.15.8 Individual alarm indication to annunciate any of the conditions listed in Table

6.4.1.1.17.2 shall have the following characteristics:

(1) It shall be battery powered.

(2) It shall be visually indicated.

(3) It shall have additional contacts or circuits for a common audible alarm that signals locally

and remotely when any of the itemized conditions occurs.

(4) It shall have a lamp test switch(es) to test the operation of all alarm lamps.

6.7.1.2.15.9 A centralized computer system (e.g., building automation system) shall not be permitted

to be substituted for the alarm annunciator in 6.4.1.1.18 but shall be permitted to be used to

supplement the alarm annunciator.

6.7.1.3 Battery. Battery systems shall meet all requirements of Article 700 of NFPA 70, National

Electrical Code.

6.7.1.4 Fuel Cell Systems. Fuel cell systems shall be permitted to serve as the alternate source for all or

part of an essential electrical system, provided the following conditions apply:

6.7.1.4.1 Installation shall comply with NFPA 853, Standard for Installation of Stationary Fuel Cell Power

Systems.

6.7.1.4.2 N+1 units shall be provided where N units have sufficient capacity to supply the demand load

of the portion of the system served.

6.7.1.4.3 System shall be able to assume loads within 10 seconds of loss of normal power source.

6.7.1.4.4 System shall have a continuing source of fuel supply, together with sufficient on-site fuel

storage for the essential system type.

6.7.1.4.5 A connection shall be provided for a portable diesel generator to supply life safety and critical

portions of the distribution system (if present).

6.7.2* Distribution (Type 1 EES).

6.7.2.1 Design Considerations

6.7.2.1.1 Distribution system arrangements shall be designed to minimize interruptions to the electrical

systems due to internal failures by the use of adequately rated equipment.

6.7.2.1.2 The following factors shall be considered in the design of the distribution system:

(1) Abnormal voltages, such as single phasing of three-phase utilization equipment; switching

or lightning surges, or both; voltage reductions; and so forth

(2) Capability of achieving the fastest possible restoration of any given circuit(s) after clearing a

fault

(3) Effects of future changes, such as increased loading or supply capacity, or both

(4) Stability and power capability of the prime mover during and after abnormal conditions

(5) *Sequence reconnection of loads to avoid large current inrushes that trip overcurrent

devices or overload the generator(s)

(6) Bypass arrangements to allow testing and maintenance of system components that could

not otherwise be maintained without disruption of important hospital functions

7) Effects of any harmonic currents on neutral conductors and equipment

6.7.2.2 General Requirements.

6.7.2.2.1 Electrical characteristics of the transfer switches shall be suitable for the operation of all

functions and equipment they are intended to supply.


6.7.2.2.2.1 Overcurrent protective devices serving the essential electrical system shall be coordinated

for the period of time that a fault’s duration extends beyond 0.1 second.

6.7.2.2.2.2 Coordination shall not be required as follows:

(1) Between transformer primary and secondary overcurrent protective devices, where only

one overcurrent protective device or set of overcurrent protective devices exists on the

transformer secondary


6.7.2.2.3 Switch Rating. The rating of the transfer switches shall be adequate for switching all classes of

loads to be served and for withstanding the effects of available fault currents without contact welding.

6.7.2.2.4 Automatic Transfer Switch. Transfer of all loads shall be accomplished using an automatic

transfer switch(es). Each automatic transfer switch of 600 V or less shall be listed for the purpose and

approved for emergency electrical service (seeNFPA 70, National Electrical Code, Article 700.3) as a

complete assembly.

6.7.2.2.5 Automatic Transfer Switch Features.

6.7.2.2.5.1 Source Monitoring.

6.7.2.2.5.1.1* Undervoltage-sensing devices shall be provided to monitor all ungrounded lines of the

primary source of power as follows:

(1) When the voltage on any phase falls below the minimum operating voltage of any load to

be served, the transfer switch shall automatically initiate engine start and the process of

transfer to the emergency power supply (EPS).

(2) *When the voltage on all phases of the primary source returns to within specified limits for

a designated period of time, the process of transfer back to primary power shall be initiated.

[110:6.2.2.1]

6.7.2.2.5.1.2 Both voltage-sensing and frequency-sensing equipment shall be provided to monitor

one ungrounded line of the EPS. [110:6.2.2.2]

6.7.2.2.5.1.3 Transfer to the EPS shall be inhibited until the voltage and frequency are within a

specified range to handle loads to be served. [110:6.2.2.3]

6.7.2.2.5.1.4 Sensing equipment shall not be required in the transfer switch, provided it is included

with the engine control panel. [110:6.2.2.3.1]

6.7.2.2.5.1.5

6.7.2.2.5.1.6 Frequency-sensing equipment shall not be required for monitoring the public utility

source where used as an EPS, as permitted by 5.1.3 of NFPA 110. [110:6.2.2.3.2]

6.7.2.2.5.2 Interlocking. Mechanical interlocking or an approved alternate method shall prevent the

inadvertent interconnection of the primary power supply and the EPS, or any two separate sources of

power. [110:6.2.3]

6.7.2.2.5.3* Manual Operation. Instruction and equipment shall be provided for safe manual

nonelectric transfer in the event the transfer switch malfunctions. [110:6.2.4]

6.7.2.2.5.4* Time Delay on Starting of EPS. A time-delay device shall be provided to delay starting of the

EPS. The timer shall prevent nuisance starting of the EPS and possible subsequent load transfer in the

event of harmless momentary power dips and interruptions of the primary source. [110:6.2.5]

6.7.2.2.5.5 Time Delay at Engine Control Panel. Time delays shall be permitted to be located at the

engine control panel in lieu of in the transfer switches. [110:6.2.6]

6.7.2.2.5.6 Time Delay on Transfer to EPS. An adjustable time-delay device shall be provided to delay

transfer and sequence load transfer to the EPS to avoid excessive voltage drop when the transfer switch

is installed for Level 1 use. [110:6.2.7]

6.7.2.2.5.6.1 Time Delay Commencement. The time delay shall commence when proper EPS voltage

and frequency are achieved. [110:6.2.7.1]

6.7.2.2.5.6.2 Time Delay at Engine Control Panel. Time delays shall be permitted to be located at the

engine control panel in lieu of in the transfer switches. [110:6.2.7.2]

6.7.2.2.5.7* Time Delay on Retransfer to Primary Source. An adjustable time-delay device with

automatic bypass shall be provided to delay retransfer from the EPS to the primary source of power, and

allow the primary source to stabilize before retransfer of the load. [110:6.2.8]

6.7.2.2.5.8 Time Delay Bypass If EPS Fails. The time delay shall be automatically bypassed if the EPS fails.

[110:6.2.9]

6.7.2.2.5.8.1 The transfer switch shall be permitted to be programmed for a manually initiated

retransfer to the primary source to provide for a planned momentary interruption of the load.

[110:6.2.9.1]

6.7.2.2.5.8.2 If used, the arrangement in 6.2.9.1 of NFPA 110 shall be provided with a bypass feature

to allow automatic retransfer in the event that the EPS fails and the primary source is available.

6.7.2.2.5.9 A minimum time delay of 5 minutes shall be provided for unloaded running of the EPS prior

to shutdown to allow for engine cooldown. [110:6.2.10]

6.7.2.2.5.9.1 The minimum 5-minute delay shall not be required on small (15 kW or less) air-cooled

prime movers. [110:6.2.10.1]

6.7.2.2.5.9.2 A time-delay device shall not be required, provided it is included with the engine control

panel, or if a utility feeder is used as an EPS. [110:6.2.10.2]

6.7.2.2.5.10 Engine Generator Exercising Timer. A program timing device shall be provided to exercise

the EPS as described in Chapter 8 of NFPA 110. [110:6.2.11]

6.7.2.2.5.10.1 Transfer switches shall transfer the connected load to the EPS and immediately return

to primary power automatically in case of the EPS failure. [110:6.2.11.1]

6.7.2.2.5.10.2 Exercising timers shall be permitted to be located at the engine control panel in lieu of

in the transfer switches. [110:6.2.11.2]

6.7.2.2.5.10.3 A program timing device shall not be required in health care facilities that provide

scheduled testing in accordance with NFPA 99, Health Care Facilities Code. [110:6.2.11.3]

6.7.2.2.5.11 Test Switch. A test means shall be provided on each automatic transfer switch (ATS) that

simulates failure of the primary power source and then transfers the load to the EPS. [110:6.2.12]

6.7.2.2.5.12* Indication of Transfer Switch Position. Two pilot lights with identification nameplates or

other approved position indicators shall be provided to indicate the transfer switch position.

[110:6.2.13]

6.7.2.2.5.13 Motor Load Transfer. Provisions shall be included to reduce currents resulting from motor

load transfer if such currents could damage EPSS equipment or cause nuisance tripping of EPSS

overcurrent protective devices. [110:6.2.14]

6.7.2.2.5.14* Isolation of Neutral Conductors. Provisions shall be included for ensuring continuity,

transfer, and isolation of the primary and the EPS neutral conductors wherever they are separately

grounded to achieve ground-fault sensing. [110:6.2.15]

6.7.2.2.5.15* Nonautomatic Transfer Switch Features. Switching devices shall be mechanically held and

shall be operated by direct manual or electrical remote manual control. [110:6.2.16]

6.7.2.2.5.15.1 Interlocking. Reliable mechanical interlocking, or an approved alternate method, shall

prevent the inadvertent interconnection of the primary power source and the EPS. [110:6.2.16.1]

6.7.2.2.5.15.2 Indication of Switch Position. Two pilot lights with identification nameplates, or other

approved position indicators, shall be provided to indicate the switch position. [110:6.2.16.2]

6.7.2.2.6 Nonautomatic Transfer Device Classification. Nonautomatic transfer devices of 600 V or less

shall be listed for the purpose and approved.

6.7.2.2.7 Nonautomatic Transfer Device Features.

6.7.2.2.7.1 General. Switching devices shall be mechanically held and shall be operated by direct

manual or electrical remote manual control. [110:6.2.16]

6.7.2.2.7.2 Interlocking. Reliable mechanical interlocking, or an approved alternate method, shall

prevent the inadvertent interconnection of the primary power source and the EPS. [110:6.2.16.1]

6.7.2.2.7.3 Indication of Switch Position. Two pilot lights with identification nameplates, or other

approved position indicators, shall be provided to indicate the switch position. [110:6.2.16.2]

6.7.2.2.8 Bypass and Isolating Transfer Switches. Bypass-isolation switches shall be permitted for

bypassing and isolating the transfer switch and installed in accordance with 6.4.2,6.4.3, and 6.4.4 of

NFPA 110. [110:6.4.1]

6.7.2.2.8.1 Bypass-Isolation Switch Rating. The bypass-isolation switch shall have a continuous current

rating and a current rating compatible with that of the associated transfer switch. [110:6.4.2]

6.7.2.2.8.2 Bypass-Isolation Switch Classification. Each bypass-isolation switch shall be listed for

emergency electrical service as a completely factory-assembled and factory-tested apparatus.

[110:6.4.3]

6.7.2.2.8.3* Operation. With the transfer switch isolated or disconnected, the bypass-isolation switch

shall be designed so it can function as an independent nonautomatic transfer switch and allow the load

to be connected to either power source. [110:6.4.4]

6.7.2.2.8.4 Reconnection of Transfer Switch. Reconnection of the transfer switch shall be possible

without a load interruption greater than the maximum time, in seconds, specified by the type of system.

[110:6.4.5]

6.7.2.3 Branches.

6.7.2.3.1 The division between the branches shall occur at transfer switches where more than one

transfer switch is required.

6.7.2.3.2 Each branch shall be arranged for connection, within time limits specified in this chapter, to an

alternate source of power following a loss of the normal source.

6.7.2.3.3 The number of transfer switches to be used shall be based upon reliability, design, and load

considerations.

6.7.2.3.3.1 Each branch of the essential electrical system shall have one or more transfer switches.

6.7.2.3.3.2 One transfer switch shall be permitted to serve one or more branches in a facility with a

continuous load on the switch of 150 kVA (120 kW) or less.

6.7.2.3.4 Feeders from Alternate Source.

6.7.2.3.4.1 A single feeder supplied by a local or remote alternate source shall be permitted to supply

the essential electrical system to the point at which the life safety, critical, and equipment branches are

separated.

6.7.2.3.4.2 Installation of the transfer equipment shall be permitted at other than the location of the

alternate source.

6.7.2.3.5 Receptacles. The requirements for receptacles shall comply with 6.7.1.2.3.5(A), 6.7.1.2.3.5(B),

and 6.7.1.2.3.5(C).

(A) The number of receptacles on a single branch circuit for areas described in 6.4.2.2.4.2(8) shall be

minimized to limit the effects of a branch-circuit outage.

(B) Branch-circuit overcurrent devices shall be readily accessible to authorized personnel.

(C)* The electrical receptacles or the cover plates for the electrical receptacles supplied from the life

safety and critical branches shall have a distinctive color or marking so as to be readily identifiable.

6.7.2.3.6 Switches. Switches of all types shall be permitted in the lighting circuits connected to the

essential electrical system that do not serve as the illumination of egress as required by NFPA 101, Life

Safety Code.

6.7.2.3.7 Secondary circuits of transformer-powered communication or signaling systems shall not be

required to be enclosed in raceways unless otherwise specified by Chapters 7 or 8 of NFPA 70, National

Electrical Code.

6.7.3 Performance Criteria and Testing

6.7.3.1 Transfer Switches.

6.7.3.1 All ac-powered support and accessory equipment necessary to the operation of the EPS shall be

supplied from the load side of the automatic transfer switch(es), or the output terminals of the EPS,

ahead of the main EPS overcurrent protection, as necessary, to ensure continuity of the EPSS operation

and performance. [110:7.12.5]

6.7.3.2 The essential electrical system shall be served by the normal power source, except when the

normal power source is interrupted or drops below a predetermined voltage level. Settings of the

sensors shall be determined by careful study of the voltage requirements of the load.

6.7.3.3 Failure of the normal source shall automatically start the alternate source generator after a short

delay, as described in 6.4.2.1.5.4. When the alternate power source has attained a voltage and

frequency that satisfies minimum operating requirements of the essential electrical system, the load

shall be connected automatically to the alternate power source.

6.7.3.4 Upon connection of the alternate power source, the loads comprising the life safety and critical

branches shall be automatically re-energized. The load comprising the equipment system shall be

connected either automatically after a time delay, as described in 6.4.2.1.5.6, or nonautomatically and in

such a sequential manner as not to overload the generator.

6.7.3.5 When the normal power source is restored, and after a time delay, as described in 6.4.2.1.5.7,

the automatic transfer switches shall disconnect the alternate source of power and connect the loads to

the normal power source. The alternate power source generator set shall continue to run unloaded for a

preset time delay, as described in 6.4.2.1.5.9.

6.7.1.3.6 If the emergency power source fails and the normal power source has been restored,

retransfer to the normal source of power shall be immediate, bypassing the retransfer delay timer.

6.7.1.3.7 If the emergency power source fails during a test, provisions shall be made to immediately

retransfer to the normal source.

6.7.1.3.8 Nonautomatic transfer switching devices shall be restored to the normal power source as soon

as possible after the return of the normal source or at the discretion of the operator.




6.7.1.4.1.1.1 Maintenance of Alternate Power Source. The generator set or other alternate power

source and associated equipment, including all appurtenance parts, shall be so maintained as to be

capable of supplying service within the shortest time practicable and within the 10-second interval

specified in 6.4.1.1.11 and 6.4.3.1.

.7.1.4.1.1.2 The 10-second criterion shall not apply during the monthly testing of an essential electrical

system. If the 10-second criterion is not met during the monthly test, a process shall be provided to

annually confirm the capability of the life safety and critical branches to comply with 6.4.3.1.

6.7.1.4.1.1.3 Maintenance shall be performed in accordance with NFPA 110, Standard for Emergency

and Standby Power Systems, Chapter 8.

6.7.1.4.1.1.4 Inspection and Testing. Criteria, conditions, and personnel requirements shall be in

accordance with 6.7.1.4.1.1.4(A) through 6.7.1.4.1.1.4(C).

(A)* Test Criteria. Generator sets shall be tested 12 times a year, with testing intervals of not less than

20 days nor more than 40 days. Generator sets serving essential electrical systems shall be tested in

accordance with NFPA 110, Standard for Emergency and Standby Power Systems, Chapter 8.

(B) Test Conditions. The scheduled test under load conditions shall include a complete simulated cold

start and appropriate automatic and manual transfer of all essential electrical system loads.

(C) Test Personnel. The scheduled tests shall be conducted by competent personnel to keep the

machines ready to function and, in addition, serve to detect causes of malfunction and to train

personnel in operating procedures.


6.7.1.4.1.2.1* Circuit Breakers. Main and feeder circuit breakers shall be inspected annually, and a

program for periodically exercising the components shall be established according to manufacturer’s

recommendations.

6.7.4.1.2.2 Insulation Resistance. The resistance readings of main feeder insulation shall be taken prior

to acceptance and whenever damage is suspected.

6.7.4.1.2.3 Maintenance of Batteries. Batteries for on-site generators shall be maintained in

accordance with NFPA 110, Standard for Emergency and Standby Power Systems.

6.7.4.2 Record Keeping. A written record of inspection, performance, exercising period, and repairs shall

be regularly maintained and available for inspection by the authority having jurisdiction.

6.7.5 Type 1 Essential Electrical System Requirements

6.7.5.1 Branches

6.7.5.1.1 The essential electrical system shall be divided into the following three branches:

(1) Life safety

(2) Critical

(3) Equipment


6.7.5.1.2.1 For the purposes of this code, the provisions for emergency systems in Article 700 of NFPA

70, National Electrical Code, shall be applied only to the life safety branch.

6.7.5.1.2.2 The following portions of Article 700 of NFPA 70 shall be amended as follows:

(A) 700.4 shall not apply.

(B) 700.10 (D) (1) through (3) shall not apply.

(C) 700.17 Branch Circuits for Emergency Lighting. Branch circuits that supply emergency lighting

shall be installed to provide service from a source complying with 700.12 when the normal supply for

lighting is interrupted or where single circuits supply luminaires containing secondary batteries.

(D) 700.28 shall not apply.

6.7.5.1.2.3 The life safety branch shall be limited to circuits essential to life safety.

6.7.5.1.2.4 The life safety branch shall supply power as follows:

(1) Illumination of means of egress in accordance with NFPA 101, Life Safety Code

(2) Exit signs and exit directional signs in accordance with NFPA 101, Life Safety Code

(3) *Hospital communications systems, where used for issuing instruction during emergency

conditions

(4) Generator set location as follows:

(a) Task illumination

(b) Battery charger for emergency battery-powered lighting unit(s)

(c) Select receptacles at the generator set location and essential electrical system transfer

switch locations


(6) Electrically powered doors used for building egress

(7) Fire alarms and auxiliary functions of fire alarm combination systems complying with NFPA

72, National Fire Alarm and Signaling Code

6.7.5.1.2.5 Alarm and alerting systems (other than fire alarm systems) shall be connected to the life

safety branch or critical branch.

6.7.5.1.2.6 Loads dedicated to a specific generator, including the fuel transfer pump(s), ventilation

fans, electrically operated louvers, controls, cooling system, and other generator accessories essential

for generator operation, shall be connected to the life safety branch or the output terminals of the

generator with overcurrent protective devices.

6.7.5.1.2.7 No functions other than those in 6.4.2.2.3.2, 6.4.2.2.3.3, and 6.4.2.2.3.4 shall be

connected to the life safety branch, except as specifically permitted in 6.4.2.2.3.

6.7.5.1.3* Critical Branch.

6.7.5.1.3.1 The critical branch shall be permitted to be subdivided into two or more branches.

6.7.5.1.3.2 The critical branch shall supply power for task illumination, fixed equipment, select

receptacles, and select power circuits serving the following spaces and functions related to patient care:

(1) Critical care spaces that utilize anesthetizing gases, task illumination, select receptacles, and

fixed equipment

(2) Isolated power systems in special environments


(a) Patient care spaces, including infant nurseries, selected acute nursing areas, psychiatric bed

areas (omit receptacles), and ward treatment rooms



(d) Nurses’ stations (unless adequately lighted by corridor luminaires)

(4) Additional specialized patient care task illumination and receptacles, where needed


(6) Blood, bone, and tissue banks

(7) *Telephone equipment rooms and closets

(8) Task illumination, select receptacles, and select power circuits for the following areas:

(a) General care beds with at least one duplex receptacle per patient bedroom, and task

illumination as required by the governing body of the health care facility

(b) Angiographic labs

(c) Cardiac catheterization labs

(d) Coronary care units

(e) Hemodialysis rooms or areas

(f) Emergency room treatment areas (select)

(g) Human physiology labs

(h) Intensive care units

(i) Postoperative recovery rooms (select)

(9) Additional task illumination, receptacles, and select power circuits needed for effective

facility operation, including single-phase fractional horsepower motors, which are permitted to

be connected to the critical branch


6.7.5.1.4.1 General. The equipment branch shall be connected to equipment described in 6.4.2.2.5.3

through 6.4.2.2.5.4.

6.7.5.1.4.2 Connection to Alternate Power Source.

6.7.5.1.4.2.1 The equipment branch shall be installed and connected to the alternate power source, such

that equipment described in 6.4.2.2.5.3 is automatically restored to operation at appropriate time-lag

intervals following the energizing of the life safety and critical branches.

6.7.5.1.4.2.2 The arrangement of the connection to the alternate power source shall also provide for the

subsequent connection of equipment described in 6.4.2.2.5.4.

6.7.5.1.4.3* Equipment for Delayed-Automatic Connection.

6.7.5.1.4.3.1 The following equipment shall be permitted to be arranged for delayed-automatic

connection to the alternate power source:

(1) Central suction systems serving medical and surgical functions, including controls, with such

suction systems permitted to be placed on the critical branch

(2) Sump pumps and other equipment required to operate for the safety of major apparatus,

including associated control systems and alarms

(3) Compressed air systems serving medical and surgical functions, including controls, with

such air systems permitted to be placed on the critical branch


(5) Kitchen hood supply or exhaust systems, or both, if required to operate during a fire in or

under the hood

(6) Supply, return, and exhaust ventilating systems for the following:

(a) Airborne infectious/isolation rooms

b) Protective environment rooms

(c) Exhaust fans for laboratory fume hoods

(d) Nuclear medicine areas where radioactive material is used

(e) Ethylene oxide evacuation

(f) Anesthetic evacuation

6.7.5.1.4.3.2 Where delayed-automatic connection is not appropriate, the ventilation systems specified

in 6.4.2.2.5.3(A)(6) shall be permitted to be placed on the critical branch.

6.7.5.1.4.4* Equipment for Delayed-Automatic or Manual Connection. The following equipment shall be

permitted to be arranged for either delayed-automatic or manual connection to the alternate power

source (also see A.6.4.2.2.5.3):

(1) Heating equipment used to provide heating for operating, delivery, labor, recovery,

intensive care, coronary care, nurseries, infection/isolation rooms, emergency treatment spaces,

and general patient rooms; and pressure maintenance (jockey or make-up) pump(s) for water-

based fire protection systems

(2) *Heating of general patient rooms during disruption of the normal source shall not be

required under any of the following conditions:

(a) Outside design temperature is higher than -6.7°C (+20°F)

(b) Outside design temperature is lower than -6.7°C (+20°F), where a selected room(s) is

provided for the needs of all confined patients [then only such room(s) need be heated].

(3) Elevator(s) selected to provide service to patient, surgical, obstetrical, and ground floors

during

(4) Supply, return, and exhaust ventilating systems for surgical and obstetrical delivery suites,

intensive care, coronary care, nurseries, and emergency treatment spaces

(5) Hyperbaric facilities

(6) Hypobaric facilities

(7) Autoclaving equipment, which is permitted to be arranged for either automatic or manual

connection to the alternate source

(8) Controls for equipment listed in 6.4.2.2.4

(9) *Other selected equipment

6.7.5.1.5 Generator load-shed circuits designed for the purpose of load reduction or for load priority

systems shall not shed life safety branch loads, critical branch loads serving critical care areas, medical

air compressors, medical–surgical vacuum pumps, fire pumps, the pressure maintenance (jockey)

pump(s) for water-based fire protection systems, generator fuel pumps, or other generator accessories.


6.7.5.2.1* Separation from Other Circuits. The life safety branch and critical branch shall be kept

independent of all other wiring and equipment.

6.7.5.2.2 Mechanical Protection of the Life Safety and Critical Branches. The wiring of the life safety and

critical branches shall be mechanically protected by raceways, as defined in NFPA 70, National Electrical

Code.

6.7.5.2.3 Flexible power cords of appliances or other utilization equipment connected to the life safety

and critical branches shall not be required to be enclosed in raceways.

6.7.5.3 Performance Criteria and Testing (Type 1 EES)

6.7.5.3.1 Source. The life safety and critical branches shall be installed and connected to the alternate

power source specified in 6.4.1.1.4 and 6.4.1.1.5 so that all functions specified herein for the life safety

and critical branches are automatically restored to operation within 10 seconds after interruption of the

normal source.

6.7.6 Type 2 Essential Electrical System Requirements

6.5.1 Sources (Type 2 EES). The requirements for sources for Type 2 essential electrical systems shall

conform to those listed in 6.4.1.

6.5.2 Distribution (Type 2 EES).

6.5.2.1 General. The distribution requirements for Type 2 essential electrical systems shall conform to

those listed in 6.4.2.1.


6.5.2.1.1.1 Overcurrent protective devices serving the essential electrical system shall be

coordinated for the period of time that a fault’s duration extends beyond 0.1 second.

6.5.2.1.1.2 Coordination shall not be required as follows:

(1) Between transformer primary and secondary overcurrent protective devices, where only one

overcurrent protective device or set of overcurrent protective devices exists on the transformer

secondary


6.7.6.1 Branches

6.7.6.1.1 The number of transfer switches to be used shall be based upon reliability, design, and load

considerations.

6.7.6.1.2 The essential electrical system shall be divided into the following two branches:



6.7.6.1.3 Each branch of the essential electrical system shall have one or more transfer switches.

6.7.6.1.4 One transfer switch shall be permitted to serve one or more branches in a facility with a

continuous load on the switch of 150 kVA (120 kW) or less.


6.7.6.1.5.1 For the purposes of this code, Article 700 shall only be applied to the life safety branch.

6.7.6.1.5.2 The following portions of Article 700 of NFPA 70 shall be amended as follows:

(A) 700.4 shall not apply.

(B) 700.10 (D) (1) through (3) shall not apply.

(C) 700.17 Branch Circuits for Emergency Lighting. Branch circuits that supply emergency lighting

shall be installed to provide service from a source complying with 700.12 when the normal supply for

lighting is interrupted or where single circuits supply luminaires containing secondary batteries.

(D) 700.28 shall not apply.

6.7.6.1.5.3 The life safety branch shall supply power as follows:

(1) Illumination of means of egress in accordance with NFPA 101, Life Safety Code

(2) Exit signs and exit directional signs in accordance with NFPA 101, Life Safety Code


(a) Fire alarms

(b) Alarms required for systems used for the piping of nonflammable medical gases as specified

in Chapter 5

(4) *Communications systems, where used for issuing instructions during emergency

conditions

(5) Sufficient lighting in dining and recreation areas to provide illumination to exit ways at a

minimum of 5 ft-candles



6.7.6.1.5.4 No functions, other than those listed in 6.5.2.2.2.1(1) through 6.5.2.2.2.1(7), shall be

connected to the life safety.


6.7.6.1.6.1 General.

6.7.6.1.6.1.1 The equipment branch shall be installed and connected to the alternate power source such

that equipment listed in 6.5.2.2.3.2 is automatically restored to operation at appropriate time-lag

intervals following the restoration of the life safety branch to operation.

6.7.6.1.6.1.2The equipment branch arrangement shall also provide for the additional connection of

equipment listed in 6.5.2.2.3.3.

6.7.6.1.6.2 AC Equipment for Nondelayed-Automatic Connection. Generator accessories including, but

not limited to, the transfer fuel pump, electrically operated louvers, and other generator accessories

essential for generator operation shall be arranged for automatic connection to the alternate power

source.

6.7.6.1.6.3 Delayed-Automatic Connections to Equipment Branch. The following equipment shall be

permitted to be connected to the equipment branch and shall be arranged for delayed-automatic

connection to the alternate power source:





(d) Nurses’ stations (unless adequately lighted by corridor luminaires)


(3) Sump pumps and other equipment required to operate for the safety of major apparatus

and associated control systems and alarms


(5) Kitchen hood supply or exhaust systems, or both, if required to operate during a fire in or

under the hood


6.7.6.1.6.4* Delayed-Automatic or Manual Connections to Equipment Branch. The equipment in

6.7.6.1.6.4(A) and 6.7.3.1.6.4(B) shall be permitted to be connected to the equipment branch and shall

be arranged for either delayed-automatic or manual connection to the alternate power source.

(A) Heating Equipment to Provide Heating for General Patient Rooms. Heating of general patient rooms

during disruption of the normal source shall not be required under any of the following conditions:

(1) *The outside design temperature is higher than −6.7°C (+20°F).

(2) The outside design temperature is lower than −6.7°C (+20°F) and, where a selected room(s)

is provided for the needs of all confined patients, then only such room(s) need be heated.

(3) The facility is served by a dual source of normal power. See A.6.4.1.1.1 for more

information.

(B)* Elevator Service. In instances where interruptions of power would result in elevators stopping

between floors, throw-over facilities shall be provided to allow the temporary operation of any elevator

for the release of passengers.

(C) Optional Connections to the Equipment Branch. Additional illumination, receptacles, and equipment

shall be permitted to be connected only to the equipment branch.

(D) Multiple Systems. Where one switch serves multiple systems as permitted in 6.5.2.2, transfer for all

loads shall be nondelayed automatic.


6.7.6.2.1* Separation from Other Circuits. The life safety and equipment branches shall be kept entirely

independent of all other wiring and equipment.

6.7.6.2.2* Receptacles. The electrical receptacles or the cover plates for the electrical receptacles

supplied from the life safety and equipment branches shall have a distinctive color or marking so as to

be readily identifiable.


6.7.6.3.1 Source. The life safety and equipment branches shall be installed and connected to the

alternate source of power specified in 6.4.1.1.4 and 6.4.1.1.5 so that all functions specified herein for

the life safety and equipment branches are automatically restored to operation within 10 seconds after

interruption of the normal source.

6.5.3.2 Transfer Switches. The essential electrical system shall be served by the normal power source

until the normal power source is interrupted or drops below a predetermined voltage level. Settings of

the sensors shall be determined by careful study of the voltage requirements of the load.

6.5.3.2.1 Failure of the normal source shall automatically start the alternate source generator after a

short delay, as described in 6.4.2.1.5.4. When the alternate power source has attained a voltage and

frequency that satisfies minimum operating requirements of the essential electrical system, the load

shall be connected automatically to the alternate power source.

6.5.3.2.2 All ac-powered support and accessory equipment necessary to the operation of the EPS shall

be supplied from the load side of the automatic transfer switch(es), or the output terminals of the EPS,

ahead of the main EPS overcurrent protection to ensure continuity of the EPSS operation and

performance. [110:7.12.5]

6.5.3.2.3 Upon connection of the alternate power source, the loads comprising the life safety and

equipment branches shall be automatically re-energized. The loads comprising the equipment branch

shall be connected either automatically after a time delay, as described in 6.4.2.1.5.6, or

nonautomatically and in such a sequential manner as not to overload the generator.

6.5.3.2.4 When the normal power source is restored, and after a time delay as described in 6.4.2.1.5.7,

the automatic transfer switches shall disconnect the alternate source of power and connect the loads to

the normal power source. The alternate power source generator set shall continue to run unloaded for a

preset time delay as described in 6.4.2.1.5.9.

6.5.3.2.5 If the emergency power source fails and the normal power source has been restored,

retransfer to the normal source of power shall be immediate, bypassing the retransfer delay timer.

6.5.3.2.6 If the emergency power source fails during a test, provisions shall be made to immediately

retransfer to the normal source.

6.5.3.2.7 Nonautomatic transfer switching devices shall be restored to the normal power source as soon

as possible after the return of the normal source or at the discretion of the operator.

6.5.4 Administration (Type 2 EES).

6.5.4.1 Maintenance and Testing of Essential Electrical System.

6.5.4.1.1 Maintenance and Testing of Alternate Power Source and Transfer Switches.

6.5.4.1.1.1 Maintenance of Alternate Power Source. The generator set or other alternate power source

and associated equipment, including all appurtenance parts, shall be so maintained as to be capable of

supplying service within the shortest time practicable and within the 10-second interval specified in

6.4.1.1.8 and 6.4.3.1.

6.5.4.1.1.2 Inspection and Testing. Generator sets shall be inspected and tested in accordance with

6.4.4.1.1.4.

6.5.4.1.2 Maintenance and Testing of Circuitry. Circuitry shall be maintained and tested in accordance

with 6.4.4.1.2.

6.5.4.1.3 Maintenance of Batteries. Batteries shall be maintained in accordance with 6.4.4.1.3.

6.5.4.2 Record Keeping. A written record of inspection, performance, exercising period, and repairs shall

be regularly maintained and available for inspection by the authority having jurisdiction.


7.5.1 Information Technology and Communications Systems Infrastructure.

7.5.1.1

Requirements for information technology and communications systems infrastructure shall be inaccordance with 7.3.1, with exceptions as noted in 7.5.1.1.1 through 7.5.1.1.4.

7.5.1.1.1

Dual service entrance pathways into the EF are not required.

7.5.1.1.2

Power circuits serving equipment in the EF, the TER, and TRs shall not be required to be connected to theessential electrical system.

7.5.1.1.3

HVAC systems serving the EF, the ER, and TRs shall not be required to be connected to the essentialelectrical system.

7.5.1.1.4

Redundant pathways and cabling for the backbone distribution system shall not be required.



BICSI_004_Definitions_screen_shot_1_of_2.jpg

BICSI_004_Definitions_screen_shot_2_of_2.jpg


This is a supportive comment for Public Input No. 452-NFPA 99-2015 [ Section No. 7.5.1 ] by ASHE - AHA. The IEEE Education and Healthcare Facilities CPublic Input No. 452-NFPA 99-2015 [ Section No. 7.5.1 ]ommittee is participating in development of the next BICSI 004 and a few terms, reproduced below, supports the submitter's proposal, in our view.

For the convenience of the committee, attached to this comment are the relevant definitions from the 2012 Edition of BICSI 004. We recommend acceptance of the proposal because those terms are not uncommon in project collaboration meetings and on construction documents.

Related Item

Public Input No. 452-NFPA 99-2015 [Section No. 7.5.1]


Submitter FullName:

Michael Anthony

Organization: University of Michigan

Affilliation:@StrandardsUMich and IEEE Education & Healthcare FacilitiesCommittee

Street Address:

City:


138 of 202 8/18/2016 1:04 PM

State:

Zip:


Committee Statement

CommitteeAction:

Rejected

Resolution: The supporting material submitted with this public comment suggests that the language in Chapter7 of NFPA 99 does align with BICSI and the technical committee is aware that the FGI guidelinesare in the process of being aligned with what is in NFPA 99.


139 of 202 8/18/2016 1:04 PM


10.1* Applicability.

10.1.1

This chapter shall apply to the performance, maintenance, and testing of electrical equipment in healthcare facilities, as specified in Section 1.3.

10.1.2

Experimental or research apparatus built to order or under development shall be used under qualifiedsupervision and shall have a degree of safety that is equivalent to that described herein or that has beendeemed acceptable by the facility.

10.1.3* Reserved.





This Public Comment appeared as CC Note No. 16 in the First Draft Report.The Correlating Committee directs HEA-MED to revise the applicability statement in 10.1. The statement should be similar to either what is done in chapters 5 and 6 or to what Chapter 12 and 13 do. For example;

5.1.1.5 The following sections of this chapter shall apply to the operation, management, and maintenance of Category 1 medical gas and vacuum systems in both new and existing facilities:

(1) 5.1.2

(2) 5.1.3.1

(3) 5.1.3.2

(4) 5.1.3.3.4

(5) 5.1.3.6.2

(6) 5.1.3.8.4.2

(7) 5.1.14

OR

12.1* Applicability. This chapter shall apply to new and existing health care facilities.

Related Item

Correlating Committee Note No. 16-NFPA 99-2015 [Section No. 10.1]




Street Address:


140 of 202 8/18/2016 1:04 PM

City:

State:

Zip:


Committee Statement

CommitteeAction:



Statement: This revision has been made in response to CC Note No. 16 in the First Draft Report. The revisionclarifies that the requirements of chapter 10 are meant to apply to electrical equipment in all healthcare facilities.


141 of 202 8/18/2016 1:04 PM


10.2.3.6 Relocatable Power Taps.

Two or more power receptacles supplied by a flexible cord shall be permitted to be used to supply power toplug-connected components of a movable equipment assembly that is pole-, rack-, table-, pedestal-, orcart-mounted, provided that all of the following conditions are met:

(1)

(2)

(3) The ampacity of the flexible cord is in accordance with NFPA 70.

(4) The electrical and mechanical integrity of the assembly and its securement method are regularlyverified and documented.

(5) Relocatable power taps shall be listed in accordance with UL 1363A, Outline of Investigationfor Special Purpose Relocatable Power Taps.


Section 11.1.4.1 of NFPA 1 requires relocatable power taps to be listed. Requiring the relocatable power taps used in healthcare facilities to be listed in accordance with UL 1363A will address the requirements currently in NFPA 99 and address additional safety requirements, such as use of hospital-grade receptacle outlets and plugs, integrity of the enclosures, and testing for grounding and leakage current.

Related Item



Submitter Full Name: Kelly Nicolello


Affilliation: UL LLC

Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:


Committee Statement

CommitteeAction:


Resolution: SR-502-NFPA 99-2016. This has been added as annex material to provide a valuable reference.The proposed code language may be more appropriate in the next revision cycle as the referenceddocument has more time to complete the ANSI standard process and is subject to more publicreview. There was additional concern that this addition could be considered new material since aspecific listing was not suggested at the First Draft stage.

Statement: The addition of this new annex provides valuable information without mandating listing orcertification as a requirement. The referenced document addresses the requirements currently inNFPA 99 and additional safety requirements, such as use of hospital-grade receptacle outlets andplugs, integrity of the enclosures, and testing for grounding and leakage current.

* The receptacles are securely attached to the equipment assembly.

* The sum of the ampacity of all appliances connected to the outlets does not exceed 75 percent ofthe ampacity of the flexible cord supplying the outlets.


142 of 202 8/18/2016 1:04 PM

The definition of relocatable power taps in Chapter 3 allows for the code requirement here to bewritten more directly. If in the future, the definition is revised, it only needs to be changed in onelocation.


143 of 202 8/18/2016 1:04 PM


10.2.3.6 Relocatable Power Taps.

Two or more power receptacles supplied by a flexible cord shall be permitted to be used to supply powerto plug-connected components of a movable equipment assembly that is pole-, rack-, table-, pedestal-, orcart-mounted, provided that all of the following conditions are met:

(1)

(2)

(3) The ampacity of the flexible cord is in accordance with NFPA 70.

(4) The electrical and mechanical integrity of the assembly and its securement method are regularlyverified and documented.





NOTE: This Public Comment appeared as CC Note No. 26 in the First Draft Report and is related to Public Input No. 316.The Correlating Committee directs HEA-MED to address Public Input 316 which was originally addressed to Chapter 6. The issue of RPTs is under the jurisdiction of HEA-MED and not HEA-ELS.

Related Item





Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:


Committee Statement

CommitteeAction:

Rejected

Resolution: The HEA-MED committee rejects the proposal of PI 316. Chapter 10 has long permitted the use ofRPTs for patient care-related equipment, provided certain safety criteria are met. The reality is thatthese are widely used in health care environments and, if the provisions of Chapter 10 are met, thenadequate safety is provided to patients and caregivers. Annex material has also been added toChapter 10 that references UL 1363A which addresses additional considerations, many of whichwere noted by the submitter.

* The receptacles are securely attached to the equipment assembly.

* The sum of the ampacity of all appliances connected to the outlets does not exceed 75 percent ofthe ampacity of the flexible cord supplying the outlets.


144 of 202 8/18/2016 1:04 PM


10.3.6.3

An acceptable test configuration shall be as illustrated in Figure 10.3.6.3.

Figure 10.3.6.3 Test Circuit for Measuring Leakage Current Between Patient Leads and Ground —Nonisolated.





NOTE: This Public Comment appeared as CC Note No. 18 in the First Draft Report on First Revision No. 507.

The Correlating Committee directs HEA-MED to review the ballot comment on FR 507 and determine if Figure 10.3.6.3 is drawn appropriately.

Related Item





Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:


Committee Statement

CommitteeAction:

Rejected

Resolution: The technical committee has reviewed the diagram and based on the language in the first draft,the figure is correct as shown. There is no need for revision.


145 of 202 8/18/2016 1:04 PM


11.1 Applicability.

11.1.1

This chapter shall apply to the performance, maintenance, and testing of gas equipment in health carefacilities, as specified in Section 1.3.

11.1.2*

This chapter shall apply to the use, at normal atmospheric pressure, of all of the following:

(1) Nonflammable medical gases

(2) Vapors and aerosols

(3) Equipment required for the administration of 11.1.2(1) and 11.1.2(2)

11.1.3

When used in this chapter, the term oxygen shall be intended to mean 100 percent oxygen as well asmixtures of oxygen and air.

11.1.4*

This chapter shall not apply to special atmospheres, such as those encountered in hyperbaric chambers.

11.1.5* Reserved.





This Public Comment appeared as CC Note No. 17 in the First Draft Report.The Correlating Committee directs HEA-MED to revise the applicability statement in 11.1. The statement should be similar to either what is done in chapters 5 and 6 or to what Chapter 12 and 13 do. For example;

5.1.1.5 The following sections of this chapter shall apply to the operation, management, and maintenance of Category 1 medical gas and vacuum systems in both new and existing facilities:

(1) 5.1.2

(2) 5.1.3.1

(3) 5.1.3.2

(4) 5.1.3.3.4

(5) 5.1.3.6.2

(6) 5.1.3.8.4.2

(7) 5.1.14

OR

12.1* Applicability. This chapter shall apply to new and existing health care facilities.


146 of 202 8/18/2016 1:04 PM

Related Item





Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:


Committee Statement

CommitteeAction:



Statement: This revision has been made based on CC Note No. 17 in the First Draft Report. The requirementsof Chapter 11 are meant to apply to both new and existing health care facilities and theapplicability statement has been revised to reflect this.

Section 11.1.3 has been revised to reference oxygen USP rather than 100% oxygen which is whatis truly meant by this section and found in cylinders.


147 of 202 8/18/2016 1:04 PM


11.3 Cylinder and Container Storage Requirements.

11.3.1

For the purpose of this section, the health care facility’s governing body shall define criteria for determiningfull cylinders and containers.

11.3.2

Full cylinders and containers shall be stored in accordance with this section.

11.3.3

Full cylinders and containers shall be segregated from all others.

11.3.4*

Storage for nonflammable gases equal to or greater than 85 m3 (3000 ft3) at STP shall comply with5.1.3.3.2 and 5.1.3.3.3.

11.3.5*

Storage for nonflammable gases greater than 8.5 m3 (300 ft3), but less than 85 m3 (3000 ft3), at STPshall comply with the requirements in 11.3.5.1 through 11.3.5.8.

11.3.5.1

Storage locations shall be outdoors in an enclosure or within an enclosed interior space of noncombustibleor limited-combustible construction, with doors (or gates outdoors) that can be secured againstunauthorized entry.

11.3.5.2

Oxidizing gases such as oxygen and nitrous oxide shall not be stored with any flammable gas, liquid, orvapor.

11.3.5.3

Oxidizing gases such as oxygen and nitrous oxide shall be separated from combustibles or flammablematerials by one of the following:

(1) Minimum distance of 6.1 m (20 ft)

(2) Minimum distance of 1.5 m (5 ft) if the entire storage location is protected by an automatic sprinklersystem designed in accordance with NFPA 13

(3) A gas cabinet constructed per NFPA 30 or NFPA 55, if the entire storage location is protected by anautomatic sprinkler system designed in accordance with NFPA 13

11.3.5.4

Gas cylinder and cryogenic liquid container storage shall comply with 5.1.3.3.3and 5.1.3.3.4.

11.3.5.5

Cylinder and container storage locations shall comply with 5.1.3.2.12 with respect to temperaturelimitations.

11.3.5.6

Cylinder or container restraints shall comply with 11.6.2.3.

11.3.5.7

Smoking, open flames, electric heating elements, and other sources of ignition shall be prohibited withinstorage locations and within 6.1 m (20 ft) of outside storage locations.


148 of 202 8/18/2016 1:04 PM

11.3.5.8

Cylinder valve protection caps shall comply with 11.6.2.2(4) .

11.3.6

Storage for nonflammable gases with a total volume equal to or less than 8.5 m3 (300 ft3) shall complywith the requirements in 11.3.6.1 and 11.3.6.2.

11.3.6.1

Individual cylinder storage associated with patient care spaces, not to exceed 2100 m2 (22,500 ft2) of floorarea, shall not be required to be stored in enclosures.

11.3.6.2

Precautions in handling cylinders specified in 11.3.6.1 shall be in accordance with 11.6.2.

11.3.7

When small-size (A, B, D, or E) cylinders are in use, they shall be attached to a cylinder stand or tomedical equipment designed to receive and hold compressed gas cylinders.

11.3.8

Individual small-size (A, B, D, or E) cylinders available for immediate use in patient care spaces shall notbe considered to be in storage.

11.3.9

Cylinders shall not be chained to portable or movable apparatus such as beds and oxygen tents.

11.3.10 Signs.

11.3.10.1

Storage locations meeting the requirements of 11.3.4 or 11.3.5 shall have precautionary sign, readablefrom a distance of 1.5 m (5 ft), shall be displayed on each door or gate of the storage room or enclosure.

11.3.10.2

The sign shall include the following wording as a minimum:

CAUTION

OXIDIZING GAS(ES) STORED WITHIN

NO SMOKING





This Public Comment appeared as CC Note No. 15 in the First Draft Report.Section 11.3 includes references back to Chapter 5, construction requirements. The Correlating Committee directs HEA-MED to provide the criteria for new and existing in Chapter 11 to avoid future reference coordination issues.

Related Item





Street Address:

City:


149 of 202 8/18/2016 1:04 PM

State:

Zip:


Committee Statement

CommitteeAction:



Statement: This revision is being made in response to CC Note 15. The committee has revised the applicabilitystatement to be clear that the chapter applies to both new and existing facilities. This committeedoes not apply construction requirements retroactively. This section has been added to clarify thatexisting facilities that were built to earlier editions of codes do not need to bring their construction upto the newest requirements. It is the expectation that existing facilities which already meet the designand construction features of that section not be permitted to lower the level of protection.


150 of 202 8/18/2016 1:04 PM


11.3 Cylinder and Container Storage Requirements.

11.3.1

For the purpose of this section, the health care facility’s governing body shall define criteria for determiningfull cylinders and containers.

11.3.2

Full cylinders and containers shall be stored in accordance with this section.

11.3.3

Full cylinders and containers shall be segregated from all others.

11.3.4*

Storage for nonflammable gases equal to or greater than 85 m3 (3000 ft3) at STP shall comply with5.1.3.3.2 and 5.1.3.3.3.

11.3.5*

Storage for nonflammable gases greater than 8.5 m3 (300 ft3), but less than 85 m3 (3000 ft3), at STPshall comply with the requirements in 11.3.5.1 through 11.3.5.8.

11.3.5.1

Storage locations shall be outdoors in an enclosure or within an enclosed interior space of noncombustibleor limited-combustible construction, with doors (or gates outdoors) that can be secured againstunauthorized entry.

11.3.5.2

Oxidizing gases such as oxygen and nitrous oxide shall not be stored with any flammable gas, liquid, orvapor.

11.3.5.3

Oxidizing gases such as oxygen and nitrous oxide shall be separated from combustibles or flammablematerials by one of the following:

(1) Minimum distance of 6.1 m (20 ft)

(2) Minimum distance of 1.5 m (5 ft) if the entire storage location is protected by an automatic sprinklersystem designed in accordance with NFPA 13

(3) A gas cabinet constructed per NFPA 30 or NFPA 55, if the entire storage location is protected by anautomatic sprinkler system designed in accordance with NFPA 13

11.3.5.4

Gas cylinder and cryogenic liquid container storage shall comply with 5.1.3.3.3and 5.1.3.3.4.

11.3.5.5

Cylinder and container storage locations shall comply with 5.1.3.2.12 with respect to temperaturelimitations.

11.3.5.6

Cylinder or container restraints shall comply with 11.6.2.3.

11.3.5.7

Smoking, open flames, electric heating elements, and other sources of ignition shall be prohibited withinstorage locations and within 6.1 m (20 ft) of outside storage locations.


151 of 202 8/18/2016 1:04 PM

11.3.5.8

Cylinder valve protection caps shall comply with 11.6.2.2(4) .

11.3.6

Storage for nonflammable gases with a total volume equal to or less than 8.5 m3 (300 ft3) shall complywith the requirements in 11.3.6.1 and 11.3.6.2.

11.3.6.1

Individual cylinder storage associated with patient care spaces, not to exceed 2100 m2 (22,500 ft2) of floorarea, shall not be required to be stored in enclosures.

11.3.6.2

Precautions in handling cylinders specified in 11.3.6.1 shall be in accordance with 11.6.2.

11.3.7

When small-size (A, B, D, or E) cylinders are in use, they shall be attached to a cylinder stand or tomedical equipment designed to receive and hold compressed gas cylinders.

11.3.8

Individual small-size (A, B, D, or E) cylinders available for immediate use in patient care spaces shall notbe considered to be in storage.

11.3.9

Cylinders shall not be chained to portable or movable apparatus such as beds and oxygen tents.

11.3.10 Signs.

11.3.10.1

Storage locations meeting the requirements of 11.3.4 or 11.3.5 shall have precautionary sign, readablefrom a distance of 1.5 m (5 ft), shall be displayed on each door or gate of the storage room or enclosure.

11.3.10.2

The sign shall include the following wording as a minimum:

CAUTION


NO SMOKING





This Public Comment appeared as CC Note No. 20 in the First Draft Report.The Correlating Committee is directing HEA-MED to review section 11.3.6.1 and determine if proposed changes to allowed smoke zone size in NFPA 101 will effect this requirement. The TC should also determine if the intent is to match up to a smoke zone or if it is actually meant to be a certain square footage of floor space. Clarify application for new and existing.

Related Item






152 of 202 8/18/2016 1:04 PM

Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:


Committee Statement

CommitteeAction:



Statement: This revision has been made in response to CC 20 from the First Draft Report. The area identifiedin previous editions was taken from the maximum allowable size of a smoke compartment fromNFPA 101. In order to avoid future conflicts if the maximum size is changed in NFPA 101, thissection has been revised to reference smoke compartments in accordance with that document.


153 of 202 8/18/2016 1:04 PM


11.3.5.4

Gas cylinder and cryogenic liquid container storage shall comply with 5.1.3.3.3and 5 . 1.3.3.4.


The stricken paragraph (5.1.3.3.4) refers back to 5.1.3.3.2 again. This will undo the change made in FR 511 where 5.1.3.3.2 was deleted and makes the requirements for 300 to 3000 cu ft just as strict as those for storage over 3000 cu ft.

5.1.3.3.4 also refers to empty cylinders, which FR 511 was trying to avoid.

Related Item



Submitter Full Name: Corky Bishop

Organization: Airgas USA LLC

Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:


Committee Statement

CommitteeAction:

Accepted


Statement: The stricken reference paragraph (5.1.3.3.4) refers back to 5.1.3.3.2 for design and constructionrequirements. Maintaining the reference would undo the change made in FR 511 where 5.1.3.3.2was deleted therefore making the requirements for 300 to 3000 cu ft just as strict as those forstorage over 3000 cu ft.

5.1.3.3.4 also refers to empty cylinders, which FR 511 was trying to avoid.


154 of 202 8/18/2016 1:04 PM


11.3.10.1

Storage locations meeting the requirements of 11.3.4 or 11.3.5 shall have precautionary sign signage ,readable from a distance of 1.5 m (5 ft), shall be displayed on each door or gate of the storage room orenclosure.


Editorial - First draft wording did not make sense.

Related Item





Affilliation: Association for the Advancement of Medical Instrumentation

Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:


Committee Statement

CommitteeAction:

Accepted


Statement: This revision is meant to only be editorial in nature and improve upon the first draft wording thatmight have not made sense.


155 of 202 8/18/2016 1:04 PM


11.3.10.2

The sign Sign(s) shall include the following wording as a minimum:

CAUTION


NO SMOKING


The words "The sign" inappropriately limited the section to a singular sign.

Related Item





Affilliation: AAMI

Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:


Committee Statement



Statement: The words "The sign" inappropriately limited the section to a singular sign.


156 of 202 8/18/2016 1:04 PM


12.5.3.3.6.2 Resources and Assets.

The facility shall plan for the following during an emergency:

(1) Acquiring medical, pharmaceutical, and nonmedical supplies

(2) Replacing medical supplies and equipment that will be used throughout response and recovery

(3) Replacing pharmaceutical supplies that will be consumed throughout response and recovery

(4) Replacing nonmedical supplies that will be depleted throughout response and recovery

(5) Managing staff support activities, such as housing, transportation, incident stress debriefing,sanitation, hydration, nutrition, comfort, morale, and mental health

(6) Managing staff family support needs, such as child care, elder care, pet care, and communication tohome

(7) Providing staff, equipment, and transportation vehicles needed for evacuation

(8) Reallocate supplies from non-critical areas, to critial care areas.


This would allow for provisions to redistribute existing inventory from non-critical areas, to critical care areas.

Related Item



Submitter Full Name: byron woodard

Organization: OCTC

Affilliation: Student

Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:

Submittal Date: Sun Mar 20 20:29:45 EDT 2016

Committee Statement

CommitteeAction:

Rejected

Resolution: This is new material and will therefore not be entertained at this time. There is nothing in points 2,3, and 4 that prevent reallocating of supplies. Nothing in the code prohibits the user fromreallocating supplies.


157 of 202 8/18/2016 1:04 PM


12.5.3.3.6.3 * Safety and Security.

The facility shall plan for the following during an emergency:

(1) Internal security and safety operations

(2) Roles of agencies such as police, sheriff, and national guard

(3) Managing hazardous materials and waste

(4) Radioactive, biological, and chemical isolation and decontamination; and monitoring (m/Rem per ¼hour) of radiation contamination for related patients/responders/caregivers to removecaregivers/responders from participation, if they exceed safe exposure levels in a given amount oftime.

(5) Patients susceptible to wandering

(6) Controlling entrance into the health care facility during emergencies

(7) Conducting a risk assessment with applicable authorities if it becomes necessary to control egressfrom the health care facility

(8) Controlling people movement within the health care facility

(9) Controlling traffic access to the facility


A provision would be outlined to incorporate a higher level of radiation safety and monitoring

Related Item



Submitter Full Name: byron woodard

Organization: OHRH

Affilliation: Radiation Safety

Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:

Submittal Date: Sun Mar 20 19:48:52 EDT 2016

Committee Statement

CommitteeAction:

Rejected

Resolution: Since PI No. 12 was withdrawn, this is considered new material and will therefore not beentertained at this time.


158 of 202 8/18/2016 1:04 PM

Public Comment No. 79-NFPA 99-2016 [ Section No. 14.3.1.6.4.5(A) ]

(A)

Upholstered furniture (fixed or portable), shall be resistant to smoldering (or cigarette) ignition inaccordance with one of the following:

(1) The components of the upholstered furniture shall meet the requirements for Class 1 when tested inaccordance with NFPA 260, ASTM E1353, Standard Test Methods for Cigarette Ignition Resistance ofComponents of Upholstered Furniture ; or California Technical Bulletin 133, Flammability TestProcedure for Seating Furniture for Use in Public Occupancies .

(2) Mocked-up composites of the upholstered furniture shall have a char length not exceeding 1 1⁄2 in. (38mm) when tested in accordance with NFPA 261, or ASTM E1352, Standard Test Method for CigaretteIgnition Resistance of Mock-Up Upholstered Furniture Assemblies .


This proposed change addresses three issues.

First: CA TB 133 cannot be used to assess ignitability of any kind because any furniture item will ignite. Moreover it is an open flame ignition and cannot therefore be compared to smoldering ignition by cigarettes (such as in NFPA 260) and does not generate a Class 1 material. CA TB 133 is equivalent to ASTM E1537 (part B).

Second: ASTM E1352 and ASTM E1353 are not equivalent tests to NFPA 260 and NFPA 261 because they use as ignition source a cigarette that was designed not to cause ignition of fabrics. Therefore the results are not meaningful. NFPA 101, NFPA 1 and the IFC have already eliminated ASTM E1352 and ASTM E1353 as adequate test methods and the methods have a 2008 date because there is little interest in renewing them and they may soon be withdrawn. The test methods are not alternative means of testing for cigarette ignition but simply inadequate test methods that do not produce correct results.

Third: This section is about smoldering ignition (by cigarettes) and it is to assess whether cigarettes will cause the fabric (or the product) to ignite (and potentially burst into open flame). The open flame tests referenced here (CA TB 133 and ASTM E1537) are not ignition tests but are tests where a flaming ignition source is used to ignite (ignition always occurs) to assess the heat release of the upholstered furniture (or its components) and that is done in part B. The part A items address purely smoldering ignition.



Public Comment No. 80-NFPA 99-2016 [Section No. 14.3.1.6.4.5(B)]

Related Item

First Revision No. 329-NFPA 99-2015 [Section No. 14.3.1.5.4.5(A)]




Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:



159 of 202 8/18/2016 1:04 PM

Committee Statement

CommitteeAction:



Statement: The ASTM Standards were removed because they differ from the NFPA Standards in the type ofignition source used. The ASTM Standards have also been deemed inadequate by other TechnicalCommittees and it is anticipated that they may soon be withdrawn.

Since prescriptive test requirements are listed in the referenced test standards, including them inthis Section was considered redundant; therefore they were removed.

The Committee continues to include NFPA testing on upholstered furniture until a specific test isdesigned for hyperbaric conditions or oxygen-enriched atmospheres.

Cigarettes are not allowed in hyperbaric chambers, so that language was not included. Smolderingtests are necessary since other smoldering ignition sources are possible.


160 of 202 8/18/2016 1:04 PM

Public Comment No. 80-NFPA 99-2016 [ Section No. 14.3.1.6.4.5(B) ]

(B)

Upholstered furniture shall have limited rates of heat release when tested in accordance with ASTM E1537, Standard Test Method for Fire Testing of Upholstered Furniture, or with California Technical Bulletin133, Flammability Test Procedure for Seating Furniture for Use in Public Occupancies, as follows:

(1) The peak rate of heat release for the single upholstered furniture item shall not exceed 80 kW.

(2) The total heat released by the single upholstered furniture item during the first 10 minutes of the testshall not exceed 25 MJ.


CA TB 133 is an alternate option that is equivalent to ASTM E1537 and assesses heat release.



Public Comment No. 79-NFPA 99-2016 [Section No. 14.3.1.6.4.5(A)]

Related Item

Public Input No. 278-NFPA 99-2015 [Section No. 14.3.1.5.4.5(A)]




Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:


Committee Statement

CommitteeAction:



Statement: CA TB 133 is an alternate option that is equivalent to ASTM E1537 and assesses heat release.

Since the test standards describe the requirements, including the requirements in the code isconsidered redundant; therefore, they were removed.


161 of 202 8/18/2016 1:04 PM

Public Comment No. 81-NFPA 99-2016 [ Section No. 14.3.1.6.4.6(A) ]

(A)

Mattresses and mattress components shall have a char length not exceeding 2 in. (51 mm) when tested inaccordance with 16 CFR 1632, Standard for the Flammability of Mattresses and Mattress Pads (FF 4-72) ;16 CFR Part 1633, “Standard for the Flammability (Open Flame) of Mattress Sets” ; California TechnicalBulletin 129, Flammability Test Procedure for Mattresses for Use in Public Buildings ; . or NFPA 260.


This proposed change addresses three issues.

First: CA TB 129 and 16 CFR 1633 cannot be used to assess ignitability of any kind because any mattress will ignite. Moreover they are open flame ignition tests and cannot therefore be compared to smoldering ignition by cigarettes (such as in NFPA 260 or 16CFR1632) and do not assess char. CA TB 129 is equivalent to ASTM E1590 (part B).

Second: NFPA 260 and 16CFR1632 assess mattress components while CA TB 129 and ASTM E1590 (and 16CFR1633) address full mattresses.

Third: This section is about smoldering ignition (by cigarettes) and it is to assess whether cigarettes will cause the mattress component to ignite (and potentially burst into open flame). The open flame tests referenced here (CA TB 129 and ASTM E1590) are not ignition tests but are tests where a flaming ignition source is used to ignite (ignition always occurs) to assess the heat release of the mattress and that is done in part B. The part A items address purely smoldering ignition.



Public Comment No. 82-NFPA 99-2016 [Section No. 14.3.1.6.4.6(B)]

Related Item





Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:


Committee Statement

CommitteeAction:



Statement: The wording was revised in an attempt to continue to allow a variety of tests to meet therequirements which can be applied to both mattresses and mattress components.


162 of 202 8/18/2016 1:04 PM

16 CFR Part 1633 and CA TB 129 were moved to (B) since it is a heat release rate test and not anignition test.

Since the prescriptive requirements are already included in the referenced test standards, statingthe test requirements in the code was considered redundant. Also, some of the prescriptiverequirements were in conflict to other test standards listed in this Section. Therefore, theprescriptive language was removed and the users will meet the requirements of whichever standardthey test to.

These test standards are used since there is no test designed specifically for ignition and/or heatrelease rate of mattresses in hyperbaric chambers.


163 of 202 8/18/2016 1:04 PM

Public Comment No. 82-NFPA 99-2016 [ Section No. 14.3.1.6.4.6(B) ]

(B)

Mattresses shall have limited rates of heat release when tested in accordance with ASTM E1590, StandardTest Method for Fire Testing of Mattresses,or California Technical Bulletin 129, Flammability TestProcedure for Mattresses for Use in Public Buildings , as follows:

(1) The peak rate of heat release for the mattress shall not exceed 100 kW. .

(2) The total heat released by the mattress during the first 10 minutes of the test shall not exceed 25 MJ.


CA TB 129 and ASTM E1590 are equivalent tests, intended to assess the heat release of mattresses following flaming ignition.

16CFR1633 is not added here because it is not equivalent to CA TB 129 (or ASTM E1590) as it is intended for residential occupancies (while the other tests are scoped for public occupancies) and it is a basic requirement for all US mattresses anyway, with ASTM E1590 (or CA TB 129) an additional requirement.



Public Comment No. 81-NFPA 99-2016 [Section No. 14.3.1.6.4.6(A)]

Related Item





Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:


Committee Statement

CommitteeAction:



Statement: The wording was revised in an attempt to continue to allow a variety of tests to meet therequirements which can be applied to both mattresses and mattress components.

16 CFR Part 1633 and CA TB 129 were moved to (B) since it is a heat release rate test and not anignition test.

Since the prescriptive requirements are already included in the referenced test standards, statingthe test requirements in the code was considered redundant. Also, some of the prescriptiverequirements were in conflict to other test standards listed in this Section. Therefore, theprescriptive language was removed and the users will meet the requirements of whichever standard


164 of 202 8/18/2016 1:04 PM

they test to.

These test standards are used since there is no test designed specifically for ignition and/or heatrelease rate of mattresses in hyperbaric chambers.


165 of 202 8/18/2016 1:04 PM


14.3.4.1.2

The hyperbaric safety director shall ensure that all gas outlets in the chambers are labeled or stenciled inaccordance with CGA C-4, Standard Method of Marking Portable Compressed Gas Containers to Identifythe Material Contained.





This Public Comment appeared as CC Note No. 22 in the First Draft Report.The Correlating Committee directs HEA-HYP to review the reference to CGA C-4 and determine if it is still the appropriate reference. CGA C-7 is the document that superseded it.

Related Item

Correlating Committee Note No. 22-NFPA 99-2015 [Sections 14.3.4, 14.3.5, 14.3.6]




Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:


Committee Statement

CommitteeAction:



Statement: This Public Comment appeared as CC Note No. 22 in the First Draft Report, in which theCorrelating Committee directed HEA-HYP to review the reference to CGA C-4 and determine if it isstill the appropriate reference. CGA C-7 is the document that superseded it.

The Committee corrected the reference accordingly.


166 of 202 8/18/2016 1:04 PM


16.1 Applicability.

16.1.1

This chapter shall apply to all new and existing health care facilities.

16.1.2

An existing system that is not in strict compliance with the provisions of this code shall be permitted to becontinued in use, unless the authority having jurisdiction has determined that such use constitutes adistinct hazard to life.





This Public Comment appeared as CC Note No. 21 in the First Draft Report.The Correlating Committee is directing HEA-FUN to create a reference to fire protection features of hyperbaric facilities to Chapter 14.

Related Item





Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:


Committee Statement

CommitteeAction:

Rejected

Resolution: This comment is going to be added to the agenda for next revision cycle. It would take too muchtime and potentially require larger revision than time allows for at this stage in the current revisionprocess.


167 of 202 8/18/2016 1:04 PM


16.7.4.3.1*

Where buildings are required to be subdivided into smoke compartments, fire alarm notification zones shallcoincide with one or more smoke compartment boundaries or shall be in accordance with the facility fireplan.





NOTE: This Public Comment appeared as CC Note No. 13 in the First Draft Report and is related to Public Input No. 208.As related to PI 208, the Correlating Committee is directing HEA-FUN to work with the NFPA 101 health care occupancy committee to find language that aligns the two codes.

Related Item





Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:


Committee Statement

CommitteeAction:

Rejected

Resolution: There is no conflict between NFPA 101 and NFPA 99 on this issue, so much as there is adisconnect. There is a difference between annunciation and notification zones. The HEA-FUNcommittee recommends that the language from this section of NFPA 99 be included in Chapter 18of NFPA 101.


168 of 202 8/18/2016 1:04 PM


16.7.4.3.5*

In patient care spaces where alarm notification adversely affects patient care, as determined by a riskassessment, visual or audible alarm notification appliances shall not be required as long as an alternativemeans of alarm notification is provided.





This Public Comment appeared as CC Note No. 14 in the First Draft Report.The Correlating Committee is directing HEA-FUN to evaluate the change made in FR 109 and compare it to the committee statement. Make it clear whether one means is allowed to be omitted or both. The TC should also review how this change correlates with what is allowed in NFPA 101.

Related Item

Correlating Committee Note No. 14-NFPA 99-2015 [Section No. 15.7.4.3.5]




Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:


Committee Statement

CommitteeAction:



Statement: This revision makes it clear that the section allows the omission of either or both visual andaudible alarms.


169 of 202 8/18/2016 1:04 PM

Public Comment No. 22-NFPA 99-2016 [ Section No. A.5.1.3.7 ]

A.5.1.3.7

See Figure A.5.1.3.7.

Figure A.5.1.3.7 Elements of Typical Duplex Vacuum Source System (Category 1 VacuumSystems).





This Public Comment appeared as CC Note No. 9 in the First Draft Report.

The Correlating Committee is directing HEA-PIP to evaluate if Figure A.5.1.3.7 needs to be or should be revised based on the additional requirements for vacuum filtration.

Related Item

Correlating Committee Note No. 9-NFPA 99-2015 [Section No. 5.1.3.7.1.2]




Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:



170 of 202 8/18/2016 1:04 PM

Committee Statement

CommitteeAction:



Statement: Figure A.5.1.3.7 has been revised based on the additional requirements for vacuum filtration. Thisdemonstrates just one possible design. It is acknowledged that there are other approaches tomeet the requirements of 5.1.3.7


171 of 202 8/18/2016 1:04 PM


A.5.1.3.9

See Figure A.5.1.3.9(a)and Figure A.5.1.3.9(b).

Figure A.5.1.3.9(a) Elements of an Oxygen Concentrator Central Supply Source.

Figure A.5.1.3.9(b) One Example of an Oxygen Concentrator Central Supply Source in Practice.





This Public Comment appeared as CC Note No. 12 in the First Draft Report.The annex figures in A.5.1.3.9 may not include the minimum required arrangement (one compressor with cylinder header). The Correlating Committee is directing HEA-PIP to consider showing this arrangement as well.

Related Item

Correlating Committee Note No. 12-NFPA 99-2015 [Section No. A.5.1.3.9]




Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:


172 of 202 8/18/2016 1:04 PM


Committee Statement

CommitteeAction:



Statement: An additional annex figure has been added to A.5.1.3.9 to include the minimum requiredarrangement (one compressor with cylinder header). This might help preventing users fromconfusing the annex material as meaning 3 sources are need for all installations.


173 of 202 8/18/2016 1:04 PM

Public Comment No. 99-NFPA 99-2016 [ Section No. A.5.1.5 ]

A.5.1.5

Station outlets/inlets should be located at an appropriate height above the floor to prevent physical damageto equipment attached to the outlet. The minimum number of station outlets/inlets for each system that isinstalled should be provided per the FGI Guidelines for Design and Construction of Hospitals andOutpatient Facilities or other federal, state, or local codes. One method to use is s tation outlets and inlets listed and labeled in accordance with UL 1331, StationInlets and Outlets, which are suitable for distribution of nonflammable medical gas in rigid piping systemsoperating at standard operating pressures.


NFPA 99 does not prevent a listed station outlet/inlet from being used. However, if a listed station outlet/inlet is used, the station outlet/inlet should be listed as suitable for installation in accordance with the installation standard requirements. The purpose of Annex A is to provide explanatory material for informational purpose only. This proposal assists the user of NFPA 99 to identify those listed station outlet/inlets that are considered as suitable for installation in accordance with NFPA 99.

Related Item

Public Input No. 295-NFPA 99-2015 [Section No. A.5.1.5]


Submitter Full Name: John Taecker


Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:

Submittal Date: Sat May 14 11:06:29 EDT 2016

Committee Statement

CommitteeAction:

Rejected

Resolution: Station outlets/inlets do not need to be listed per the code. Although the annex material isexplanatory only, this adds no explanatory value or clarification to the requirements of NFPA 99.Additionally, the referenced standard is subject to changes after the date of the committee's seconddraft meeting and the NFPA 99 committee does not have the ability to know what those changesare going to be.


174 of 202 8/18/2016 1:04 PM



175 of 202 8/18/2016 1:04 PM

A.5.1.9.2


176 of 202 8/18/2016 1:04 PM

See Table A.5.1.9.2.

Table A.5.1.9.2 Requirements for Category 1 Master Alarms for Gas and Vacuum Systems

AlarmCondition

Manifoldfor Gas

Cylinders

(5.1.3.5.12)

Manifold forCryogenic Liquid

Cylinders withReserve (5.1.3.5.13)

Cryogenic Bulk withCryogenic Reserve

(5.1.3.5.14)

Cryogenic Bulk withCylinder Reserve

(5.1.3.5.15)

MPr

(5

Nitrogen mainline pressurehigh

5.1.9.2.4(7) 5.1.9.2.4(7) 5.1.9.2.4(7) 5.1.9.2.4(7)

Nitrogen mainline pressurelow

5.1.9.2.4(7) 5.1.9.2.4(7) 5.1.9.2.4(7) 5.1.9.2.4(7)

Nitrogenchangeover tosecondarysupply

5.1.3.5.12.65.1.3.5.13.9 (1), 5.1.9.2.4(1)

5.1.9.2.4(1)

Nitrogen mainsupply less than1 day (lowcontents)

5.1.9.2.4(2), 5.1.3.5.14.4(1)

5.1.9.2.4(2),5.1.3.5.14.4(1)

Nitrogen reservein use

5.1.3.5.13.9(3), 5.1.9.2.4(3)

5.1.9.2.4(3),5.1.3.5.14.4(2) 5.1.9.2.4(3) 5.1.3.5.14.4(2)

Nitrogen reservesupply less than1 day (lowcontents)

5.1.3.5.13.9(4) 5.1.9.2.4(5),5.1.3.5.14.4(3)5.1.9.2.4(5),5.1.3.5.14.4(3)

Nitrogen reservepressure low(not functional)

5.1.9.2.4(6),5.1.3.5.14.4(4)

Carbon dioxidemain linepressure high

5.1.9.2.4(7) 5.1.9.2.4(7) 5.1.9.2.4(7) 5.1.9.2.4(7)

Carbon dioxidemain linepressure low

5.1.9.2.4(7) 5.1.9.2.4(7) 5.1.9.2.4(7) 5.1.9.2.4(7)

Carbon dioxidechangeover tosecondarysupply

5.1.3.5.12.65.1.3.5.13.9(1) 5.1.9.2.4(1)

5.1.9.2.4(1)

Carbondioxide mainsupply less than1 day (lowcontents)

5.1.9.2.4(2),5.1.3.5.14.4(1)

5.1.9.2.4(2),5.1.3.5.14.4(1)

Carbondioxide reservein use

5.1.3.5.13.9(3), 5.1.9.2.4(3)

5.1.9.2.4(3),5.1.3.5.14.4(2)

5.1.9.2.4(3),5.1.3.5.14.4(2)

Carbondioxide reservesupply less than1 day (lowcontents)

5.1.3.5.13.9(4)5.1.9.2.4(5),5.1.3.5.14.4(3)

5.1.9.2.4(5),5.1.3.5.14.4(3)


177 of 202 8/18/2016 1:04 PM

AlarmCondition

Manifoldfor Gas

Cylinders

(5.1.3.5.12)




(5.1.3.5.14)


(5.1.3.5.15)

MPr

(5

Carbondioxide reservepressure low(not functional)

5.1.9.2.4(6),5.1.3.5.14.4(3)

Medical air mainline pressurehigh

5.1.9.2.4(7)

Medical air mainline pressurelow

5.1.9.2.4(7)

Medical airchangeover tosecondarysupply

5.1.3.5.12.6

5.1.9.2.4(1)

Medical air dewpoint high

Medical airproduction stop

5.1

Oxygen mainline pressurehigh

5.1.9.2.4(7) 5.1.9.2.4(7) 5.1.9.2.4(7) 5.1.9.2.4(7)

Oxygen mainline pressurelow

5.1.9.2.4(7) 5.1.9.2.4(7) 5.1.9.2.4(7) 5.1.9.2.4(7)

Oxygenchangeover tosecondarysupply

5.1.3.5.12.6 5.1.3.5.13.9 (1)

5.1.9.2.4(1) 5.1.9.2.4(1)

Oxygen mainsupply less than1 day (lowcontents)

5.1.9.2.4(2),5.1.3.5.14.4(1)

5.1.9.2.4(2),5.1.3.5.14.4(1)

Oxygen reservein use

5.1.3.5.13.9(3)

5.1.9.2.4(3),5.1.3.5.14.4(2)

5.1.9.2.4(3),5.1.3.5.14.4(2)

5.1.9.2.4(3)

5.1.3.5.13.9(4)

5.1.3.5.14.4(3) 5.1.3.5.14.4(3)

5.1.9.2.4(5)

Oxygen reservesupply less than1 day (lowcontents)

Oxygen reservepressure low(not functional)

5.1.9.2.4(6),5.1.3.5.14.4(3)

Nitrous oxidemain linepressure high

5.1.9.2.4(7) 5.1.9.2.4(7) 5.1.9.2.4(7) 5.1.9.2.4(7)


178 of 202 8/18/2016 1:04 PM

AlarmCondition

Manifoldfor Gas

Cylinders

(5.1.3.5.12)




(5.1.3.5.14)


(5.1.3.5.15)

MPr

(5

Nitrous oxidemain linepressure low

5.1.9.2.4(7) 5.1.9.2.4(7) 5.1.9.2.4(7) 5.1.9.2.4(7)

Nitrous oxidechangeover tosecondarysupply

5.1.3.5.12.6 5.1.3.5.13.9(1)

5.1.9.2.4(1) 5.1.9.2.4(1)

Nitrous oxidemain supplyless than 1 day(low contents)

5.1.9.2.4(2),5.1.3.5.14.4(1)

5.1.9.2.4(2),5.1.3.5.14.4(1)

Nitrous oxidereserve in use

5.1.9.2.4(3),5.1.3.5.13.9(3)

5.1.9.2.4(3),5.1.3.5.14.4(2)

5.1.9.2.4(3),5.1.3.5.14.4(2)

Nitrous oxidereserve supplyless than 1 day(low contents)

5.1.9.2.4(5),5.1.3.5.14.4(3)

5.1.9.2.4(5),5.1.3.5.14.4(2)

5.1.3.5.13.9(4)

Nitrous oxidereservepressure low(not functional)

5.1.9.2.4(6),5.1.3.5.14.4(4)

Medical–surgical mainline vacuum low

WAGD main linevacuum low

Local alarm

5.15.15.1(C)

Instrument airmain linepressure high

Instrument airmain linepressure low

Instrument airdew point high

Instrument aircylinder reservein use (ifprovided)

Instrument aircylinder reserveless than 1 hoursupply


179 of 202 8/18/2016 1:04 PM





This Public Comment appeared as CC Note No. 11 in the First Draft Report.The Correlating Committee is directing HEA-PIP to ensure that the master alarm requirements for central supply systems using concentrators are added to Table A.5.1.9.2 and anywhere else that is appropriate.

Related Item





Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:


Committee Statement

CommitteeAction:



Statement: This revision has been made in response to direction from the correlating committee. TableA.5.1.9.2 has been revised to ensure that the master alarm requirements for central supplysystems using concentrators are added where appropriate.


180 of 202 8/18/2016 1:04 PM


A.5.1.9.5

Activation of any of the warning signals should immediately be reported to the department of the facilityresponsible for the medical gas piping system involved. If the medical gas is supplied from a bulk supplysystem, the owner or the organization responsible for the operation and maintenance of that system,usually the supplier, should also be notified. As much detail as possible should be provided. See TableA.5.1.9.5.

Table A.5.1.9.5 Requirements for Category 1 Local Alarms

Medical Air Compressors

AlarmCondition

Oil-less(SealedBearing)

5.1.3.6.3.4(A)(1)

Oil-Free(Separated)

5.1.3.6.3.4(A)(2)

Liquid Ring(Water-Sealed)

5.1.3.6.3.4(A)1

InstrumentAir

Compressors

Medical–SurgicalVacuumPumps

WAGDProducers

LowMedical AirReserveCapacity

5.1.3.6.3.12(F) 5.1.3.6.3.12(F) 5.1.3.6.3.12(F)

5.1.9.5.4(1) 5.1.9.5.4(1) 5.1.9.5.4(1)

LowMedicalVacuumReserveCapacity

5.1.3.7.7

5.1.9.5.4(4)

Low WAGDReserveCapacity

5.1.3.8.3.2

5.1.9.5.4(5)

LowInstrumentAir ReserveCapacity

5.1.13.3.5.12(1)

5.1.9.5.4(1)

Carbonmonoxidehigh

5.1.3.6.3.13(2) 5.1.3.6.3.13(2) 5.1.3.6.3.13(2)

5.1.9.5.1(2) 5.1.9.5.1(2) 5.1.9.5.1(2)

Highdischargeairtemperature

5.1.3.6.3.12(D) 5.1.3.6.3.12(E)(1)

5.1.9.5.4(9) 5.1.9.5.4(9)

High waterin receiver

5.1.3.6.3.12(B) 5.1.3.6.3.12(B)

5.1.9.5.4(7) 5.1.9.5.4(7) 5.1.3.6.3.12(B)

5.1.9.5.4(7)

High waterin separator

5.1.3.6.3.12(C)

5.1.9.5.4(8)

Medical airdew pointhigh

5.1.3.6.3.13(1) 5.1.3.6.3.13(1) 5.1.3.6.3.13(1)

5.1.9.5.4(3) 5.1.9.5.4(3) 5.1.9.5.4(3)

Instrumentair dewpoint high

5.1.3.6.3.13(1)

5.1.9.5.4(6)


181 of 202 8/18/2016 1:04 PM





This Public Comment appeared as CC Note No. 10 in the First Draft Report.The Correlating Committee is directing HEA-PIP to evaluate Table A.5.1.9.5 and other annex tables to see if revisions are needed to match the terminology changes.

Related Item





Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:


Committee Statement

CommitteeAction:



Statement: This Public Comment appeared as CC Note No. 10 in the First Draft Report.

The Correlating Committee is directing HEA-PIP to evaluate Table A.5.1.9.5 and other annextables to see if revisions are needed to match the terminology changes.


182 of 202 8/18/2016 1:04 PM

Public Comment No. 100-NFPA 99-2016 [ New Section after A.5.1.11.4.2 ]


A.5.1.10.11.4.4. Corrugated medical tubing (CMT) is coated with a non-metallic jacket with an ODequal to a larger copper tube size than the CMT. The CMT manufacturer's installation instructionswill identify acceptable supports.


New Annex A text is added to provide installers of CMT with information on the required supports.














Related Item






Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:


Committee Statement

CommitteeAction:



Statement: A new paragraph is added to cover supports for CMT. CMT, as permitted, is a listed product, andthe listing process will verify the appropriate supports and they will be included in the CMTmanufacturer's installation instructions.


183 of 202 8/18/2016 1:04 PM


A.6.3.2.10

Patient protection is provided primarily by an adequate grounding system. The ungrounded secondary ofthe isolation transformer reduces the cross-sectional area of grounding conductors necessary to protect thepatient against voltage resulting from fault current by reducing the maximum current in case of a singleprobable fault in the grounding system. The line isolation monitor is used to provide warning when a singlefault occurs. Excessive current in the grounding conductors will not result in a hazard to the patient unless asecond fault occurs. If the current in the grounding system does not exceed 10 mA, even under faultconditions, the voltage across 3 m (9.84 ft) of No. 12 AWG wire will not exceed 0.2 mV, and the voltageacross 3 m (9.84 ft) of No. 18 AWG grounding conductor in a flexible cord will not exceed 0.8 mV. Allowing0.1 mV across each connector, the voltage between two pieces of patient-connected equipment will notexceed 2 mV.

The reference grounding point is intended to ensure that all electrically conductive surfaces of the buildingstructure, which could receive heavy fault currents from ordinary (grounded) circuits, are grounded in amanner to bypass these heavy currents from the operating room.

One method to use is isolated power systems equipment listed and labeled in accordance with ANSI/UL1047, Isolated Power Systems Equipment , which is suitable for installation and use in accordance withSection 6.3.2.10.


NFPA 99 does not prevent a listed system from being used. However, if a listed system is used, the system should be listed as suitable for installation in accordance with the installation standard requirements. The purpose of Annex A is to provide explanatory material for informational purpose only. This proposal assists the user of NFPA 99 to identify those listed systems that are considered as suitable for installation in accordance with NFPA 99.

Related Item

Public Input No. 313-NFPA 99-2015 [Section No. A.6.3.2.6]


Submitter Full Name: John Taecker


Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:

Submittal Date: Sat May 14 11:00:57 EDT 2016

Committee Statement

CommitteeAction:

Rejected

Resolution: While the submitter is correct that annex material is intended to provide explanatory andinformational material, nothing in the code requires nor prevents listed equipment. Therefore thisdoes not provide explanation on the actual code requirement.


184 of 202 8/18/2016 1:04 PM

Public Comment No. 106-NFPA 99-2016 [ Section No. A.14.3.1.6.4.3 ]


185 of 202 8/18/2016 1:04 PM

A.14.3.1.6.4.3


186 of 202 8/18/2016 1:04 PM

The textiles definitions and risk assessment process for hyperbaric wound dressings are as follows:

Combustion. A chemical process of oxidation that occurs at a rate fast enough to produce heat in the formof either a glow or a flame.

Flammable. Refers to a combustible (solid, liquid, or gas) that is capable of easily being ignited and rapidlyconsumed by fire.

Flash Point. The minimum temperature of a liquid or solid at which it gives off vapor sufficient to form anignitible mixture with oxygen under specified environmental conditions.

Ignition Temperature. The minimum temperature required to initiate or cause self-sustaining combustionunder specified environmental conditions.

Lower Explosive Limit (LEL) or Lower Flammable Limit (LFL). The minimum concentration of fuel vapor(percent by volume) over which combustion will occur on contact with an ignition source.

General Risk Assessment Information. This risk assessment process was designed to evaluate wounddressing products for use in a hyperbaric chamber. However, the same decision process can be applied tothe evaluation of textiles for hyperbaric use. Wound dressings are commonly used inside hyperbaricchambers. They play an important role in infection control and patient outcome. Important safety concernsinclude production of heat, production of static electricity, production of flammable vapor, ignitiontemperature, and total fuel load. Many wound dressings employ fabrics and other materials that aregas-permeable. It is a common misconception that a gauze bandage will isolate an undesirable productfrom the chamber environment. Gauze is gas-permeable and will allow oxygen from the chamber to interactwith the product and vapors from the product to interact with the chamber environment. Also,gas-permeable materials exposed to hyperbaric oxygen will hold additional oxygen for some period of timeafter the exposure. These materials should be kept away from open flames for at least 20 minutes after thehyperbaric treatment.

Figure A.14.3.1.6.4.3 Risk Assessment Process.


187 of 202 8/18/2016 1:04 PM

Risk Assessment Process (see Figure A.14.3.1.6.4.3).

(1) Is there a more suitable alternative to this dressing? The issue of need must first be addressed. Theremight be a substitute dressing that has already been deemed acceptable for the hyperbaricenvironment. The wound dressing orders can be changed to the more desirable substitute (if there isno negative impact on patient outcome). It might be viable to remove the dressing before thehyperbaric treatment, leave it off during the treatment, and replace it after the treatment. Before makingthis decision, it is important to remember that some dressings should not be disturbed (e.g., in the caseof a new skin graft); some dressings are designed to stay in place for several days; some dressingsare very expensive; and it can be detrimental for the wound to remain undressed during the treatment.If there is a suitable alternative to using this dressing, the rest of the decision process can beeliminated.

(2) Does this dressing produce heat in the chamber? Dressings are made from a large variety ofmaterials. The concern is that materials in a dressing can rapidly oxidize and produce heat (exothermicreaction) when exposed to additional oxygen. For example, air-activated heat patches (commonly usedfor pain relief) have been tested in hyperbaric environments. The average operating temperatureincreased from 48.1°C (119°F) in normobaric air to 121.8°C (251°F) in hyperbaric oxygen. In thiscircumstance, the patient’s skin would be burned, and the heat could ignite combustible material in thechamber. Information on oxygen compatibility can be found in a product material safety data sheet(MSDS).

(3) Does this dressing produce too much static electricity? All common textiles will contribute to staticproduction. Wool and synthetic materials generally contribute more to static production than cotton.


188 of 202 8/18/2016 1:04 PM

Although static charge is constantly accumulating, it will dissipate into the environment when humidityis present. At less than 30 percent relative humidity, static charge can accumulate faster than it candissipate. At greater than 60 percent relative humidity, static charge is all but completely eliminated.Use of conductive surfaces and electrical grounding will allow static charge to dissipate. Paragraph14.2.9.4.1 requires all hyperbaric chambers to be grounded. Paragraph 14.2.11.1 requires anyfurniture installed inside a chamber to be grounded. Paragraph 14.3.1.6.3.2 requires all occupants ofthe chamber to be grounded when the oxygen percentage in the chamber is above 23.5 percent. Thecontinuity of electrical grounds should be verified periodically.

(4) Does this dressing have a low ignition temperature/flash point? ASTM G72 -Standard Test Method forAutogenous Ignition Temperature of Liquids and Solids in a High-Pressure Oxygen-EnrichedEnvironment can be used to determine the autogenous ignition temperatures of products entering ahyperbaric chamber. In 2016 ASTM G72 added a new test for oxygen-enriched environments of lessthan 300 psi of pressure. In all hyperbaric environments, the partial pressure of oxygen is higher thanat normal atmospheric conditions. Increasing the partial pressure of oxygen can change theclassification of a material from non-flammable to flammable. Many materials are flammable in a 100percent oxygen environment. Any material used in a hyperbaric chamber should have an ignitiontemperature higher than it can be exposed to. Paragraph 14.2.9.3.12 limits electrical equipment insidea Class A (multi-place) chamber to a maximum operating surface temperature of 85°C (185°F).Paragraph 14.2.9.6.3 limits electrical circuits inside a Class B (monoplace) chamber to a maximumoperating temperature of 50°C (122°F). As the oxygen percentage increases, it takes less energy toignite materials. This leads to more conservative decisions in a 100 percent oxygen environment. Agreater margin of safety is achieved when there is a greater difference between the temperature limit ofthe equipment inside a Class A and B chamber and the ignition temperature of material in question. Amaterial will release vapor into the chamber environment as it approaches its flash point temperature.Once a sufficient quantity of vapor is present in the chamber (LEL), it takes very little energy for ignitionto occur. Paragraph 14.3.1.6.2.2 sets limits on flammable agents inside Class A (multi-place)chambers. Paragraph 14.3.1.6.2.3 specifically prohibits flammable liquids, gases, and vapors insideClass B (monoplace) chambers. Information on ignition temperature and flash point in air can be foundin a product MSDS.

(5) Is the total fuel load too high? If a fire does occur, the energy produced is a function of the partialpressure of oxygen and the total fuel load. In a hyperbaric environment, the partial pressure of oxygenis higher and contributes to greater energy production. Any dressing product placed inside of ahyperbaric chamber is a combustible material and, therefore, adds to the fuel load. Therefore, total fuelload inside the chamber should be minimized to only what is necessary.

(6) Is there an adverse effect when this product is used inside the hyperbaric chamber? It has been

reported that the antibacterial agent mafenide acetate (Sulfamylon®), in combination with hyperbaricoxygen, has a poorer clinical result than either one by itself. There can be other drug interactions withhyperbaric oxygen that are undesirable. The mechanical effects of pressure change can cause adressing material to rupture. If the material is capable of venting/equalizing during pressure change,this should not occur.

(7) The hyperbaric facility should maintain a “use list” and a “do not use list” of items that have beenevaluated for hyperbaric use. In addition to this list, it is important to keep documentation on fileexplaining the risk assessment for each item. This will prevent future duplication of effort. It also servesas evidence that due diligence was used.


Public Input No. 501-NFPA 99-2015 [New Section after 14.3.1.5.4.4] was sent back to this submitter (Richard Barry) for additional information. At that time, ASTM as not finalized the new G72 low pressure test standard. In early 2016 the standard was publish and made available for public purchasing/use. The UHMS Guidelines are not complete, therefore omitted. By adding this new G72 standard to Annex material the end users are provided a means to test products for autogenous ignition temperatures.

Related Item

Public Input No. 501-NFPA 99-2015 [New Section after 14.3.1.5.4.4]



189 of 202 8/18/2016 1:04 PM

Submitter Full Name: Richard Barry

Organization: Healogics

Affilliation: Healogics

Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:


Committee Statement

CommitteeAction:

Accepted


Statement: Public Input No. 501-NFPA 99-2015 [New Section after 14.3.1.5.4.4] was sent back to this submitter(Richard Barry) for additional information. At that time, ASTM as not finalized the new G72 lowpressure test standard. In early 2016 the standard was publish and made available for publicpurchasing/use. The UHMS Guidelines are not complete, therefore omitted. By adding this new G72standard to Annex material the end users are provided a means to test products for autogenousignition temperatures.


190 of 202 8/18/2016 1:04 PM

Public Comment No. 107-NFPA 99-2016 [ Section No. B.6.3 ]

B.6.3 .2.2.1

All branch circuits panels serving a patient bed location, either normal or critical power, shall have theirground buses connected together to assure equal ground potential at the bed location.

B.6.3 Suggested Format for Listing Functions to Be Served by the Essential Electrical System in aHospital.

It might be advantageous in listing the specific functions for a given construction project or building reviewto list them, at the outset, by geographical location within the project in order to ensure comprehensivecoverage. Every room or space should be reviewed for possible inclusion of the following:

(1) Lighting (partial or all)

(2) Receptacles (some or all)

(3) Permanently wired electrical apparatus

The format suggested herein is offered as a convenient tool, not only for identifying all functions to beserved and their respective time intervals for being re-energized by the alternate electric source, but alsofor documenting other functions that were considered, discussed, and excluded as nonessential. The lastcolumn in Figure B.6.3 is considered worthy of attention (see Figure B.6.3). It might be that the hospitalengineer or the reviewing authority will wish to keep on file a final copy of the list, which would be the basisfor the electrical engineer’s detailed engineering design.

Although this suggested format is intended for use by a hospital, it might, with suitable changes, be usefulfor other health care facilities.

Figure B.6.3 Essential Electrical Systems.


Since our original proposal for this concept to appear in Public Input No. 447-NFPA 99-2015 [ Section No. 6.3.2.2 ]


191 of 202 8/18/2016 1:04 PM

we propose that this concept appear in Annex B where other informational material is located. This is a very important bedside safety concept worth repeating here. .

Related Item



Submitter FullName:

Michael Anthony

Organization: University of Michigan

Affilliation:University of Michigan - IEEE Education & Healthcare FacilitiesCommittee

Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:


Committee Statement

CommitteeAction:

Rejected

Resolution: The submitters concern is already addressed in NFPA 70 Article 517. Additionally, the proposedlanguage adds a requirement into the annex of which is against the NFPA manual of style.


192 of 202 8/18/2016 1:04 PM

Public Comment No. 75-NFPA 99-2016 [ Chapter D ]

Annex D Informational References

D.1 Referenced Publications.

The documents or portions thereof listed in this annex are referenced within the informational sections ofthis code and are not part of the requirements of this document unless also listed in Chapter 2 for otherreasons.

D.1.1 NFPA Publications.

National Fire Protection Association, 1 Batterymarch Park, Quincy, MA 02169-7471.

NFPA 10, Standard for Portable Fire Extinguishers, 2017 edition.

NFPA 13, Standard for the Installation of Sprinkler Systems, 2016 edition.

NFPA 30, Flammable and Combustible Liquids Code, 2018 edition.

NFPA 53, Recommended Practice on Materials, Equipment, and Systems Used in Oxygen-EnrichedAtmospheres, 2016 edition.

NFPA 55, Compressed Gases and Cryogenic Fluids Code, 2016 edition.

NFPA 56D, Standard for Hyperbaric Facilities,1982 (withdrawn).

NFPA 58, Liquefied Petroleum Gas Code, 2017 edition.

NFPA 70 ®, National Electrical Code ®, 2017 edition.

NFPA 72 ®, National Fire Alarm and Signaling Code, 2016 edition.

NFPA 90B, Standard for the Installation of Warm Air Heating and Air-Conditioning Systems, 2018 edition.

NFPA 99B, Standard for Hypobaric Facilities, 2015 edition.

NFPA 101 ®, Life Safety Code ®, 2018 edition.

NFPA 110, Standard for Emergency and Standby Power Systems, 2013 edition.

NFPA 220, Standard on Types of Building Construction, 2016 edition.

NFPA 252, Standard Methods of Fire Tests of Door Assemblies, 2017 edition.

NFPA 259, Standard Test Method for Potential Heat of Building Materials, 2013 edition.

NFPA 325, Guide to Fire Hazard Properties of Flammable Liquids, Gases, and Volatile Solids, 1994 edition.(No longer in print; appears in NFPA Fire Protection Guide to Hazardous Materials, 13th edition, 2002.)

NFPA 491, Guide to Hazardous Chemical Reactions, 1997 edition.

NFPA 551, Guide for the Evaluation of Fire Risk Assessments, 2016 edition.

NFPA 730, Guide for Premises Security, 2017 edition.

NFPA 1600 ®, Standard on Disaster/Emergency Management and Business Continuity Programs, 2013edition.

NFPA Fire Protection Guide to Hazardous Materials, 2016 edition.

D.1.2 AAMI Publications.

Association for the Advancement of Medical Instrumentation, 4301 N. Fairfax Drive, Suite 301, Arlington,VA 22203-1633.

ANSI/AAMI ES60601-1:2005, Medical electrical equipment—Part 1: General requirements for basic safetyand essential performance, 2006, reaffirmed 2012.

D.1.3 Other Publications.


193 of 202 8/18/2016 1:04 PM

D.1.3.1 ACS Publications.

American College of Surgeons, 633 N. Saint Clair Street, Chicago, IL 60611-3211.

04–GR-0001, Guidelines for Optional Ambulatory Surgical Care and Office-Based Surgery, 2000.

D.1.3.2 ASHRAE Publications.

ASHRAE, 1791 Tullie Circle, NE, Atlanta, GA 30329-2305.

ASHRAE Handbook of Fundamentals, 2013.

ASHRAE Guideline 0, The Commissioning Process, 2013.

ASHRAE Guideline 1.1, HVAC&R Technical Requirements for the Commissioning Process, 2007, Errata,2012 .

D.1.3.3 ASME Publications.

American Society of Mechanical Engineers ASME International , Two Park Avenue, New York, NY10016-5990.

ASME B16.22, Wrought Copper and Copper Alloy Solder Joint Pressure Fitting, 2013.

ANSI/ASME B16.50, Wrought Copper and Copper Alloy Braze Joint Pressure Fitting, 2015.

ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, 2001 2015 .

D.1.3.4 ASSE Publications.

ASSE International, 18927 Hickory Creek Drive, Suite 220, Mokena, IL 60448.

ASSE 6040, Professional Qualification Standard for Medical Gas Maintenance Personnel, 2015.

D.1.3.5 ASTM Publications.


ASTM E119, Standard Test Method for Fire Tests of Building Construction and Materials,2014.

ASTM G63, Standard Guide for Evaluating Nonmetallic Materials for Oxygen Service, 1999,reaffirmed2007 2015 .

ASTM G88, Standard Guide for Designing Systems for Oxygen Service, 2013.

ASTM G93, Standard Practice for Cleaning Methods and Cleanliness Levels for Material and EquipmentUsed in Oxygen-Enriched Environments, 2003, reaffirmed 2011.

ASTM G94, Standard Guide for Evaluating Metals for Oxygen Service, 2005, reaffirmed 2014.

D.1.3.6 CGA Publications.

Compressed Gas Association, 14501 George Carter Way, Suite 103, Chantilly, VA 20151-2923.

CGA P-2.6, Transfilling of Liquid Oxygen to Be Used for Respiration, 2011.

CGA G-8.1, Standard for Nitrous Oxide Systems at Customer Sites, 2013.

CGA P-2.7, Guide for the Safe Storage, Handling, and Use of Small Portable Liquid Oxygen Systems inHealth Care Facilities, 2011.

CGA V-1, Standard for Compressed Gas Cylinder Valve Outlet and Inlet Connections (ANSI B57.1), 2013.

D.1.3.7 FGI Publications.

Facility Guidelines Institute, 1919 McKinney Avenue, Dallas, TX 75201.

Guidelines for Design and Construction of Hospitals and Outpatient Facilities, 2014.


194 of 202 8/18/2016 1:04 PM

D.1.3.8 IEC Publications.

International Electrotechnical Commission, 3, rue de Varembé, P.O. Box 131, CH-1211 Geneva 20,Switzerland.

ANSI/IEC/ISO 80001-1-1, Risk Management of Medical IT-Networks, 2010.

ANSI/IEC/ISO 80001-2-5, Guidance for Application of Risk Management for , IT-Networks IncorporatingMedical Devices – Part 2-5: Application guidance – Guidance for Distributed Alarm Systems, 2014.

IEC, 60601-1-1, Medical Electrical Equipment — Part 1: General Requirements for Basic Safety andEssential Performance, 2014.

IEC 60601-1-2 , Medical Electrical Equipment — Part 1-2: General Requirements for Safety 2: CollateralStandard: Electromagnetic Compatibility – Requirements and Tests, 2014.

D.1.3.9 IEEE Publications.

IEEE, Three Park Avenue, 17th Floor, New York, NY 10016-5997.

ANSI/IEEE 493, Recommended Practice for the Design of Reliable Industrial and Commercial PowerSystem, 2007.

IEEE 602, Recommended Practice for Electric Systems in Health Care Facilities, 2007.

D.1.3.10 Ocean Systems, Inc., Publications.

Ocean Systems, Inc., Research and Development Laboratory, Tarrytown, NY 10591. Work carried outunder U.S. Office of Contract No. N00014-67-A-0214-0013.

Ocean Systems, Inc., “Technical Memorandum UCRI-721, Chamber Fire Safety.” (Figure A.3.3.11.2 isadapted from Figure 4, “Technical Memorandum UCRI-721, Chamber Fire Safety,” T. C. Schmidt, V. A.Dorr, and R. W. Hamilton, Jr., Ocean Systems, Inc., Research and Development Laboratory, Tarrytown, NY10591. Work carried out under U.S. Office of Naval Research, Washington DC, Contract No. N00014-67-A-0214-0013.) (G. A. Cook, R. E. Meierer, and B. M. Shields, “Screening of Flame-Resistant Materials andComparison of Helium with Nitrogen for Use in Dividing Atmospheres.” First summary report under ONRContract No. 0014-66-C-0149. Tonawanda, NY: Union Carbide, 31 March 1967. DDC No. Ad-651583.)

D.1.3.11 SAE Publications.

Society of Automotive Engineers SAE International , 400 Commonwealth Drive, Warrendale, PA 15096.

AMS QQ-N290, Nickel Plating (Electrodeposited), reinstated 2009.

D.1.3.12 TIA Publications.

Telecommunications Industry Association, 1320 North Courthouse Road, Suite 200, Arlington, VA 22201.

ANSI/ TIA /EIA 569 569 -B D , Commercial Building Standard for Telecommunications Pathways andSpaces, 2004 2015 .

D.1.3.13 UL Publications.

Underwriters Laboratories Inc., 333 Pfingsten Road, Northbrook, IL 60062-2096.

UL 263, Fire Resistance Ratings, 2011.

ANSI/UL 1069, Safety Standard for Hospital Signaling and Nurse Call Equipment, 2012.

D.1.3.14 U.S. Government Publications.

U.S. Government Publishing Office, Washington, DC 20402.

“Crisis Standards of Care: A Systems Framework for Catastrophic Disaster Response,” Institute ofMedicine (IOM) Report, 2012.

Medical Surge Capacity and Capability Handbook, Department of Health and Human Services, 2007.

D.1.3.15 Other Publications.

D.2 Informational References.

The following documents or portions thereof are listed here as informational resources only. They are not apart of the requirements of this document.


195 of 202 8/18/2016 1:04 PM

D.2.1 Published Articles on Fire Involving Respiratory Therapy Equipment and Related Incidents.

Benson, D. M., and Wecht, C. H. Conflagration in an ambulance oxygen system. Journal of Trauma, vol.15, no. 6:536-649, 1975.

Dillon, J. J. Cry fire! Respiratory Care, vol. 21, no. 11:1139-1140, 1976.

Gjerde, G. E., and Kraemer, R. An oxygen therapy fire. Respiratory Care, vol. 25, no. 3 3:362-363, 1980.

Walter, C. W. Fire in an oxygen-powered respirator. JAMA 197:44-46, 1960.

Webre, D. E., Leon, R., and Larson, N.W. Case History; Fire in a nebulizer. Anesthesia and Analgesia52:843-848, 1973.

D.2.2 References for A.10.2.13.4.3.

Dalziel, C. F., and Lee, W. R., Transactions on Industry and General Applications, vol. IGA-4, no. 5,September/October 1968.

Roy, O. A., Park, G. R., and Scott, J. R., Intracardiac catheter fibrillation thresholds as a function of durationof 60 Hz current and electrode area. IEEE Trans. Biomed. Eng. BME 24:430-435, 1977.

Roy, O. A., and Scott, J. R., 60 Hz ventricular fibrillation and pump failure thresholds versus electrode area.IEEE Trans. Biomed. Eng. BME 23:45-48, 1976.

Watson, A. B., Wright, J. S., and Loughman, J., Electrical thresholds for ventricular fibrillation in man. Med.J. Australia 1:1179-1181, 1973.

Weinberg, D. I., et al., Electric shock hazards in cardiac catheterization. Elec. Eng. 82:30-35, 1963.

D.2.3 References for A.14.3.1.5.4.3.

NASA BMS Document GRC-M8300.001. 2005. Chapter 5, Paragraph. 5.6.3.

Raleigh, G., et al. 2005. Air-Activated Chemical Warming Devices: Effects of Oxygen and Pressure.Undersea Hyper Med, 32 (6).

Workman, W.T. 1999. Hyperbaric Facility Safety: A Practical Guide p. 531 Flagstaff AZ: Best Publishing.

Kindwall, E.P., & Whelan, H.T. 2004. Hyperbaric Medicine Practice p. 86. Flagstaff AZ: Best Publishing.

Burman, F. 2015. Risk Assessment Guide for the Installation and Operation of Clinical Hyperbaric Facilities;

5theditionrevised edition , revised 2015. San Antonio, TX: International ATMO.

D.2.4 Addresses of Other Organizations that Publish Standards or Guidelines.

American Conference of Governmental Industrial Hygienists, 1330 Kemper Meadow Drive, Cincinnati, OH45240-1634.

American Industrial Hygiene Association, 3141 Fairview Park Dr., Suite 777, Falls Church, VA 22042.

U.S. Department of Health and Human Services,Office of the Assistant for Preparedness and Response(ASPR), National Disaster Medical System (NDMS), www.phe.gov/preparedness/responders/ndms/pages/default.aspx.

George Washington University, School of Engineering and Applied Sciences, Institute for Crisis, Disasterand Risk Management. Medical and Health Incident Management (maHim) System: A ComprehensiveFunctional System Description for Mass Casualty Medical and Health Incident Management,December.2002.http://www.seas.gwu.edu/~icdm/MaHIM%20V2%20final%20report%20sec%202.pdf.

National Emergency Management Association, Council of State Governments, Lexington, KY, EmergencyManagement Assistance Compact,

Laboratory Products Association, PO Box 428, Fairfax, VA 22038.

University of Colorado, Natural Hazards and Information Applications Center, Disaster ResearchClearinghouse, www.colorado.edu/hazards.

University of Delaware, Disaster Research Center, http://dcr.udel.edu.

American Society for Healthcare Engineering, 155 North Wacker Drive, Suite 400, Chicago, IL 60606,www.ashe.org.

D.2.5 Addresses of Organizations and Agencies That Provide Health Care Emergency PreparednessEducational Materials.


196 of 202 8/18/2016 1:04 PM

D.2.5.1 Publications.


American Health Care Association, 1201 L Street NW, Washington, DC 20005.

American Hospital Association, 155 N. Wacker Drive, Suite 400, Chicago, IL 60606.

American Medical Association, AMA Plaza, 330 North Wabash Ave, Suite 39300, Chicago, IL 60611-5885.

American Nurses’ Association, 8515 Georgia Avenue, Suite 400, Silver Spring, MD 20910.

American Red Cross, National Headquarters, 2025 E Street, NW, Washington, DC 20006.

(1) Family Disaster Planning, www.redcross.org/prepare/disaster.

(2) Disaster Preparedness for People with Disabilities, www.redcross.org/prepare/location/home-family/disabilities

Association of American Railroads, 50 F 425 3rd Street SW , Washington, DC 20001-1564 20024 .

Charles C. Thomas Publisher, 2600 South First Street, Springfield, IL 62704.

Dun-Donnelley Publishing Corp., 666 Fifth Avenue, New York, NY 10019.

Federal Emergency Management Agency, 500 C Street, SW, Washington, DC 20472.

Florida Health Care Association, 307 W. Park Avenue, P.O. Box 1459, Tallahassee, FL 32301.

Helicopter Association International, 11920 Ballenger Avenue, Alexandria, VA 22314-2898.

Hospital Emergency Incident Command System, State of California Emergency Medical Services Authority,1930 9th Street, Sacramento, CA 95814. http://www.emsa.ca.gov/dms2/heics3.htm

www.emsa.ca.gov/disaster_medical_services_division_hospital_incident_commandsysstem_resources

International Association of Fire Chiefs, 4025 Fair Ridge Drive, Suite 300, Fairfax, VA 22033-2868.

Joint Commission on Accreditation of Healthcare Organizations (JCAHO), One Renaissance Blvd.,Oakbrook Terrace, IL 60181.

National Interagency Fire, Boise, ID,www.nifc.gov

Pan American Health Organization, 525 23rd Street, NW, Washington, DC 20037 (Attn.: Editor, DisasterPreparedness in the Americas).

Standardized Emergency Management System, State of California Governor’s Office of EmergencyServices, 3650 Schreiber Avenue, Mather, CA 95655,www.caloes.ca.gov/cal-oes-divisions/planning-preparedness/standardized-emergency-management-system

University of Delaware, Disaster Research Center (Publications), Newark, DE 19716.

U.S. Department of Transportation (available from U.S. Government Publishing Office, 725 North CapitolStreet, NW, Washington, DC 20402 20401-0001 ).

D.2.5.2 Audiovisual Materials.


Abbott Laboratories, Audiovisual Services, 565 Fifth Avenue, New York, NY 10017.

Brose Productions, Inc., 10850 Riverside Drive, N. Hollywood, CA 91602.

Federal Emergency Management Agency, Office of Public Affairs, Washington, DC 20472.

Fire Prevention Through Films, Inc., P.O. Box 11, Newton Highlands, MA 02161.

General Services Administration, National Audiovisual Center, Reference Section, Washington, DC 20409.

Helicopter Association International,1920 Ballenger Avenue, Alexandria, VA 22314-2898.

Pyramid Media, P.O. Box 1048, Santa Monica, CA 90406.

University of Illinois Medical Center, Circle Campus, Chicago, IL 60612.


197 of 202 8/18/2016 1:04 PM

D.2.6 Additional U.S. Government Informational Sources.


198 of 202 8/18/2016 1:04 PM

Health Professional Predisaster Identification (ESAR-VHP), www.phe.gov/esarvhp

Kidney Community Emergency Response Coalition, www.kcercoalition.com

National Response Framework, www.fema.gov/national-response-framework

National Disaster Recovery Framework, www.fema.gov/national-disaster-recovery-framework

Department of Health and Human Services, ASPR National Health Security Strategy, http://www.phe.gov/Preparedness/planning/authority/nhss/Pages/default.aspx

Department of Health and Human Services, ASPR Hospital Preparedness Program,www.phe.gov/preparedness/planning/hpp/pages/default.aspx

U.S. Government Publishing Office, 725 North Capitol Street, NW, Washington, DC 20402 20401-0001 .

Biological Threat Interrogatories, http://www.va.gov/emshg/page.cfm?ID=BioThreatInterr.

Title 29, Code of Federal Regulations, Part 1910, Subpart 1030, “Bloodborne Pathogens.”

Title 29, Code of Federal Regulations, Part 910, Subpart 1910, “Occupational Exposures to ChemicalLaboratories.”

Title 49, Code of Federal Regulations, Parts 171 through 190 (U.S. Dept. of Transportation, Specificationsfor Transportation of Explosives and Dangerous Articles). (In Canada, the regulations of the Board ofTransport Commissioners, Union Station, Ottawa, Canada, apply.)

Title 49, Code of Federal Regulations, Part 173, “Shippers — General Requirements for Shipments andPackagings.”

Commercial Standard 223-59, Casters, Wheels, and Glides for Hospital Equipment.

Environmental Protection Agency, Chemical Emergency Preparedness and Prevention, http://www.epa.gov/R5Super/cepps/index.html

National Research Council Publication 1132, Diesel Engines for Use with Generators to Supply Emergencyand Short Term Electric Power. (Also available as Order No. O.P.52870 from University Microfilms, P.O.Box 1366, Ann Arbor, MI 48106.)

U.S. Department of Defense:

U.S. Army Medical Research Institute of Chemical Defense (USAMRICD), www.usamriid.army.mil

U.S. Army Medical Research Institute of Infectious Diseases (USAMRIID), http://www.usamriid.army.mil/general/index.html.

U.S. Army Soldier and Biological Chemical Command , http://hld.sbccom.army.mil/ip/detectors.

U.S. Department of Health and Human Services:

Centers for Disease Control and Prevention: HHS Publication No. 93–8395, Biosafety in Microbiologicaland Biomedical Laboratories.

Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, Public Health Preparedness and Response for BioterrorismProgram, http://emergency.cdc.gov/bioterrorism .

National Institute for Occupational Health and Safety, Personal Protection Equipment, www.cdc.gov/niosh/topics/emres/ppe.html.

Protecting Building Environments from Airborne Chemical, Biologic and Radiologic Agents (page 9).www.cdc.gov/mmwr/PDF/wk/mm5135.pdf.

U.S. Department of Homeland Security:

Capability Assessment for Readiness,.

Exercise Design Course, https://training.fema.gov/is/courseoverview.aspx?code=is-120.a

Guide for All-Hazard Emergency Operations Planning, http://www.fema.gov/pdf/rrr/slg101.pdf.

Metropolitan Medical Response System, Resources, http://mmrs.hhs.gov/main/Resources.aspx.

National Disaster Medical System, Conference Library, http://www.phe.gov/Preparedness/responders/ndms/Pages/default.aspx

Strategic National Stockpile, www.cdc.gov/phpr/stockpile/stockpile.htm .

U.S. Department of Justice, Office of Domestic Preparedness, Publications Library,


199 of 202 8/18/2016 1:04 PM

http://www.ojp.usdoj.gov/odp/library/bulletins.htm.

U.S. Department of Labor, Occupational Health and Safety Administration, Washington, DC:

Title 29, Code of Federal Regulations, Part 1910;Employee Protection Plans, 1910.38; Subpart H,Hazardous Materials (1910.101-126), specifically 1910.120, Hazardous Waste Operations and EmergencyResponse (HAZWOPER) and Appendices A-E; Subpart I.Personal Protective Equipment (1910.132-139and Appendix B), specifically: 1910.132, General Provisions. 1910.133, Eye and Face Protection.1910.134, Respiratory Protection (and Appendices A—D); 1910.136, Occupational Foot Protection.1910.138, Hand Protection; Subpart Z —Toxic and Hazardous Substances (1910.1000–1450 and AppendixB), specifically 1910.1200–Hazard Communication (and Appendices A—E).

Publication 3114, Hazardous Waste Operations and Emergency Response, www.osha.gov/Publications/OSHA3114/osha3114.html.

Publication 3152, Hospitals and Community Emergency Response – What You Need to Know,/www.osha.gov/Publications/OSHA3152/osha3152.html.

D.2.7 Additional Resources for Emergency Management.

Emergency Management Principles and Practices for Health care Systems, Institute of Crisis, Disaster andRisk Management, The George Washington University, Washington, DC, 2010, for the Veterans HealthAdministration, Principal Investigator Joseph Barbera, MD; /www.gwu.edu/~icdrm/publications/index.html#books.

D.2.8 Other Publications.

DuPont Safety News, June 14, 1965.

Il., Ed. 18, 52 (1964).

Hoeltge, G. A., Miller, A., Klein, B. R., Hamlin, W. B., Accidental fires in clinical laboratories.

ISO/IEC 31010, Risk Management — Risk Assessment Techniques, 2009.

SEMI S10-0307E, Safety Guideline for Risk Assessment and Risk Evaluation Process.

D.3 References for Extracts in Informational Sections.

NFPA 70 ®, National Electrical Code ®, 2014 edition.

NFPA 101 ®, Life Safety Code ®, 2015 edition.

NFPA 110, Standard for Emergency and Standby Power Systems, 2013 edition.


Minor revisions from FR 102.

Related Item

First Revision No. 102-NFPA 99-2015 [Chapter D]


Submitter Full Name: Aaron Adamczyk

Organization: [ Not Specified ]

Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:


Committee Statement

Committee Action: Rejected but see related SR


200 of 202 8/18/2016 1:04 PM


Statement: Minor revisions from FR 102.


201 of 202 8/18/2016 1:04 PM

Public Comment No. 84-NFPA 99-2016 [ Section No. D.1.3.5 ]

D.1.3.5 ASTM Publications.


ASTM E119, Standard Test Method for Fire Tests of Building Construction and Materials,2014 2016 .

ASTM G63, Standard Guide for Evaluating Nonmetallic Materials for Oxygen Service, 1999,reaffirmed2007 2015 .

ASTM G88, Standard Guide for Designing Systems for Oxygen Service, 2013.

ASTM G93, Standard Practice for Cleaning Methods and Cleanliness Levels for Material and EquipmentUsed in Oxygen-Enriched Environments, 2003, reaffirmed 2011.

ASTM G94, Standard Guide for Evaluating Metals for Oxygen Service, 2005, reaffirmed 2014.


date updates

Related Item

First Revision No. 102-NFPA 99-2015 [Chapter D]




Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:


Committee Statement

Committee Action: Rejected but see related SR


Statement: Minor revisions from FR 102.


202 of 202 8/18/2016 1:04 PM

Documents

Statement of Problem and Substantiation for Public ......Public Comment No. 71-NFPA 99-2016 [ New Section after 3.3.129 ] Oxygen 93 USP Oxygen complying with Oxygen 93 USP Monograph